COMMERCIAL BANCORP INC /FL/
SB-2, 1997-01-03
Previous: SALOMON BROTHERS MORT SEC VII INC TRUST CERT SERIES 1996-4, 8-K, 1997-01-03
Next: TEMPLATE SOFTWARE INC, S-1/A, 1997-01-03



As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 3, 1996
                                               Registration File No. ___________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                      ------------------------------------

                                    Form SB-2



             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

         --------------------------------------------------------------
                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

          Florida                     6712                        59-3396236
- ---------------------------         ---------                   ---------------

(State or jurisdiction of      (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)  Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)

                                258 N. Nova Road
                           Ormond Beach, Florida 32174
                                 (904) 672-3003

                      ------------------------------------

                          (Address and telephone number
                         of principal executive offices)

                                Gary G. Campbell
                      President and Chief Financial Officer
                                258 N. Nova Road
                           Ormond Beach, Florida 32174
                                 (904) 672-3003
           ----------------------------------------------------------

            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                              Copies Requested to:
                Herbert D. Haughton, Esq. or A. George Igler, Esq
                             Igler & Dougherty, P.A.
                              1501 Park Avenue East
                           Tallahassee, Florida 32301
                                 (904) 878-2411

Approximate  date of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable  after
this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933 check the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an Offering pursuant
to rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ] _________

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ] ________

If delivery  of the  Prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              Title of                                                 Proposed                Proposed
             each class                        Amount                   maximum                 maximum
            of securities                       to be                  offering                aggregate              Amount of
          to be registered                  registered(1)         price per share(2)       offering price(2)      registration fee
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                           <C>                   <C>                     <C>      
Common Stock $. 01 par value              1,200,000 shares              $10.00                $12,000,000             $3,636.36
Warrants                                     450,000                     $0.00                    $0                    $0.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


(1) Common Stock  ("Shares")  and  Warrants are to be issued  during the Initial
Offering  Period in Units  composed of one Share and one Warrant to purchase one
share of Common Stock.  Units will not be issued or certificated and the minimum
number of Units which may be purchased is 100 Units. Shares and Warrants will be
detachable upon issuance and will be issued and certificated separately.  Shares
issued after the Initial Offering Period will not have warrants attached.

(2) Estimated  solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee on the
basis of the proposed maximum offering price per unit.

    The  Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the  Commission,  acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>



                            COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS
             Minimum: 450,000 Shares ----- Maximum: 1,200,000 Shares
                              And 450,000 Warrants

                       [LOGO] THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                         A Proposed Bank Holding Company
                                       for
                      THE COMMERCIAL BANK OF VOLUSIA COUNTY
                              ORMOND BEACH, FLORIDA
                         A Proposed State-Chartered Bank

     The Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc., a Florida corporation  ("Company"),  hereby
offers for sale 1,200,000  shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share
(the "Offering"). The minimum number of Units or shares that may be purchased is
250. During the Initial Offering  Period,  which is defined as the 90 day period
following  the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  filed under the
Securities  Act of 1933  ("33  Act"),  as  amended  ("Effective  Date")  and any
extension  by the Company in its sole  discretion  not to exceed 60 days,  up to
450,000  shares will be offered in "Units".  Each Unit  consists of one share of
Common Stock,  par value $0.01,  of the Company  ("Common  Stock") and one stock
warrant  ("Warrant")  to purchase one share of Common Stock at $10.00 per share.
No fractional shares will be issued.  Units will not be separately  certificated
or transferable.  Only certificates for Common Stock and Warrants will be issued
in  connection  with the  Offering.  Warrants  will  expire 36  months  from the
Effective  Date.  The  minimum  number  of  Units  offered  is  450,000  and the
Organizers intend to purchase, in the aggregate,  at least 108,500 Units or 24.1
% of the total  minimum  Offering.  Warrants  will not be  included  with shares
offered  after the Initial  Offering  Period.  The Company has reserved  450,000
shares of this  Offering  to be issued  upon the  execution  of  Warrants by the
holders of the Warrants. Actual sales of shares to the public are expected to be
made  beginning on or about  January , 1997,  and ending on or about  December ,
2000,  but the  Offering  may be  terminated  earlier by the Company in its sole
discretion. The Offering will be made on a continuous basis for approximately 36
months following the Effective Date with multiple  closings under Securities and
Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  Rule 415.  The Units and shares are  offered on a
best-efforts  basis by certain directors and executive  officers of the Company,
who will receive no commissions for such sales. All subscription  funds tendered
during the Initial  Offering  Period will be  deposited  in an  interest-bearing
escrow account with the Independent  Banker's Bank of Florida ("Escrow  Agent").
The Offering will be terminated and all  subscription  funds,  together with any
interest earned thereon,  will be promptly returned if all required  conditional
regulatory  approvals have not been obtained or the minimum number of Units have
not been subscribed to by the end of the Initial Offering Period.  Subscriptions
obtained in the  Offering may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part by the
Company for any reason. Once a subscription is accepted by the Company, however,
it cannot be withdrawn. See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."

     Once  subscription  funds have been released by the Escrow Agent and shares
of the  Company's  Common  Stock  are  issued,  in the  event  the  Offering  is
terminated  because  of  the  failure  to  obtain  final  regulatory  approvals,
subscribers will not receive a full refund of their  subscription  payment.  See
"TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Failure of Bank to Commence Operations."

     The  Company  is a  "development  stage  company"  with no prior  operating
history. See "Risk Factors - Start-up Enterprise.  Prior to this Offering, there
has been no public market for the Common Stock.  There can be no assurance  that
an active trading market for such stock will develop since the Company presently
does not  intend  to seek to list the  Common  Stock  on a  national  securities
exchange  or to  qualify  such  Common  Stock  for  quotation  on  the  National
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ").

INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY  INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK, AND INVESTORS  SHOULD
NOT  INVEST  ANY FUNDS IN THIS  OFFERING  UNLESS  THEY CAN  AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR
ENTIRE  INVESTMENT.  SEE "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 3 FOR A DISCUSSION OF
THOSE  RISKS  THAT  MANAGEMENT  BELIEVES  PRESENT  THE  SUBSTANTIAL  RISKS TO AN
INVESTOR IN THIS OFFERING.

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR SAVINGS DEPOSITS AND
ARE NOT  INSURED  BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION  OR ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY.  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SEC PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          THIS OFFERING IS BEING MADE ON A 450,000 UNIT MINIMUM BASIS.


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Price                     Underwriting
                                                  to                      Discounts and              Proceeds to
                                               Public(1)                 Commissions(2)            the Company(3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                              <C>                   <C>        
Per Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $10.00                         $0                      $10.00
Minimum(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $4,500,000                       $0                    $4,500,000
Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $12,000,000                      $0                    $12,000,000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(See footnotes on inside Front Cover)

                The date of this Prospectus is January ___, 1997.



<PAGE>



(Continuation of front cover)

(1)  Prior to this Offering, there has been no established market for the shares
     of  the  Company's   Common  Stock.  The  Offering  price  was  arbitrarily
     determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company and does not bear any
     relationship to the Company's  assets,  book value,  net worth or any other
     recognized  criteria of value. In the event a market should develop for the
     Common Stock after  completion of this Offering,  there can be no assurance
     that the market price will equal or exceed the Offering price herein.

(2)  The  securities  offered  hereby  will be sold on a  best-efforts,  minimum
     450,000  Unit basis by certain  directors  and  executive  officers  of the
     Company and no  commissions  will be paid on such sales.  See "TERMS OF THE
     OFFERING."

(3)  Before deducting Offering expenses,  estimated to be approximately  $26,000
     including  registration fees, legal and accounting fees, printing and other
     expenses. See "USE OF PROCEEDS" for an itemized statement of expenses.

(4)  These securities are offered on a best-efforts, 450,000 Unit minimum basis.
     If payment in cash for 450,000  Units is not  received  prior to the end of
     the  Initial   Offering   Period  the  Offering  will   terminate  and  all
     subscription  funds,  together with any interest  earned  thereon,  will be
     promptly  returned to  subscribers.  The  Organizers  of the  Company  have
     indicated  that they may be willing to subscribe  for  additional  Units in
     this  Offering,  not to exceed an  aggregate of 20,000 Units or 4.4% of the
     minimum  Offering,  if necessary to help the Company sell the 450,000 Units
     necessary to release  subscription  proceeds from the  Subscription  Escrow
     Account,  as defined herein and to continue the Offering.  All purchases of
     Units by the  Company's  Organizers  will be  subject to  affiliate  resale
     limitations  under  the 33 Act,  as  amended,  and will be made on the same
     terms, including Warrant provisions,  as those made by other investors. The
     Organizers  of the  Company  have  represented  to  the  Company  that  all
     purchases of Common Stock will be made for investment purposes only and not
     with a view to resell such shares.  The maximum  number of shares that will
     be sold in the  Offering  will be  1,200,000  shares.  See "RISK  FACTORS,"
     "TERMS OF THE OFFERING," and "ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."


       The Company reserves the absolute right to cancel all  subscriptions  and
return all subscription  funds,  adjusted for any income thereon,  realized from
the investment of such funds,  for any reason  whatsoever,  at any time prior to
the time that the Company  withdraws  subscription  funds from the  Subscription
Escrow Account. See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."


                                        2

<PAGE>



                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         Prior  to the  Offering,  the  Company  has not been  required  to file
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act").

         This  Prospectus  omits  certain of the  information  contained  in the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  is a part,  and  reference is
hereby  made to the  Registration  Statement  and related  exhibits  for further
information with respect to the Company and the Shares and Units offered hereby.
The statements  contained  herein  concerning the provisions of any document are
not necessarily complete,  and, in each instance,  reference is made to the copy
of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement or otherwise
filed  with the  SEC.  Such  statement  is  qualified  in its  entirety  by such
reference.  Copies of exhibits may be obtained by written request  addressed to:
Gary G. Campbell, 258 N. Nova Road, Ormond Beach, Florida 32174.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITY HOLDERS

     The Company  intends to furnish  annual reports to its  shareholders  which
will contain audited  financial  statements and quarterly  reports which contain
unaudited financial statements. In addition, the Company will be required, under
section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to file annual  reports with the SEC.  Copies
of such reports will be available to the Company's shareholders.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  is a  summary  of  certain  information  contained  in this
Prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and
financial  statements  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.   Prospective
Investors are urged to read the entire Prospectus carefully.

                                  Risk Factors

     The securities  offered hereby may be deemed to be speculative  and involve
certain risks such as:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                       <C>

Start-up Enterprise                                       Intended Purchases by Organizers
Dependency on Key Management                              Anti-takeover Provision in Company's
Financial Position of the Company and Expected              Articles  of  Incorporation
Lack of Initial Profitability                             No  Established   Market  for  Shares
Highly Competitive Banking Market                         Arbitrary  Determination  of Offering Price
Unpredictable Economic Conditions                         Absence of Preemptive  Rights
Extensive Governmental Regulation                         Future Capital Needs of the Bank
No Plans to Pay Dividends in the                          No  Underwriting  of this Offering
         Foreseeable Future                               Possible  Dilution Resulting from Shares
                                                            Issued Under Warrant Plan
</TABLE>

For these and other  reasons,  the  purchase  of the Units and  shares is highly
speculative and involves  significant  investment risks. A prospective  investor
should be prepared to lose his or her entire investment.  Prospective  investors
should carefully consider the matters set forth under "RISK FACTORS."

                                   The Company

         The Commercial Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Company") was organized under the laws
of the State of Florida on August 15,  1996,  for the purpose of  operating as a
bank holding  company  pursuant to the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956,
as amended ("BHC Act").  The Company  intends to use the minimum net proceeds of
this  Offering  to  purchase  100%  of the  common  stock  to be  issued  by The
Commercial Bank of Volusia County ("Bank"), to repay organizational expenses and
for other  general  corporate  purposes.  Neither  the  Company nor the Bank has
commenced business operations, and neither will do so until the Initial Offering
Period is completed  and the  requisite  approvals of the Florida  Department of
Banking and Finance  ("Department"),  the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation
("FDIC")  and the Board of  Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System  ("Federal
Reserve")  are  obtained.  The main  office of the  Company and the Bank will be
located in Ormond Beach,  Volusia County,  Florida.  It is anticipated  that the
Bank will commence  business  operations  sometime  during the second quarter of
1997, or as soon thereafter a practicable.  With the exception that it will have
no trust powers,  the Bank will operate as a full service  commercial  bank with
primary  emphasis upon high quality  service to meet the financial  needs of the
individuals  and  businesses  residing and located in and around  Ormond  Beach,
Florida.  The  Company's  mailing  address is, 258 N. Nova Road,  Ormond  Beach,
Florida 32174 and the telephone number is (904) 672-3003. See "THE COMPANY".


                      Terms and Conditions of the Offering


Shares offered.................................    Up to  1,200,000  shares  are
                                                   being  offered.  A minimum of
                                                   450,000  shares are  required
                                                   to be sold in this  Offering.
                                                   See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."


                                        4

<PAGE>



Warrants.......................................    During the  Initial  Offering
                                                   Period shares will be offered
                                                   in   Units    with   a   Unit
                                                   consisting  of one  share  of
                                                   Common Stock and one Warrant.
                                                   Each Warrant will entitle the
                                                   holder  thereof  to  purchase
                                                   one   share   of   additional
                                                   Common  Stock for  $10.00 per
                                                   share  during  the  36  month
                                                   period      following     the
                                                   Effective       Date       of
                                                   Registration  of the  shares.
                                                   Warrants subscribed to in the
                                                   Initial  Offering  Period and
                                                   subsequently    issued   will
                                                   expire  36  months  from  the
                                                   Effective       Date       of
                                                   Registration.   The  Warrants
                                                   are      transferrable     in
                                                   accordance  with the  Warrant
                                                   Plan.   See   "TERMS  OF  THE
                                                   OFFERING-Warrants."

Common Stock
Outstanding After the
Offering.......................................    Minimum - 450,000 shares
                                                   Maximum - 1,200,000 shares

Price..........................................    $10.00 per Unit or per share,
                                                   if applicable

Use of Proceeds................................    To   purchase   100%  of  the
                                                   issued    and     outstanding
                                                   capital stock of the Bank; to
                                                   provide  working  capital for
                                                   the  Bank  to  commence   its
                                                   business           operations
                                                   (including    officers'   and
                                                   employees' salaries);  to pay
                                                   expenses in  connection  with
                                                   the formation of the Company,
                                                   the organization of the Bank,
                                                   and  this  Offering;  and for
                                                   other  corporate  purposes of
                                                   the  Company.   Proceeds  not
                                                   used to  purchase  Bank stock
                                                   will  be   retained   by  the
                                                   Company  and  will be used to
                                                   fund      future      capital
                                                   requirements  of the Bank, as
                                                   well as for other permissible
                                                   investments  for bank holding
                                                   companies,    including   the
                                                   possible acquisition of other
                                                   financial  institutions.  See
                                                   "USE OF PROCEEDS."

Conditions of the Offering.....................    The Offering  will be made on
                                                   a continuous  basis under SEC
                                                   Rule 415. The  Offering  will
                                                   expire  36  months  from  the
                                                   Effective       Date       of
                                                   Registration.  Funds received
                                                   by  the  Company  during  the
                                                   Initial  Offering Period will
                                                   be deposited  with the Escrow
                                                   Agent. Funds so deposited may
                                                   be  released  to the  Company
                                                   only in  accordance  with the
                                                   terms of the Escrow Agreement
                                                   between  the  Company and the
                                                   Escrow  Agent.  The  Offering
                                                   will  be  terminated  by  the
                                                   Company  at  the  end  of the
                                                   Initial  Offering  Period  if
                                                   subscriptions   for   450,000
                                                   Units have not been  received
                                                   and deposited with the Escrow
                                                   Agent or if final  regulatory
                                                   approvals   have   not   been
                                                   received  by the  Company and
                                                   the Bank,  or the Company has
                                                   canceled the  Offering  prior
                                                   to withdrawing funds from the
                                                   Subscription Account.

                                        5

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

     PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS IN THE COMMON STOCK SHOULD GIVE CAREFUL ATTENTION TO
THE FOLLOWING  STATEMENTS  RESPECTING  CERTAIN RISKS APPLICABLE TO THE OFFERING,
WHICH RISKS  INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THOSE NOTED BELOW.  OTHER FACTORS OF
IMPORTANCE ARE SET OUT ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

Start-up Enterprise

     Neither the Company nor the Bank has  commenced  business  operations,  and
both are newly organized entities with no operating history.  Thus, investors in
the  Common  Stock  are  subject  to the  risk of loss of all or a part of their
investment.   Furthermore,   final  regulatory   approval  to  commence  banking
operations  will not be obtained until the Company has expended a portion of the
proceeds of this Offering to employ  personnel,  rent temporary office space and
pay other  pre-opening  expenses.  The  Company  is  awaiting  the  Department's
conditional approval of the proposed Bank's charter application.  The Company is
also awaiting conditional approval of its Application for Deposit Insurance from
the FDIC.  Finally,  the  Company  is  awaiting  approvals  to become a one-bank
holding company from the Federal Reserve.  The conditional charter approval from
the Department will require that final approval to commence  banking  operations
be obtained  within twelve months after receipt of conditional  approval.  While
management  of the Company is  confident  that all of the  necessary  regulatory
approvals  will  be  obtained  there  can be no  assurance  that  the  foregoing
approvals  will be obtained.  In the event that the Company issues the shares of
Common Stock and final  approval to commence  banking  operations is not granted
within twelve  months after receipt of  preliminary  regulatory  approvals,  the
Company will solicit  shareholder  approval for its dissolution and liquidation.
In such event,  the Company will promptly return to subscribers all subscription
funds and interest  earned thereon,  less all expenses  incurred by the Company,
including  the expenses of the  Offering,  the  organizational  and  pre-opening
expenses  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank.  In the  event  of  dissolution  and
liquidation,  it is likely that subscribers will receive only a portion of their
initial investment due to the foregoing  expenses.  See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING -
Failure of Bank to Commence Operations."

Dependency on Key Management

     Regulatory  approval to establish  and operate a  state-chartered  bank is,
among other  things,  dependent  upon the  Department's  approval of such bank's
proposed chief executive  officer.  Generally,  the chief executive officer of a
start-up financial institution is deemed to be vital to the potential success of
the new  institution.  The  Bank's  application  for a  charter  filed  with the
Department  proposed Gary G. Campbell as the Bank's Chief Executive Officer.  In
the  event  of  death,  disability,  resignation  or  other  event  causing  the
unavailability  of Mr. Campbell,  final regulatory  approval to commence banking
operations  would be  delayed  until  such  time as a  suitable  replacement  is
approved by the  Department.  The Company has obtained  "key-man" life insurance
for Mr.  Campbell in the amount of $500,000  which will defray the expenses that
the Company and the Bank might incur if the opening of the Bank was delayed as a
result of his death. The Company is the beneficiary of the key man policy.
See "MANAGEMENT - Key Man Insurance".

Financial Position of the Company and Expected Lack of Initial Profitability

     The initial  activity of the Company will be to act as the sole shareholder
of the Bank.  Thus, the  profitability of the Company will be dependant upon the
successful operation of the Bank. Typically, new banks are not profitable in the
first year of operation and sometimes are not profitable for several years.  The
Bank will incur significant  expenses in establishing  itself as a going concern
and there can be no assurance that the Bank will be operated  profitably or that
future  earnings,  if any,  will meet the levels of earnings  prevailing  in the
banking industry.

Highly Competitive Banking Market

     With the exception  that it will have no trust  powers,  the Bank will be a
full service commercial bank operating in Ormond Beach, Volusia County, Florida.
Competition  among  financial  institutions in the Bank's primary market area is
intense.  The Bank  will  compete  with  other  state  banks,  consumer  finance
companies,  money market mutual funds,  and other financial  institutions  which
have  far  greater  financial  resources  than  those  available  to  the  Bank.
Additionally,  the Bank will compete with banks, savings institutions and credit
unions  located in nearby  markets who solicit  business from the Bank's Primary
Service  Area.  For example,  as a start-up  financial  institution,  the Bank's
relatively  small  capital  base may affect its  ability to compete  for certain
types of loans due to regulatory lending  limitations.  The Bank's size may also
impact its ability to compete  effectively with larger  institutions in offering
other services. If the Bank is unable to compete for deposits effectively in its
primary  service area, such inability would likely have an adverse effect on the
Bank's  potential  for growth and  profitability.  See  "BUSINESS  OF THE BANK -
Market Area and Competition."

                                        6

<PAGE>



Unpredictable Economic Conditions

     Commercial banks and other financial  institutions are affected by economic
and political conditions,  both domestic and international,  and by governmental
monetary policies. Conditions such as inflation,  recession,  unemployment, high
interest rates,  short money supply,  international  disorders and other factors
beyond the  control  of the  Company  and the Bank may  adversely  affect  their
profitability. See "BUSINESS OF THE BANK - Monetary Policies."

Extensive Governmental Regulation

     The Company and the Bank will operate in a highly regulated environment and
will be subject to  supervision  by several  governmental  regulatory  agencies,
including the Federal Reserve, the Department, the FDIC and the SEC. The Company
and the Bank will be vulnerable to future  legislation  and  government  policy,
including bank  deregulation  and interstate  expansion,  which could  adversely
affect the banking industry as a whole,  including the operations of the Company
and the Bank. See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."

No Plans to Pay Dividends in the Foreseeable Future

     It is not  anticipated  that the Company will  distribute  any dividends to
shareholders  in the  foreseeable  future.  Earnings  of the Bank,  if any,  are
expected  to be  retained  by the  Bank to  enhance  its  capital  structure  or
distributed to the Company to defray its operating costs. Dividend distributions
of state banks are restricted by statute and regulation. See "DIVIDEND POLICY."

Intended Purchases by Organizers

     The Organizers  presently intend to purchase 108,500 Units in the Offering,
which will equal  24.1% of the  minimum of 450,000  Units  required  in order to
release  subscription   proceeds  from  the  Subscription  Escrow  Account.  See
"ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS." However, the Organizers have indicated
that they may be willing to subscribe  for  additional  Units in the Offering if
necessary to help the Company  complete the Offering and release  proceeds  from
the  Subscription  Escrow  Account.  Total  purchases by the Organizers will not
exceed  128,500  Units in the  aggregate,  which will equal 28.6% of the 450,000
Units.  The  Organizers  have  represented  to the Company that all purchases of
Common Stock will be made for  investment  purposes  only and not with a view to
resell such shares.

Failure of the Bank to Commence Operations; Return of Subscription Funds

     Before the Bank can open for  business it must obtain final  approval  from
both the Department and the FDIC. In the event that the Company issues shares of
Common Stock and such  approvals  are not  obtained,  the Company will return to
subscribers only those funds remaining after deduction for expenses  incurred by
the Company for this Offering and the organizational and preopening  expenses of
the  Company  and the Bank.  In the event  final  regulatory  approvals  are not
obtained,  subscribers  will be  entitled to a return of only a portion of their
subscription  funds.  See,  "TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Failure of Bank to Commence
Operations."

Possible Creditors Claims against the Company

     Once the Company  issues the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  the
Offering proceeds may be considered part of general corporate funds and thus may
be subject to the claims of creditors of the Company,  including  claims against
the Company that may arise out of actions of the Company's officers,  directors,
or employees. It is possible,  therefore, that one or more creditors may seek to
attach the proceeds of the Offering prior to the Bank's  commencement of banking
operations.  If such an attachment occurs and it becomes necessary to refund the
subscription  proceeds  to  shareholders  because  of the  failure to obtain the
required  regulatory  approvals,  the refund  process  might be delayed  and the
payment to shareholders might be further reduced.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

     The Company's  Articles of Incorporation  ("Articles")  contain  provisions
requiring  supermajority  shareholder  approval to effect certain  extraordinary
corporate  transactions  which are not approved by the Board of  Directors.  The
effect of these provisions is to make it more difficult to effect a merger, sale
of control or similar  transaction  involving the Company even though a majority
of the  Company's  shareholders  may  vote in favor  of such a  transaction.  In
addition,  the  Company's  Articles  provide for classes of  Directors,  whereby
one-third  of the members of the Board of  Directors  shall be elected each year
and each director of the Company will serve for a term of three years.  Finally,
the Company's Articles provide that Florida's Control- Share Acquisition Statute
shall  apply to  acquisitions  of control  shares,  as defined  therein,  of the
Company's Common Stock. The

                                        7

<PAGE>



effect of these  provisions  is to make it more  difficult to effect a change in
control of the Company through the acquisition of a large block of the Company's
Common Stock. See "DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK" and "Appendix A."

No Established Market for Shares

     Presently there is no established market for the Common Stock. There can be
no assurance that an established  public market will develop for such securities
upon completion of this Offering or whether  substantial trading activity in the
Shares will occur for several years, if at all. Moreover,  in the event that the
Organizers  subscribe for additional  Units in this Offering in order to achieve
the minimum subscription level necessary to release  subscription  proceeds from
the  Subscription  Escrow  Account,  an established  public market of the Common
Stock will be less likely to  develop.  As a result,  investors  who may need or
wish to dispose of all or a part of their investment in the Common Stock may not
be able to do so except by private,  direct negotiations with third parties. The
Company does not presently intend to seek to list the Common Stock on a national
securities  exchange or to qualify such Common Stock for quotation on NASDAQ. At
such time as the Company's  stock  qualifies  for  registration  on NASDAQ,  the
Company may seek to register the Shares for quotation.

Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price

     Prior to this Offering there has been no established  market for the shares
of the Company's Common Stock. The Offering price was arbitrarily  determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company, and does not bear any relationship to the
Company's  assets,  book value,  net worth or any other  recognized  criteria of
value. In determining the Offering price of the shares, the Department's capital
requirements  for the Bank and general  market  conditions  for the sale of such
securities were considered.  In the event a market should develop for the Common
Stock after  completion  of this  Offering,  there can be no assurance  that the
market price will equal or exceed the Offering price herein.

Absence of Shareholder Preemptive Rights

     No holder of the Common  Stock of the Company will have  preemptive  rights
with respect to the  issuance of shares of any class of stock.  The total number
of shares of all  classes  of capital  stock  which the  Company  shall have the
authority to issue is 10,000,000  shares,  consisting of shares of Common Stock,
par value  $0.01 per share.  Each share of Common  Stock is entitled to one vote
per  share  in all  matters  requiring  a vote of  shareholders.  The  Board  of
Directors of the Company could from time to time  determine to issue  additional
shares of the  authorized  Common Stock in addition to the shares offered hereby
and in such event the ownership interest of the subscribers in this Offering may
be diluted.  The Company's  Articles of incorporation do not contain a provision
authorizing any class of preferred stock.

Future Capital Needs of the Bank

     The Board of  Directors of the Company may  determine  from time to time to
obtain  additional  capital  through the  issuance of  additional  shares of the
authorized  Common  Stock of the Company.  There can be no  assurance  that such
shares will be issued at prices or on terms equal to the initial  Offering price
and terms of this Offering.

No Underwriter of This Offering

     This Offering is being made without the services of an  underwriter.  Sales
will be  solicited  only by certain  executive  officers  and  directors  of the
Company. Accordingly,  there can be no assurance that all of the Units or shares
offered hereby will be sold at the expiration of the Offering period. See "TERMS
OF THE OFFERING."

Possible Dilution Resulting from Warrants

     Warrants issued in this Offering are generally  transferable.  Shareholders
who do not, or are not able to, exercise  warrants received in this Offering may
suffer a  dilution  of their  investments  in  terms  of book  value  and in the
percentage of total  outstanding  shares with respect to the shares  received in
this  Offering if other warrant  holders  exercise  their  Warrants and the book
value of the  shares is greater  than  $10.00 at the time of such  exercise.  In
addition,  an  individual  shareholder's  percentage  of  ownership  may also be
affected.

                                   THE COMPANY

     The Commercial Bancorp, Inc. ("Company") was incorporated under the laws of
the State of Florida on August 15, 1996,  to operate as a bank  holding  company
pursuant  to the BHC Act,  and to  purchase  100% of the issued and  outstanding
capital stock

                                        8

<PAGE>



of The Commercial Bank of Volusia County, a  state-chartered  commercial bank to
be organized  under the laws of Florida  ("Bank"),  which will conduct a general
banking business in Ormond Beach,  Florida.  The Organizers filed an Application
for Authority to Organize with the  Department on October 21, 1996.  The Company
also filed its application  for deposit  insurance with the FDIC on November 27,
1996, and an application to become a one-bank  holding  company with the Federal
Reserve on  _______________________,  1996. Upon obtaining  regulatory approval,
the Company will be a registered  bank holding  company subject to regulation by
the Federal Reserve.

     The Bank expects to commence  operations  sometime in the second quarter of
1997.  See  "BUSINESS  OF THE  BANK." The  Organizers  of the  Company  are five
individuals,  all of whom reside in Volusia County,  Florida. There are five (5)
additional  persons who will serve as  organizers of the Bank and who will serve
on the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank,  but not the  Company,  (hereinafter
collectively the "Organizers" and if individually "Organizer").  See "ORGANIZERS
AND PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS." All of the Organizers of the Company will serve on
the initial Board of Directors of the Company and all but one of the  Organizers
will serve on the initial Board of Directors of the Bank. See "MANAGEMENT."

     The main  offices of the  Company and the Bank will be located at 258 North
Nova  Road,  Ormond  Beach,  Florida  32174.  See  "BUSINESS  OF THE  COMPANY  -
Premises." The mailing address of the Company's  present  office,  which it will
occupy until the Bank opens for  business,  is 258 N. Nova Road,  Ormond  Beach,
Florida 32174 and its telephone number is (904) 672- 3003.


                              TERMS OF THE OFFERING

General

     The  Company is Offering  hereunder  up to  1,200,000  Shares of its Common
Stock for cash at a price of $10.00 per  share.  A minimum  subscription  of 250
shares is required for each subscription hereunder.  Individual investors, other
than the  Organizers,  may  subscribe for up to a maximum of 44,500 Units in the
Initial  Offering  Period and up to a maximum of 74,500 shares  thereafter.  The
purchase  price of $10.00 per Unit or share shall be paid in full upon execution
and  delivery  of the  Subscription  Agreement.  All  subscriptions  tendered by
investors  are subject to  acceptance  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
through its duly authorized Subscription Committee, and the Company reserves the
absolute  and  unqualified  right to reject or reduce any  subscription  for any
reason  prior to  acceptance.  Furthermore,  the Company  reserves  the right to
cancel this Offering at any time prior to the time the Company  withdraws  funds
from the Subscription Escrow Account, for any reason whatsoever.

Warrants

     Each  investor  who  subscribes  during the  Initial  Offering  Period will
receive a Warrant entitling the subscriber to purchase one share of Common Stock
for each Unit  purchased.  Warrants  subscribed to during this 90 day period (or
150 day period if  extended)  will expire 36 months from the  Effective  Date of
Registration. Unexpired Warrants may be exchanged for shares upon the payment of
$10.00 per share to the  Company,  subject to the  requirement  that the minimum
number of shares  which will be issued upon any single  presentment  will be 100
shares unless the Warrant  presented is for less than 100 shares,  at which time
all shares must be  purchased.  Certificated  Warrants may be  transferred  by a
holder in accordance with the Warrant Plan.

No Established Market

     Prior to this Offering there has been no established  public market for the
shares of the Common Stock and/or Warrants and there can be no assurance that an
established  market for such stock or Warrants will develop.  The Offering price
has been  arbitrarily  determined  and is not a reflection of the Company's book
value, net worth or any other such recognized  criteria of value. In determining
the  Offering  price  of the  Common  Stock,  the  capital  requirements  of the
Department  for the  Bank and  general  market  conditions  for the sale of such
securities were  considered.  There can be no assurance that, if a market should
develop for the Common Stock or Warrants,  the  post-Offering  market price will
equal or exceed the initial Offering price.

Plan of Distribution

     Pursuant to SEC Rule 415, (17 C.F.R. Section 230.415),  the Company intends
to offer the Units and shares on a continuous  basis for a period of up to three
years from the  Effective  Date.  The Units and shares  offered  will be sold by
certain directors and executive  officers of the Company pursuant to Rule 3a 4-1
of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 ("34 Act").  None of the  directors or
officers  who  intend  to offer the Units and  shares is  subject  to  statutory


                                        9

<PAGE>



disqualification  within the meaning of Section  3(a)(39) of the 34 Act, nor are
any such  persons  now or have they been  during the  preceding  12  months,  an
associated person of a broker or dealer or a registered  broker-dealer.  No such
person has sold  securities for an issuer within the preceding year. Each person
offering the Units and shares will be registered with the Florida  Department of
Banking and  Finance,  Division of  Securities  and  Investor  Protection  as an
associated person of the Company prior to commencing the Offering.

     Beginning on the Effective  Date the Company will offer the shares in Units
to the public for a period of 90 days,  unless extended by the Company for up to
60 days in its sole discretion (the Initial Offering Period). During this period
the Company will offer 450,000  shares of the total  1,200,000  shares  offered.
Units will be offered by officers  and  directors  of the Company  primarily  to
persons  who work or reside in Volusia  County,  Florida.  To a limited  extent,
Units will be offered  to  friends,  acquaintances  and  family  members  living
outside the Volusia County  community some of whom may live outside of the State
of Florida.  Persons  indicating an interest in acquiring Units will be provided
with a copy of this  Prospectus  prior  to the  Company  accepting  subscription
funds.   Subscriptions  will  be  accepted  only  if  accompanied  by  a  proper
Subscription  Agreement.  During this Initial  Offering  Period the Company will
conduct  its first  Closing if the  conditions  required to Close have been met.
Units subscribed to during this period will consist of one share of Common Stock
and one Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock.

     Once  the  Initial  Offering  Period  closes  and  for  a 12  month  period
thereafter  the Company will offer up to 300,000  shares of Common Stock without
Warrants  to the  public.  The  price of these  shares is $10.00  per  share.  A
Prospectus,  as amended or supplemented will be provided by an executive officer
or director of the Company or the Bank to interested persons.  Such persons will
be  permitted  to  subscribe  for up to  22,500  shares of the  Common  Stock by
executing and delivering to the Company a Stock  Subscription  Agreement,  along
with the  subscription  price.  A copy of the Stock  Subscription  Agreement  is
attached to this  Prospectus  as Appendix  C.  During the period  following  the
Initial Offering Period in order to minimize the administrative costs of issuing
shares, the Company will conduct multiple Closings, in 30 day intervals, wherein
shares will be issued to subscribers.  During these 30 day periods, subscription
funds  received by the Company will be held in the  Subscription  Escrow Account
maintained at the Bank. Subscription funds will be transferred to the Company by
the Bank  following  receipt of a  certification  from the  Company  that shares
specifically subscribed for have been issued.

     Warrant holders may acquire  shares,  subject to the minimum share purchase
limit,  by  executing  a  Warrant  Certificate  any time  during  the 36  months
following the Effective Date of Registration  and delivering  such  Certificate,
along with the Warrant price of $10.00 per share, to the Company's  Secretary at
its corporate office.

     See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Conditions of the Offering."

Conditions of the Offering

     The Offering will expire at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on ______________, 1999
(the "Expiration Date"). The Offering is expressly  conditioned upon fulfillment
of the following conditions ("Offering  Conditions") within the Initial Offering
Period.
The Offering Conditions, which may not be waived, are as follows:

     (a) Not less than  $4,500,000  shall  have been  deposited  with the Escrow
Agent in the Subscription  Escrow Account within 90 days from the Effective Date
of  Registration,  unless extended by the Company for up to 60 days or not later
than ________________, 1997;

     (b) The Company shall have received  conditional  approval from the Federal
Reserve of its application to become a one-bank holding company,  the Organizers
shall have received conditional approval from the Department to charter the Bank
and  the  proposed  Bank  shall  have  received   conditional  approval  of  its
application for deposit insurance from the FDIC; and

     (c) The Company shall not have  canceled  this  Offering  prior to the time
funds are withdrawn from the Subscription Escrow Account.

Escrow of Subscription Funds

     All subscription  funds and documents  tendered by investors will be placed
in the  Subscription  Escrow  Account  with  the  Independent  Bankers'  Bank of
Florida,  Orlando, Florida ("Escrow Agent"), pursuant to the terms of the Escrow
Agreement,  the form of which is attached to this  Prospectus  as Appendix  "B".
Upon receipt of a  certification  from the Company  during the Initial  Offering
Period  that:  (i) the  required  conditional  regulatory  approvals  have  been
received;  and (ii)  subscriptions  totaling not less than  $4,500,000 have been
received,  the Escrow Agent will release all subscription  funds, and any income
received thereon, to the Company.

                                       10

<PAGE>



     Pending  disposition  of the  Subscription  Escrow Account under the Escrow
Agreement,  the Escrow Agent is  authorized,  upon  instructions  to be given by
either Gary G.  Campbell  or James R.  Peacock to invest  subscription  funds in
direct  obligations  of the United  States  Government,  in  short-term  insured
certificates  of deposit  and/or money market  management  trusts for short-term
obligations of the United States  Government,  with  maturities not to exceed 90
days. The Company will invest the  subscription  funds in a similar manner after
breaking  escrow and prior to the time that the Company infuses capital into the
Bank. The Offering  proceeds will be used to purchase  capital stock of the Bank
and to repay expenses  incurred in the organization of the Company and the Bank.
See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

     In the  event  the  Offering  Conditions  are not met  within  the  Initial
Offering  Period  or  the  Offering  is  terminated  by  the  Company  prior  to
withdrawing the  Subscription  Funds,  the Escrow Agent shall promptly return to
the subscribers their subscription funds, together with their allocated share of
income,  if any,  earned on the investment of the  Subscription  Escrow Account.
Each Subscriber's  proportionate  share of Subscription  Escrow Account earnings
shall be that  fraction (i) the  numerator of which is the dollar amount of such
subscriber's tendered subscription  multiplied by the number of days between the
date  of  acceptance  of  the  investor's  subscription  and  the  date  of  the
termination of the Offering,  inclusive  (the  subscriber's  "Time  Subscription
Factor"),  and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate Time  Subscription
Factor of all investors depositing subscription funds in the Subscription Escrow
Account.

     NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT  SUBSCRIPTION  FUNDS CAN OR WILL BE INVESTED
AT THE HIGHEST RATE OF RETURN AVAILABLE OR THAT ANY INCOME WILL BE REALIZED FROM
THE INVESTMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION FUNDS.

     If all Offering  Conditions  are satisfied,  and the Company  withdraws the
subscription  funds from the Subscription  Escrow Account,  all earnings on such
account shall belong to the Company.

     The  Independent  Bankers  Bank of Florida,  by accepting  appointments  as
Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement,  in no way endorses the purchase of the
Company's securities by any person.

Failure of Bank to Commence Operations

     The  Department  requires  that a new state bank open for  business  (i.e.,
obtain a  certificate  of  authorization)  within 12  months  after  receipt  of
preliminary  approval from the  Department.  The Organizers  anticipate that the
Bank will open for  business  sometime  in the second  quarter of 1997.  Because
final approval of the Bank's  charter is  conditioned  on the Company's  raising
funds to capitalize  the Bank at  $4,028,000,  the Company  expects to issue the
shares of Common Stock before it has obtained all final regulatory approvals for
the Bank.  In the event that the Company  issues the shares of Common  Stock and
the  Department  does not grant the Bank final  regulatory  approval to commence
banking  operations  within 12 months  after the Bank's  receipt of  preliminary
approval from the  Department,  the Company will promptly  return to subscribers
all subscription  funds and interest earned thereon,  less all expenses incurred
by the Company,  including  the expenses of the Offering and the  organizational
and  pre-opening  expenses of the Company and the Bank. It is probable that this
return will be further  reduced by amounts paid to satisfy  claims of creditors,
as discussed in the following paragraph.

     Once the Company  issues the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  the
Offering proceeds may be considered part of general corporate funds and thus may
be subject to the claims of creditors of the Company,  including  claims against
the Company that may arise out of actions of the Company's officers,  directors,
or employees. It is possible,  therefore, that one or more creditors may seek to
attach the proceeds of the Offering prior to the Bank's  commencement of banking
operations.  If such an  attachment  occurs and it becomes  necessary to pay the
subscription  funds to  shareholders  because of failure to obtain all necessary
regulatory  approvals,  the payment process might by delayed;  and if it becomes
necessary  to  pay  creditors  from  the  subscription  funds,  the  payment  to
shareholders might be further reduced.

Purchases by Organizers of the Company

     The  Organizers  have  indicated  that they may be willing to subscribe for
additional  Units in this Offering,  if necessary,  to help the Company complete
the Offering in order to release  subscription  proceeds  from the  Subscription
Escrow Account. The maximum aggregate number of Units which may be subscribed by
the  Organizers  in this  Offering  is  128,500  Units.  Any such  purchases  of
additional  shares  by the  Organizers  will  be  subject  to  affiliate  resale
limitations  of the 33 Act,  until such time as the Company is no longer subject
to the  requirements  of the  Exchange Act and will be made on the same terms as
those made by other  investors.  The Organizers have  represented to the Company
that any such purchases will be made for investment purposes only and not with a
view to resell such shares. If additional purchases, as described above, are not
necessary, the Organizers intend to purchase a minimum of 108,500 Units pursuant


                                       11

<PAGE>



to this  Offering,  or 24.1% of the 450,000  minimum  Units to be issued in this
Offering.  If  additional  purchases  as  described  above  are  necessary,  the
Organizers will purchase  additional Units and will then own, more than 24.1% of
the  outstanding  Common  Stock of the  Company,  but no more  than  28.6%.  See
"ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."

Other Terms and Conditions/How to Subscribe

     The Company may cancel  this  Offering  for any reason at any time prior to
the release of subscription  funds from the  Subscription  Escrow  Account,  and
accepted subscriptions are subject to cancellation in the event that the Company
elects to cancel the Offering in its entirety.

     Units and shares  will be  marketed  on a  best-efforts  basis  exclusively
through certain  directors and executive  officers of the Company,  none of whom
will receive any commissions or other form of remuneration  based on the sale of
the Units or shares. However, in the event that the Offering Conditions have not
been  satisfied by  __________,  1997,  the Company may engage an underwriter to
sell the Units on a  best-efforts  basis and such  underwriter  would  receive a
commission  based upon such sales. It is anticipated  that  commissions  paid to
such underwriter,  if retained,  will not exceed 7% of the $10.00 per Unit sales
price and that other expenses of such  underwriting will not exceed an aggregate
of $5,000.  In the event the Company  engages an underwriter to sell Units prior
to the expiration of the Initial Offering Period, a post-effective  amendment to
the  Registration  Statement  will be filed with the SEC containing the terms of
any agreements  entered into with such  underwriters  and discussing any fees or
expenses  associated  with  such  agreements.  In the  event  that the  Offering
Conditions  have not been satisfied by the end of the Initial  Offering  Period,
this Offering will be terminated and the subscription funds promptly returned to
the subscribers, together with their allocated share of earnings, if any, earned
on the investment of the Subscription  Escrow Account as described  herein.  See
"TERMS OF THE Offering - Escrow of Subscription Funds."

     As soon as practicable, but no more than ten-business days after receipt of
a   subscription,   the  Company  will  accept  or  reject  such   subscription.
Subscriptions  not rejected by the Company  within this ten-day  period shall be
deemed  accepted.  Once a subscription is accepted by the Company,  it cannot be
withdrawn by the subscriber.  Payment from any subscriber for Units in excess of
the number of Units  allocated to such  subscriber,  if any, will be refunded by
mail, without interest within ten days of the date of rejection.

     Certificates  representing  shares of  Common  Stock of the  Company,  duly
authorized  and  fully  paid,  will  be  issued  as soon  as  practicable  after
subscription  funds are  released to the Company  from the  Subscription  Escrow
Account.

     Subscriptions  to purchase shares of Common Stock can be made by completing
the Stock Subscription  Agreement  attached to this Prospectus  (Appendix C) and
delivering  the same to the  Company at its  offices,  258 N. Nova Road,  Ormond
Beach,  Florida  32174,  or  mailing  the  same in the  enclosed  self-addressed
envelope.  Full payment of the purchase price must  accompany the  subscription.
Failure  to pay the  full  subscription  price  shall  entitle  the  Company  to
disregard the subscription.  No Subscription Agreement is binding until accepted
by the  Company,  which  may,  in its sole  discretion,  refuse  to  accept  any
subscription for Units, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever.  After a
subscription  is accepted and proper  payment  received,  the Company  shall not
cancel such subscription unless all accepted subscriptions are canceled.  Unless
otherwise agreed by the Company, all subscription amounts must be paid in Unites
States currency by check,  bank draft or money order payable to "IBBF,  for TCB,
Inc. " A  subscription  will be accepted  in writing by the Company  only in the
Form of Acceptance attached to this Prospectus.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The  gross  proceeds  from the sale of Units  offered  by the  Company  are
estimated  to be a  minimum  of  $4,500,000.  This  estimate  is based  upon the
assumption  that  the  sale of  450,000  Units  for  cash  occurs  prior  to the
expiration of the Initial  Offering  Period.  However,  if 450,000 Units are not
sold for cash, prior to the expiration of the Initial Offering Period,  then the
Offering will  terminate and all funds received from  subscribers,  adjusted for
any income thereon, will be promptly refunded. See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."



                                       12

<PAGE>



     The estimated  Organizational  and Offering  expenses of the Company are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Offering          Organizational
                                                                                  --------          --------------
<S>                                                                         <C>                            <C>
     Registration fees, including blue
       sky fees and expenses...........................................     $        5,000                  None

     Salaries and expenses.............................................               None                 2,000

     Legal fees and expenses...........................................             15,000                 5,000

     Accounting fees  .................................................              1,000                  None

     Printing and mailing expenses.....................................              2,700                  None

     Advertising.......................................................              2,000                  None

     Interest..........................................................               None                 7,000

     Miscellaneous.....................................................               None                 1,000
                                                                                   -------              --------

     TOTAL.............................................................            $25,700              $ 15,000
                                                                                   =======              ========
</TABLE>

     All of the above expenses will be incurred whether or not the Bank conducts
operations.  If,  however,  the Offering is  terminated  prior to the release of
subscription  funds by the Escrow Agent, none of these expenses will be deducted
from the funds to be returned to subscribers.  If, however,  subscription  funds
are  released  by the  Escrow  Agent  and the Bank  does not  commence  business
operations  all of the above  expenses  will be deducted  from the  subscription
funds.  Expenses  related to a  successful  Offering  will be deducted  from the
Offering  proceeds and expenses  related to  organization of the Company will be
amortized over five years.

     A  substantial  portion  of the  proceeds  of  this  Offering  ($4,500,000)
assuming the minimum number of Units is sold will be used by the Company for the
purchase of 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of the Bank and to
repay  the  expenses  of  this  Offering  and  the  expenses   incurred  in  the
organization of the Company and the Bank.

     The portion of the proceeds of this Offering in excess of the above amounts
will be  retained  by the  Company  for the  purpose  of  funding  any  required
additions  to the  capital of the Bank.  Since state  banks are  regulated  with
respect to the ratio that their total assets may bear to their total capital, if
the Bank  experiences  greater  growth  than  anticipated,  it may  require  the
infusion of additional capital to support that growth. Management of the Company
anticipates  that the proceeds of the Offering will be sufficient to support the
Bank's immediate capital needs and will seek, if necessary,  long and short-term
debt financing to support any additional needs; however,  management can give no
assurance that such financing, if needed, will be available or if available will
be on terms acceptable to management.

                                       13

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Net proceeds from the Offering will be applied as follows:
                                                                Minimum                        Maximum
                                                                 Proceeds                       Proceeds
                                                               Assuming Sale                  Assuming Sale
                                                                of 450,000                     of 1,200,000
                                                                  Shares                         Shares
                                                                  ------                         ------

<S>                                                                <C>                           <C>        
Purchase of capital stock of the Bank.....................         $4,150,000                     $4,150,000

Organizational and Offering
     expenses of the Company(2)...........................             40,700                         45,700(1)

Working capital and funds available
     for expansion of banking and
     banking-related services(2)(3).......................            309,300                      7,804,300
                             -- --                                    -------                      ---------
         Net Proceeds                                              $4,500,000                    $12,000,000
                                                                   ==========                    ===========
</TABLE>

     The  following  is a schedule of estimated  expenditures  to be made by the
Bank out of the  proceeds  from the sale of its  capital  stock to the  Company,
including  the  Bank's  operating  expenses  for  its  first  twelve  months  of
operation.

     Organizational expenses of Bank including Application,
       legal and consulting fees(2)............................       $  150,000

     Pre-opening expenses of Bank including salaries,
       occupancy and other expenses,...........................           49,500

     Purchase of leasehold improvements necessary for
       banking office..........................................           45,000

     Bank premises - net occupancy expense.....................           35,000

     Salaries and benefits for officers.........................         175,000

     Salaries and benefits for other employees..................         200,000

     General and administrative expense
       comprised primarily of data processing,
       provision for loan losses, marketing and
       advertising, telephone and casualty and deposit insurance         360,000

     Furniture, fixtures and equipment..........................         175,000

     Working capital.............................................      2,960,500
                                                                       ---------
                                                                      $4,150,000
                                                                      ==========

- --------
     (1)      The Company  expects to incur  additional  expenses in  connection
              with  the  maximum   offering  of  approximately   $5,000.   These
              additional  expenses  will be  incurred  because  the  Offering is
              projected  to extend over a 36 month  period and will  necessitate
              the  filing  of  post-effective  amendments  to  the  Registration
              Statement,   printing   costs  in   connection   with   prospectus
              supplements and additional mailing costs.
     (2)      Amounts  indicated do not include interest earned on investment of
              net   proceeds   from   this   Offering   during   the   Company's
              organizational  stage estimated to be approximately  $35,000,  nor
              the capitalization of certain organizational costs under generally
              accepted  accounting  procedures  estimated  to  be  approximately
              $150,000.

     (3)      These  funds  will be  retained  by the  Company  to be  used  for
              permissible investments for one-bank holding companies, as well as
              possible  future  capital needs of the Bank. See  "REGULATION  AND
              SUPERVISION - General."


                                       14

<PAGE>



The  above  described  expenses  are  estimates  only and  assume  the Bank will
commence  operations  sometime  during  the second  quarter of 1997,  or as soon
thereafter  as  practicable.  Actual  expenses may exceed these  amounts.  Total
organizational  expenses and deferred  registration  costs for both the Bank and
the  Company  as of  November  30,  1996,  amounted  to  approximately  $120,700
Organizational  expenses of the Bank will be capitalized and amortized over five
years while pre-opening expenses will be charged to expense when incurred.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     As the Company and the Bank are both  start-up  operations,  it will be the
policy of the Board of  Directors  of the Company to reinvest  earnings for such
period  of time as is  necessary  to ensure  the  successful  operations  of the
Company and of the Bank.  There are no current plans to initiate payment of cash
dividends,  and future  dividend  policy  will  depend on the  Bank's  earnings,
capital requirements,  financial condition and other factors considered relevant
by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     The Bank will be restricted  in its ability to pay dividends  under Florida
banking laws and by regulations of the  Department.  Pursuant to Section 658.37,
Florida  Statutes,  a state bank may not pay  dividends  from its  capital.  All
dividends must be paid out of current net profits then on hand plus retained net
profits of the preceding two years, after deducting bad debts,  depreciation and
other worthless  assets,  and after making provision for reasonably  anticipated
future  losses on loans and  other  assets.  Payments  of  dividends  out of net
profits  is  further  limited by Section  658.37,  which  prohibits  a bank from
declaring a dividend on its shares of common stock until its surplus  equals its
stated capital,  unless there has been transferred to surplus not less than 20 %
of a bank's  net  profits  for the  preceding  year  (in the  case of an  annual
dividend).  Finally,  a state bank may not declare a dividend  which would cause
the capital accounts of a bank to fall below the minimum amount required by law,
regulation,  order or any written  agreement  with the Department or any Federal
regulatory agency.


                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  Company is still in the  development  stage,  and will  remain in that
state until the Offering of the Company's Common Stock is complete.  The Company
has funded its organizational  costs and pre-opening  expenses through a line of
credit in the amount of  $250,000  from its  Organizers  and the sale of initial
stock in the Company to the Organizers in the amount of $15,000. At November 30,
1996,  $140,875 has been  advanced on the line and $109,125  remains  available.
Through November 30, 1996, the Company has expended  approximately $ 120,700 for
organizational   expenses  including  attorney  fees,  consulting  fees,  travel
expenses, employee compensation, filing fees, site work, rent, etc. In addition,
the Company has made a $5,000 on the  proposed  headquarters  office of the Bank
which it is currently  occupying  without charge.  If the Bank odes not commence
operations  by March 31,  1997,  the  Company  will be  required  to vacate  the
property or begin making regular  monthly  payments in accordance with the terms
of the lease. This deposit is subject to refund if the Bank does not continue to
operate at this  location.  The  remaining  funds will be used to fund costs and
expenses  during the  Offering  Period.  Subscription  funds  during the Initial
Offering Period  contemplated  herein will be placed in the Subscription  Escrow
Account and invested in direct obligations of the United States  Government,  in
short-term  insured  certificates  of deposits  and/or money  market  Management
trusts  for  short-term  obligations  of  the  United  States  Government,  with
maturities not to exceed 90 days.

     Management of the Company believes that the net proceeds of $4,500,000 from
the Offering will satisfy the cash  requirements of the Company and the Bank for
their  respective  first  years of  operation.  It is not  anticipated  that the
Company will find it necessary to raise  additional  funds to meet  expenditures
required  to operate  the  business of the Company and the Bank over the next 12
months.  All  anticipated  material  expenditures  for  such  period  have  been
identified  and provided for out of the proceeds of this  Offering.  See "USE OF
PROCEEDS."


                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

General

     The  Company  was  incorporated  under the laws of the State of  Florida on
August 15, 1996, for the purpose of organizing  the Bank and purchasing  100% of
the  outstanding  capital stock of the Bank. The Company has been organized as a
mechanism  to  enhance  the  Bank's  ability  to  serve  its  future  customers'
requirements  for financial  services.  The holding company  structure will also
provide  flexibility  for expansion of the Company's  banking  business  through
acquisition  of  other  financial   institutions  and  provision  of  additional
banking-related  services which the traditional  commercial bank may not provide
under present laws. Finally,  banking regulations require that the Bank maintain


                                       15

<PAGE>



a minimum  ratio of capital to  assets.  In the event that the Bank's  growth is
such that this minimum  ratio is not  maintained,  the Company may borrow funds,
subject  to  the  capital  adequacy  guidelines  of  the  Federal  Reserve,  and
contribute  them to the  capital of the Bank and  otherwise  raise  capital in a
manner which is unavailable to the Bank under existing banking regulations.

     The Company  has no present  plans to acquire  any  operating  subsidiaries
other  than  the  Bank;  however,  it is  expected  that  the  Company  may make
additional  acquisitions in the event that the Bank becomes  profitable and such
acquisitions  are  deemed  to be in the best  interest  of the  Company  and its
shareholders.  Such acquisitions,  if any, will be subject to certain regulatory
approvals and requirements. See " SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."

Premises

     The Company has entered into a lease  agreement  dated October 18, 1996, to
lease  property  located at 258 North Nova Road,  Ormond  Beach,  Florida for an
approximate  total  annual cost of $47,000  from a party  unaffiliated  with the
Organizers or the Company.  The lease is contingent upon obtaining final charter
approval  for the Bank.  The Bank intends to locate its  permanent  headquarters
building at this location. The building will contain a vault, six offices, three
teller stations, a boardroom/conference facility, a loan operations area, and an
area for the Bank's bookkeeping operations all consisting of approximately 3,350
square feet located in the Trails Shopping Center, which contains an established
Publix Store as the Anchor Tenant.


                              BUSINESS OF THE BANK

General

     The Bank anticipates that it will commence business  operations sometime in
the second quarter of 1997 in a leased  facility  located at 258 North Nova Road
in Ormond Beach,  Florida.  The Bank plans to offer community  banking  services
without trust powers. The Bank will offer a full range of  interest-bearing  and
noninterest-bearing accounts, including commercial and retail checking accounts,
money market accounts,  individual retirement accounts, regular interest-bearing
statement  savings  accounts,  certificates of deposit,  commercial  loans, real
estate loans, home equity loans and consumer installment loans. In addition, the
Bank will provide such  consumer  products and services as U.S.  Savings  Bonds,
travelers  checks,  cashiers checks,  safe deposit boxes, bank by mail services,
direct deposit and ATM cards.

     The  philosophy  of  Management  of the Bank with  respect  to its  initial
operations will emphasize  prompt and responsive  personal service to members of
the business and professional communities of Ormond Beach, Ormond-by-the-Sea and
Holly Hill,  Florida, in order to attract customers and acquire market share now
controlled by other financial institutions in the Bank's market area. The Bank's
prime  location  and  range of  banking  services,  as well as its  emphasis  on
personal  attention  and service,  prompt  decision  making and  consistency  in
banking  personnel,  will be major tools in the Bank's  efforts to capture  such
market share. In addition, the Bank's proposed Officers have substantial banking
experience,  which will be an asset in  providing  both  products  and  services
designed  to meet the needs of the Bank's  customer  base.  The  Organizers  are
active  members of the business  community in Ormond Beach and continued  active
community  involvement  will provide an  opportunity to promote the Bank and its
products and services.  The Organizers intend to utilize  effective  advertising
and superior  selling efforts in order to build a distinct  institutional  image
for the Bank and to capture a customer base.

Market Area and Competition

     The primary service area ("PSA") of the proposed Bank has been experiencing
steady growth in both jobs and banking deposits in recent years. Ormond Beach is
the primary  commercial and residential  center located in the Northeast part of
Volusia County, Florida.  Volusia County maintains a steady tourist,  industrial
and  agricultural  base,  which has been expanding in recent years.  The largest
employers in the County  include:  Volusia  County School  Board,  Daytona Beach
Community College,  West Volusia Memorial Hospital,  Inc., Publix Super Markets,
Inc.,  Winn Dixie Stores,  Inc.,  Volusia County Board of County  Commissioners,
Boston Whaler, Inc., Homac Manufacturing Company,  Sherwood Medical Company, and
the News-Journal  Corporation.  Agricultural activities in Volusia County center
around the cattle,  fern,  produce and saltwater  fishing  industries.  Numerous
resorts,  hotels and other tourist facilities are located in the PSA, as well as
a number of winter residences.

     Competition among financial institutions in the Bank's primary service area
is  intense.  There are seven  commercial  banks with a total of 23  branches in
Ormond Beach.  Of these seven banks are five  affiliated with major bank holding
companies.  There are no savings  associations or credit unions headquartered in
Ormond Beach, however, two savings associations operate branches in Ormond Beach
and credit unions are located in nearby communities. The Organizers believe that


                                       16

<PAGE>



the Bank will be able to  effectively  compete  in its  market,  based  upon the
Bank's  philosophy  which  will  be  reflected  in  customer  service,  employee
attitudes and the products offered by the Bank.

     Financial  institutions primarily compete with one another for deposits. In
turn, a bank's  deposit base directly  affects such bank's loan  activities  and
general  growth.  Primary  methods  of  competition  include  interest  rates on
deposits and loans,  service charges on deposit accounts and the availability of
unique financial  services  products.  The Bank will be competing with financial
institutions  which have much greater  financial  resources  than the Bank,  and
which may be able to offer more services and unique services and possibly better
terms to their customers. The Organizers, however, believe that the Bank will be
able to attract  sufficient  deposits to enable the Bank to compete  effectively
with other area financial institutions.

     The Bank will be in competition  with existing area financial  institutions
other  than  commercial  banks  and  thrift  institutions,  including  insurance
companies, consumer finance companies, brokerage houses, credit unions and other
business  entities  which  have  recently  been  targeting  traditional  banking
markets.  Due to the growth of the Ormond Beach area, it can be anticipated that
additional competition will continue from new entrants to the market.

Deposits

     The   Bank   will   offer   a   wide   range   of   interest-bearing    and
noninterest-bearing  deposit accounts,  including commercial and retail checking
accounts,  money  market  accounts,   individual  retirement  accounts,  regular
interest  bearing  statement  savings  accounts and certificates of deposit with
fixed and variable  rates and a range of maturity date  options.  The sources of
deposits will be  residents,  businesses  and  employees of business  within the
Bank's market area,  obtained  through the personal  solicitation  of the Bank's
officers and directors, direct mail solicitation and advertisements published in
the local media. The Bank intends to pay competitive  interest rates on time and
savings deposits up to the maximum permitted by law or regulation.  In addition,
the Bank will  implement a service  charge fee schedule  competitive  with other
financial  institutions  in the Bank's  market  area  covering  such  matters as
maintenance  fees on checking  accounts,  per item  processing  fees on checking
accounts and returned check charges.

Loan Portfolio

     The Bank  will  offer a full  complement  of loans,  including  commercial,
consumer/installment  and real  estate  loans.  Initially,  the Bank will have a
legal lending limit for unsecured  loans of up to $600,000 and for secured loans
of up to $1,000,000.

     Commercial loans,  including construction loans secured by real estate, are
projected to be the primary  component of the Bank's loan portfolio.  Commercial
lending will be directed  principally towards small businesses whose demands for
funds fall  within  the  Bank's  legal  lending  limits and which are  potential
deposit customers of the Bank. This category of borrowers  includes  individual,
partnership or corporate  borrowers,  and will result in loans to such borrowers
for a variety of business purposes.  Particular emphasis will be placed on loans
to small and medium sized businesses and professionals. Commercial loans will be
underwritten  on the basis of cash flow,  ability to service debt from  earnings
and  collateral  offered.  Terms are  projected to be from 90 days to five years
with interest  rates indexed to Wall Street  Journal prime rate.  Because of the
nature  of  these  types  of  loans,  i.e.  dependancy  on  successful  business
operations and generally on non-real  estate  collateral,  there exists a higher
risk of loss in this category of loan.  The  Organizers  expect that  commercial
loans will account for  approximately  two-thirds of the Bank's  estimated total
loan portfolio.

      To a lesser  extent  the focus  will be on the  origination  of 1-4 family
first,  and to a limited extent,  second real estate  mortgage loans,  typically
structured with fixed or adjustable interest rates based upon market conditions.
Generally the loan amount, as a percent of appraised value of the real property,
will not exceed 80%. In most cases where the loan to value ratio exceeds 80% the
amount  in  excess  of 80% will be  insured  against  loss by  private  mortgage
insurance  ("PMI").  Fixed rate loans will  usually  have terms of five years or
less, with payments through the date of maturity generally based upon a 15 to 30
year amortization schedule.  Adjustable rate loans will generally have a term of
between 15 to 30 years,  with rates indexed to the one-year  treasury  bond. The
Bank intends to charge both  discount  points and an  origination  fee depending
upon market  conditions.  Because of the nature of the  collateral,  residential
real estate  loans tend to have the lowest  risk of loss when  compared to other
types of loans such as commercial  loans.  In addition,  to origination of loans
for the Bank's  portfolio,  the Bank will also  originate  real estate  mortgage
loans for sale in the secondary market.

     Based upon demand in the Bank's  primary  service area the Bank will make a
variety of consumer loans.  The Bank's consumer loans will consist  primarily of
installment  loans to individuals for personal,  family and household  purposes,
including automobile loans, boat loans, recreational vehicle loans, and personal
lines of credit.  Consumer  loans will  generally  have terms  ranging  from six
months to ten years and will be made at market interest rates generally  ranging


                                       17

<PAGE>



from 10 to 18 % A.P.R. For the most part, consumer loans will be secured by such
collateral as automobiles,  boats, recreational vehicles and so forth. It is not
expected  that total  consumer  loans will  exceed 15 % of the Bank's  estimated
total loan portfolio. In the aggregate,  the risk of loss on such loans tends to
be lower than that of commercial  loans,  but greater than that of loans secured
by  residential  real estate  based upon the nature of the  collateral  for such
loans,  as well as, the make-up of the  borrowers  and the source of  repayment.
This  category of loans will also include lines of credit and term loans secured
by second  mortgages on the  residences  of borrowers  for a variety of purposes
including home improvements, education and other personal expenditures.

     While risk of loss in the Bank's loan  portfolio is  primarily  tied to the
credit quality of the various  borrowers,  risk of loss may also increase due to
factors  beyond the Bank's  control,  such as local,  regional  and/or  national
economic downturns. General conditions in the real estate market may also impact
the  relative  risk in the Bank's real estate  portfolio.  Of the Bank's  target
areas of lending activities,  commercial loans are generally  considered to have
greater risk than real estate loans or consumer installment loans.

     Management  of the Bank  intends  to  originate  loans  and to  participate
portions of loans to other banks with  respect to loans which  exceed the Bank's
lending limits.  Management of the Bank does not believe that loan participation
will  necessarily  pose any  greater  risk of loss  than  loans  which  the Bank
originates.

Investments

     At the  close  of its  first  year of  operation,  Management  of the  Bank
anticipates that investment  securities will comprise  approximately  35% of the
Bank's assets,  other  investments will comprise  approximately 5% of the Bank's
assets  and  loans  will  comprise  approximately  60%  of  the  Bank's  assets.
Initially,  the Bank intends to invest  primarily in direct  obligations  of the
United States, obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United
States, obligations of agencies of the United States and certificates of deposit
issued by commercial banks. In addition,  the Bank will enter into Federal Funds
transactions with its principal correspondent bank, and anticipates that it will
primarily  act as a net seller of such funds.  The sale of Federal Funds amounts
to a short-term loan from the Bank to another bank, usually overnight.

Asset/Liability Management

     It will be the  objective of the Bank to manage assets and  liabilities  to
provide a satisfactory,  consistent level of profitability  within the framework
of  established  cash  management,  loan,  investment,   borrowing  and  capital
policies.  Designated  Officers of the Bank will be  responsible  for monitoring
policies and procedures  that are designed to ensure  acceptable  composition of
the  asset/liability  mix,  stability and leverage of all sources of funds while
adhering  to  prudent  banking  practices.  It  is  the  overall  philosophy  of
management to support asset growth  primarily  through  growth of core deposits,
which include  deposits of all categories made by individuals,  partnerships and
corporations.  Management of the Bank will seek to invest the largest portion of
the Bank's assets in commercial, consumer and real estate loans.

     The Bank's  asset/liability  mix will likely be  monitored on a daily basis
with   a   monthly    report    reflecting    interest-sensitive    assets   and
interest-sensitive  liabilities being prepared and presented to the Bank's Board
of  Directors.  The  objective  of this policy is to control  interest-sensitive
assets and liabilities so as to minimize the impact of substantial  movements in
interest rates on the Bank's earnings.

Correspondent Banking

     Correspondent  banking  involves  the  providing of services by one bank to
another  bank which  cannot  provide that service for itself from an economic or
practical  standpoint.  The Bank will  likely  purchase  correspondent  services
offered by larger banks,  including  some of the following:  check  collections,
purchase of Federal Funds, security safekeeping,  investment services,  coin and
currency supplies, overline and liquidity loan participations and sales of loans
to or participations with correspondent banks.

     The Bank anticipates that it will sell loan participations to correspondent
banks  with  respect  to  loans  which  exceed  the  Bank's  lending  limit.  As
compensation  for services  provided by a  correspondent,  the Bank may maintain
certain balances with such correspondents in non-interest bearing accounts.

Data Processing

     The  Bank  plans  to sign a data  processing  servicing  agreement  with an
outside  service  bureau.  It is expected  that this  servicing  agreement  will
provide  for the  Bank to  receive  a full  range of data  processing  services,


                                       18

<PAGE>



including an automated  general ledger,  deposit  accounting,  commercial,  real
estate and installment loan processing,  payroll,  central  information file and
ATM processing and investment portfolio accounting.

Employees

     In its first year of operation,  the Bank  anticipates  that it will employ
nine persons on a full-time basis,  including four officers, and one person on a
part-time  basis.  The Bank will hire  additional  persons as needed,  including
additional tellers and financial service representatives.

Monetary Policies

     The results of operations  of the Bank will be affected by credit  policies
of monetary  authorities,  particularly the Federal Reserve.  The instruments of
monetary policy  employed by the Federal Reserve include open market  operations
in U.S.  Government  securities,  changes in the  discount  rate on member  bank
borrowings,  changes in reserve  requirements  against  member bank deposits and
limitations  on interest  rates which  member  banks may pay on time and savings
deposits.  In the view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the
money  markets,  as  well  as the  effect  of  action  by  monetary  and  fiscal
authorities,  including the Federal Reserve,  no accurate prediction can be made
as to possible future changes in interest rates,  deposit levels, loan demand or
the business and earnings of the Bank.


                           REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

     As a one-bank  holding  company  registered  under the BHC Act, the Company
will be subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.  Under the
BHC Act, the Company's  activities and those of its Bank  subsidiary are limited
to banking,  managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing
services for its subsidiaries or engaging in any other activity that the Federal
Reserve  determines  to  be  so  closely  related  to  banking  or  managing  or
controlling  banks  as to be a proper  incident  thereto.  As a  state-chartered
commercial  bank,  the Bank  will be  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by the
Department and the FDIC.

     The Company and the Bank will be required to file  reports with the Federal
Reserve,  the Department and the FDIC concerning  their activities and financial
condition,  in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into
certain  transactions  such as mergers with or  acquisitions  of other financial
institutions.  Periodic  examinations are performed by the Federal Reserve,  the
Department and the FDIC to monitor the Company's and the Bank's  compliance with
the various regulatory  requirements.  The Bank's deposits will be insured up to
the applicable  limits by the FDIC under the Bank  Insurance  Fund ("BIF").  The
Bank will be subject to  regulation  of the Federal  Reserve and the  Department
with respect to reserves required to be maintained against  transaction  deposit
accounts and certain other matters.

Regulation of the Company

     General.  The BHC Act  prohibits  the  Company  from  acquiring  direct  or
indirect  control of more than 5% of any class of  outstanding  voting  stock or
acquiring   substantially   all  of  the  assets  of  any  bank  or  merging  or
consolidating  with another bank holding  company  without prior approval of the
Federal Reserve.  The BHC Act also prohibits the Company from acquiring  control
of any bank  operating  outside  the State of  Florida,  unless  such  action is
specifically  authorized  by the  statutes  of the  state  where  the bank to be
acquired is  located.  Additionally,  the BHC Act  prohibits  the  Company  from
engaging  in or from  acquiring  ownership  or  control  of more  than 5% of the
outstanding  voting  stock of any  company  engaged in a  non-banking  business,
unless such  business  is  determined  by the  Federal  Reserve to be so closely
related to banking or managing or controlling  banks as to be properly  incident
thereto.  The BHC Act generally does not place  territorial  restrictions on the
activities of such non-banking related activities.

     Transactions  between the Company and the Bank. The Company's  authority to
engage in transactions with related parties or "affiliates," or to make loans to
certain insiders, is limited by certain provisions of the Financial Institutions
Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA").  Specifically, Sections
23A  and  23B of the  Federal  Reserve  Act  apply  to  all  transactions  by an
insured-state  nonmember bank or a holding company with any affiliate.  Sections
23A and 23B generally  define an  "affiliate" as any company that controls or is
under  common  control  with  an   institution.   Subsidiaries  of  a  financial
institution, however, are generally exempted from the definition of "affiliate."
Section 23A limits the  aggregate  amount of  transactions  with any  individual
affiliate  to 10% of the  capital and surplus of the Company and also limits the
aggregate  amount of transactions  with all affiliates to 24.1% of the Company's


                                       19

<PAGE>



capital and surplus.  Certain  transactions  with  affiliates,  such as loans to
affiliates or guarantees,  acceptances and letters of credit issued on behalf of
affiliates,  are required to be collateralized by collateral in an amount and of
a type  described  in the  statute.  The  purchase  of low  quality  assets from
affiliates   is  generally   prohibited.   Section  23B  provides  that  certain
transactions  with affiliates,  including loans and asset purchases,  must be on
terms  and  under   circumstances,   including   credit   standards,   that  are
substantially  the same or at least as  favorable  to the  institution  as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.
In the absence of  comparable  transactions,  such  transactions  may only occur
under terms and  circumstances,  including credit standards,  that in good faith
would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliated  companies. The Company does
not expect these provisions will have any effect on its proposed operations.

     Support of Subsidiary Depository  Institutions.  The Company is expected to
act as a source of  financial  strength  and to commit  resources to support the
Bank.  This  support  may be  required  at times when the  Company  might not be
inclined to provide  such  support.  In  addition,  any capital  loans by a bank
holding  company to any of its subsidiary  banks must be subordinate in right of
payment to deposits and to certain other  indebtedness of such subsidiary banks.
In the event of  bankruptcy,  any  commitment  by a bank  holding  company  to a
federal bank  regulatory  agency to maintain the capital of its subsidiary  bank
will be assumed by the bankruptcy  trustee and will be entitled to a priority of
payment.

     Under the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act ("FDIA") a subsidiary  bank of a
bank holding company, can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably
expected  to be  incurred  by the FDIC in  connection  with (i) the default of a
commonly controlled  FDIC-insured  depository institution or (ii) any assistance
provided  by the  FDIC  to  any  commonly  controlled  FDIC  insured  depository
institution  "in  danger of  default".  "Default"  is defined  generally  as the
appointment of a conservator or a receiver and "in danger of default" is defined
generally as the existence of certain  conditions  indicating  that a default is
likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.

     Control of a Bank Holding  Company.  FRB Regulation Y, adopted  pursuant to
Section 225.41 of 12 U.S.C. Section 1817(j), requires persons acting directly or
indirectly or in concert with one or more persons to give the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve 60 days advanced written notice before acquiring  control
of a bank  holding  company.  Under the  Regulation,  control  is defined as the
ownership  or control with the power to vote 25 % or more of any class of voting
securities  of  the  Holding  Company.   The  Regulation  also  provides  for  a
presumption  of control if a person owns,  controls,  or holds with the power to
vote 10 % or more (but less  than 25 %) of any class of voting  securities,  and
if: (i) the Holding Company's securities are registered securities under Section
12 of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934;  or (ii) no other person owns a
greater  percentage of that class of voting  securities.  It is not  anticipated
that any  purchaser  of the  securities  offered  herein,  including  any of the
Organizers, will acquire 10% of more of the Company's Common Stock.

Legislation and Regulations of the Bank

     General.  From time to time,  various  bills are  introduced  in the United
States Congress with respect to the regulation of financial institutions. Recent
banking  legislation,  particularly the FIRREA and the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991  ("FDICIA"),  has broadened the regulatory
powers of the federal bank  regulatory  agencies and  restructured  the nation's
banking system. The following is a brief discussion of certain portions of these
laws and how they would effect the Company or the Bank.

     The FDICIA revised sections of the FDIA affecting bank regulation,  deposit
insurance and  provisions for funding of the BIF  administered  by the FDIC. The
FDICIA also revised bank regulatory structures embodied in several other federal
banking  statutes,  strengthened the bank regulators'  authority to intervene in
cases of deterioration  of a bank's capital level,  placed limits on real estate
lending and imposes detailed audit requirements.

Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996

     On September 30, 1996,  Congress passed and the President  signed in to law
the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 ("DIFA").  Among other things, the DIFA,
and rules promulgated  thereunder by the FDIC,  provide for banks and thrifts to
share the annual interest  expense for the Finance Corp. Bonds which were issued
in the late  1980s  to help  pay the  costs  of the  savings  and loan  industry
restructuring.  The approximate annual interest expense is $780 million of which
BIF insured banks are expected to pay  approximately  $322 million or 41%, while
SAIF insured thrifts will pay approximately  $458 million or 59% of the interest
expense. It is estimated that the annual assessment for BIF insured institutions
will be  approximately  1.2  cents  per $100 of  deposits,  while  SAIF  insured
institutions  will pay 6.5 cents per $100 of  deposits.  These  payments  are to
begin in 1997 and run through  1999.  Beginning in the year 2000 and  continuing
through the year 2017,  banks and  thrifts  will each pay 2.43 cents per $100 of
deposits. These assessments will be in addition to any regular deposit insurance
assessments  imposed by the FDIC under FDICIA.  See REGULATION AND SUPERVISION -
Insurance on Deposit Accounts.

                                       20

<PAGE>



     Prompt and  Corrective  Action.  The FDICIA  required  the federal  banking
regulatory agencies to set certain capital and other criteria which would define
the category under which a particular financial institution would be classified.
The FDICIA imposes  progressively  more  restrictive  constraints on operations,
management,  and capital  distributions  depending  on the  category in which an
institution is classified. Pursuant to the FDICIA, undercapitalized institutions
must  submit   recapitalization   plans  to  their  respective  federal  banking
regulatory  agencies,  and a  company  controlling  a failing  institution  must
guarantee such  institution's  compliance with its plan in order for the plan to
be accepted.

     The FDIC's prompt and corrective  action  regulations  define,  among other
things,  the relevant  capital  measures for the five  capital  categories.  For
example, a bank is deemed to be  "well-capitalized" if it has a total risk-based
capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted  assets) of 10% or greater, a Tier
1 risk-based  capital  ratio (Tier 1 capital to  risk-weighted  assets) of 6% or
greater,  and a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to adjusted total
assets) of 5% or greater, and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement or
directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
A bank is deemed to be  "adequately  capitalized"  if it has a total  risk-based
capital ratio of 8% or greater,  and (generally) a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
of  4%  or  greater,   and  the  bank  does  not  meet  the   definition   of  a
"well-capitalized"   institution.   A  bank   is   deemed   to  be   "critically
undercapitalized"  if it has a ratio  of  tangible  equity  (as  defined  in the
regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. In addition,  the
FDIC is authorized  effectively to downgrade a bank to a lower capital  category
than the bank's capital ratios would otherwise  indicate,  based upon safety and
soundness  considerations  (such  as when  the bank  has  received  a less  than
satisfactory  examination  rating for any of the CAMEL rating  categories  other
than capital: i.e. Asset Quality, Management,  Earnings or Liquidity). As a bank
drops  to  lower  capital  levels,  the  extent  of  action  to be  taken by the
appropriate regulator increases,  restricting the types of transactions in which
the bank may  engage.  The new  capital  standards  are  designed to bolster and
protect the deposit  insurance fund. Based upon its proposed  capital,  the Bank
would be considered to be well capitalized.

     Insurance  on Deposit  Accounts.  In  response to the  requirements  of the
FDICIA,  the  FDIC  established  a  risk-based  assessment  system  for  insured
depository  institutions  that  takes into  account  the risks  attributable  to
different  categories and  concentrations  of assets and  liabilities.  The FDIC
assigns a financial  institution to one of three capital categories based on the
institution's  financial  information,  as of the reporting  period ending seven
months  before  the  assessment   period.   These  categories  consist  of  well
capitalized,  adequately  capitalized  or  undercapitalized,  and  one of  three
supervisory subcategories within each capital group. The supervisory subgroup to
which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory  evaluation  provided
to the FDIC by the financial institution's primary regulator, in the Bank's case
the Department,  and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the
institution's   primary  federal   regulator  and  information  which  the  FDIC
determines to be relevant to the institution's  financial condition and the risk
posed to the deposit insurance funds. A financial institution's  assessment rate
depends  on the  capital  category  and  supervisory  category  to  which  it is
assigned. There are nine assessment risk classifications (i.e.,  combinations of
capital groups and supervisory  subgroups) to which different  assessment  rates
are applied.  BIF  assessment  rates range from 0 basis points on deposits for a
financial  institution  in the  highest  category  (i.e..  well-capitalized  and
financially  sound  with  only a few  minor  weaknesses)  to 31 basis  points on
deposits for an institution in the lowest category (i.e.,  undercapitalized  and
posing a substantial probability of loss to the BIF, unless effective corrective
action is taken).  The Bank's initial  assessment is expected to be no more than
the minimum for its first year of operation.

     Standards  for  Safety and  Soundness.  The FDICIA  requires  each  federal
banking agency to prescribe for all insured  depository  institutions  and their
holding companies  standards relating to internal controls,  information systems
and audit systems, loan documentation,  credit underwriting,  interest rate risk
exposure,  asset  growth,  compensation,   fees  and  benefits  and  such  other
operational  and  managerial  standards  as the  agency  deems  appropriate.  In
addition,  the federal banking regulatory  agencies are required to prescribe by
regulation  standards  specifying:  (i)  maximum  classified  assets to  capital
ratios;  (ii) minimum  earnings  sufficient to absorb losses  without  impairing
capital;  (iii) to the extent feasible,  a minimum ratio of market value to book
value for publicly  traded shares of depository  institutions  or the depository
institution  holding companies;  and (iv) such other standards relating to asset
quality,  earnings and valuation as the agency deems appropriate.  Finally, each
federal  banking  agency is  required  to  prescribe  standards  for  employment
contracts and other compensation arrangements of executive officers,  employees,
directors and principal  shareholders of insured  depository  institutions  that
would  prohibit  compensation  and  benefits  and  other  arrangements  that are
excessive or that could lead to a material  financial loss for the  institution.
If an insured depository institution or its holding company fails to meet any of
its standards  described above, it will be required to submit to the appropriate
federal  banking  agency a plan  specifying the steps that will be taken to cure
the deficiency. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to
implement the plan,  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency will require the
institution or holding  company,  to correct the deficiency and until corrected,
may impose  restrictions on the institution or the holding company including any
of the restrictions  applicable under the prompt corrective action provisions of
the FDICIA.

     The FDICIA also requires each  appropriate  federal banking agency to adopt
uniform  regulations  prescribing  standards for extensions of credit secured by
real  estate  or  made  for  the  purpose  of  financing  the   construction  of

                                       21

<PAGE>




improvements  on real  estate.  In  prescribing  these  standards,  the  banking
agencies  must  consider the risk posed to the deposit  insurance  funds by real
estate  loans,  the need for safe and  sound  operation  of  insured  depository
institutions and the availability of credit.

     Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted capital
regulations which establishes a Tier 1 core capital  definition and a minimum 3%
leverage capital ratio requirement for the most  highly-rated  banks and holding
companies (i.e., those banks and holding companies with a composite CAMEL rating
of 1 under the Uniform Financial  Institutions  Rating System established by the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council) that are not anticipating or
experiencing significant growth. All other state nonmember banks are required to
meet a minimum leverage ratio that is at least 100 to 200 basis points above 3%.
A holding company or bank that is not in the  highest-rated  category or that is
anticipating  or  experiencing  significant  growth  will have to meet a minimum
leverage  ratio of at least 4%. The minimum  capital with which the Bank will be
permitted to open is $4 million.

     Under the  Federal  Reserve's  and the  FDIC's  risk-based  regulations,  a
holding company or bank must classify its assets and certain  off-balance  sheet
activities  into  categories and maintain  specified  levels of capital for each
category.  The least capital is required for the category  deemed by the Federal
Reserve  and the FDIC to have the least risk,  and the most  capital is required
for the category deemed by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC to have the greatest
risk.  The  regulations  require a holding  company or bank to have a total risk
based capital ratio of 8% and a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 4%. Under the
statement of policy,  certain assets are required to be deducted from risk-based
capital.  Such assets  include  intangible  assets,  unconsolidated  banking and
finance subsidiaries,  investments in securities subsidiaries, ineligible equity
investments and reciprocal  holding of capital  instruments with other banks. In
addition, the Federal Reserve or the FDIC may consider deducting other assets on
a  case-by-case  basis or investments  in other  subsidiaries  on a case-by-case
basis  or based on the  general  characteristics  or  functional  nature  of the
subsidiaries.

     Loans to One Borrower.  Florida law allows a state bank to extend credit to
any one  borrower  in an amount  up to 25% of its  capital  accounts,  which are
defined as unimpaired capital, surplus and undivided profits,  provided that the
unsecured  portion may not exceed 15% of the capital  accounts of the bank.  The
law permits exemptions for loans  collateralized by accounts maintained with the
Bank and for loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration,  the Federal
Housing Administration and the Veterans Administration. The Bank will be subject
to these limits.

     Payment of  Dividends.  While not the only  source of income,  the  primary
source of income  to the  Company  will be  dividends  from the Bank.  A Florida
chartered commercial bank may not pay cash dividends that would cause the bank's
capital to fall below the minimum  amount  required  by federal or Florida  law.
Otherwise,  a commercial bank may pay a dividend out of the total of current net
profits plus  retained net profits of the  preceding  two years to the extent it
deems expedient, except as described below. Twenty percent of the net profits in
the preceding two year period may not be paid in dividends, but must be retained
to increase  capital  surplus until such surplus equals the amount of common and
preferred stock issued and outstanding.  In addition, no bank may pay a dividend
at any time that net income in the current year when  combined with retained net
income from the preceding two years  produces a loss. The ability of the Bank to
pay  dividends  to  the  Company  will  depend  in  part  on  the  FDIC  capital
requirements  in effect at such time and the  ability of the Bank to comply with
such requirements.

     Brokered Deposits.  In accordance with the FDICIA, the FDIC has implemented
restrictions   on  the  acceptance  of  brokered   deposits.   In  general,   an
"undercapitalized"  institution may not accept,  renew or roll over any brokered
deposits.  "Adequately  capitalized"  institutions may request a waiver from the
FDIC to do so, while  "well-capitalized"  institutions may accept, renew or roll
over such  deposits  without  restriction.  The rule  requires  registration  of
deposit brokers and imposes  certain  recordkeeping  requirements.  Institutions
that are not  "well-capitalized"  (even if meeting minimum capital requirements)
are  subject to limits on rates of interest  they may pay on brokered  and other
deposits. The Bank does not expect to acquire any brokered deposits.

     Liquidity. A state-chartered  commercial bank is required under Florida law
to  maintain  a  liquidity  reserve  of at least  15% of its  total  transaction
accounts  and  8% of  its  total  nontransaction  accounts  subject  to  certain
restrictions. This reserve may consist of cash-on-hand, demand deposits due from
correspondent banks, and other investments and short-term marketable securities.
The Bank will be subject to these requirements.

     Community  Reinvestment.  Under the Community  Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), as
implemented by Federal Reserve and FDIC regulations, holding companies and state
nonmember  banks have a continuing and  affirmative  obligation  consistent with
their safe and sound  operation  to help meet the credit  needs of their  entire
community,  including low- and moderate-income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not
establish specific lending  requirements or programs for financial  institutions
nor does it limit an  institution's  discretion to develop the types of products
and  services  that it  believes  are best suited to its  particular  community,
consistent  with the CRA. The CRA requires the Federal  Reserve and the FDIC, in
connection with their examination of holding companies or state nonmember banks,
to assess the Company's record of meeting the credit needs of their  communities


                                       22

<PAGE>



and to take such record into account in its  evaluation of certain  applications
by such institution.  The FIRREA amended the CRA to require public disclosure of
an institution's CRA rating and to require that the Federal Reserve and the FDIC
provide a written  evaluation of an  institution's  CRA performance  utilizing a
four-tiered  descriptive rating system in lieu of the then existing  five-tiered
numerical  rating  system.  The  Company  and the Bank will be  subject to these
regulations.

     Interstate Banking.  Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994,  existing  restrictions  on interstate  acquisitions  of
banks by bank holding  companies were repealed on September 29, 1995,  such that
the  Company  and any other bank  holding  company  would be able to acquire any
Florida-based   bank,   subject  to  certain   deposit   percentage   and  other
restrictions.  The legislation  also provides that,  unless an individual  state
elects  beforehand  either  (i) to  accelerate  the  effective  date  or (ii) to
prohibit  out-of-state  banks  from  operating  interstate  branches  within its
territory,  on or after June 1, 1997,  adequately  capitalized  and managed bank
holding  companies  will  be  able  to  consolidate.  De  novo  branching  by an
out-of-state  bank would be permitted  only if it is expressly  permitted by the
laws of the  host  state.  The  authority  of a bank to  establish  and  operate
branches  within  a state  will  continue  to be  subject  to  applicable  state
branching laws.  Florida has adopted  legislation  which will permit  interstate
acquisitions and interstate branching effective June 1, 1997.

     Department  Assessment.  State-chartered  commercial  banks are required by
Department  regulation  to  pay  assessments  to  the  Department  to  fund  the
operations of the Department.  The general assessment,  to be paid semiannually,
is computed upon a bank's total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries,  as
reported in the bank's latest  quarterly call report.  The Bank will be required
to pay such assessments semi-annually.

The Federal Reserve System

     The  Federal   Reserve   regulations   require   banks  to   maintain   non
interest-earning  reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and
regular checking accounts).  The Federal Reserve  regulations  generally require
that reserves of 3% must be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts of
$49.3  million or less  (subject to  adjustment  by the Federal  Reserve) and an
initial  reserve of $1.5 million plus 10% (subject to  adjustment by the Federal
Reserve between 8% and 14%) against that portion of total  transaction  accounts
in excess of $49.3  million.  The first  $4.4  million of  otherwise  reservable
balances  (subject to adjustments by the Federal  Reserve) are exempted from the
reserve  requirements.  The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements
imposed by the Federal  Reserve may be used to satisfy  liquidity  requirements.
Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of either vault cash, a
noninterest-bearing  account at a Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account
as  defined  by the  Federal  Reserve,  interest-earning  assets of the Bank are
reduced. The Company and the Bank will be subject to these requirements.

Federal Securities Laws

     The  Company,  in  connection  with  this  Offering,  filed  with the SEC a
registration  statement  under the  Securities Act for the  registration  of the
Company's Common Stock.  The registration  under the Securities Act of shares of
the  Common  Stock  issued in this  Offering  does not cover the  resale of such
shares.  Shares of the Common Stock  purchased by persons who are not affiliates
of the Company may be resold without further  registration.  Shares purchased by
an affiliate of the Company will be subject to the resale  restrictions  of Rule
144  under  the  Securities  Act.  If  the  Company  meets  the  current  public
information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of
the Company who complies with the other  conditions of Rule 144  (including  the
holding period and those that require the affiliate's sale to be aggregated with
those  of  certain  other  persons)  may be able to sell in the  public  market,
without  registration,  a number of shares  not to  exceed,  in any  three-month
period, the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding shares of the Company,  or (ii)
the average  weekly volume of trading in such shares  during the preceding  four
calendar  weeks.  Provision  may be made in the future by the  Company to permit
affiliates to have their shares  registered  for sale under the  Securities  Act
under certain circumstances.

     The scope of  regulation,  supervision  and  permissible  activities of the
Company  and  the  Bank is  subject  to  change  by  future  federal  and  state
legislation.

                      ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     Mr.  Kirk T. Bauer is an  Organizer  of the  Company  only.  The  following
persons are Organizers of both the Company and the Bank: James R. Peacock; Larry
A. Kent;  Christopher K. Likes and Gary G. Campbell.  The following  persons are
the Organizers of the Bank only: Stanley S. Bronski; Richard R. Dwyer; Thomas R.
Horton;  Susan A.  Nicholson and Charles W.  Singletary.  The  Organizers,  as a
group,  intend to subscribe for 108,500  shares in the Offering which will equal
24.1% of the  450,000  minimum  shares  required  to be sold in order to release
funds from the Subscription  Escrow Agreement.  In addition to the subscriptions
committed to by the  Organizers,  the Organizers have indicated that they may be


                                       23

<PAGE>



willing to subscribe for additional  shares in the Offering if necessary to help
the Company complete the Offering and release the proceeds from the Subscription
Escrow Account.  In any event, total purchases by the Organizers will not exceed
128,500 Units in the aggregate,  which would equal 28.6% of the 450,000  minimum
shares  required  to be sold in order to  release  funds  from the  Subscription
Escrow Account.

     Upon  commencement  of the business of the Bank, Mr.  Campbell will receive
options to purchase  10,000  shares of the  Company's  common stock at an option
price of $10.00 per share, exercisable at any time after the vesting period, for
ten years from the date of grant. See "MANAGEMENT - Executive Compensation."

     All organizational  expenses of the Company and the Bank have been financed
by loans from the  Organizers to the Company or from the proceeds of the sale of
stock to the Company  Organizers  in a private  Offering.  The  Organizers  have
purchased a total of 1,500 shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share
in a private sale transaction in order to meet the net worth requirements of the
Florida  Division of  Securities  imposed upon issuer's who sell common stock as
associated  persons.  This stock will be canceled and exchanged for Units issued
by the Company in the Offering.  In the event that the  requisite  approvals are
obtained,  a portion of the proceeds of the Offering will be used to repay these
loans to the extent such  repayment is  reasonable  and not  detrimental  to the
operations  of the Bank,  and to the  extent  such  repayment  is allowed by the
Department  and  other  appropriate  bank  regulatory  authorities.  See "USE OF
PROCEEDS."

     Each of the Organizers intends to purchase the number of Units set forth in
the following  Table,  which also specifies the percentage of Common Stock to be
owned by the Organizers after completion of the Initial Offering Period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Actual                             Number of
      Name of                  Number of           Percent of      Beneficial          Percent of      Percent of
    Beneficial Owner             Shares            Minimum           Shares(1)          Minimum(2)      Maximum(3)
    ----------------             ------            -------           ---------          ----------      ----------

<S>                             <C>                 <C>              <C>                  <C>           <C>   
Kirk T. Bauer                     2,500              0.56              5,000               1.10          0.41
Stanley S. Bronski                5,000              1.20             10,000               2.20          0.83
Gary G. Campbell                  1,000              0.22             12,000               2.67          0.99
Richard R. Dwyer                 10,000              2.22             20,000               4.35          1.65
Thomas R. Horton                  5,000              1.11             10,000               2.20          0.83
Larry A. Kent                    30,000              6.67             60,000              12.50          4.96
Chris Likes                       5,000              1.11             10,000               2.20          0.83
Susan A. Nicholson                5,000              1.11             10,000               2.20          0.83
James R. Peacock                 40,000              8.89             80,000              16.33          6.61
Charles W. Singletary             5,000              1.11             10,000               2.20          0.83
                                  -----              ----             ------               ----          ----

     TOTAL                      108,500             24.10%           227,000              47.95%        18.77%
                                =======             =====            =======              =====         ===== 
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------


(1)  Based  upon  Warrants  for the Shares to be issued in  connection  with the
     proposed purchase, as well as the proposed options for Mr. Campbell.

(2)  Percentage  based upon  450,000  shares  outstanding,  plus  Warrants to be
     acquired by the individual  Organizers equal to the actual number of shares
     proposed to be acquired by such Organizer and 10,000 shares to be issued to
     Mr. Campbell under the proposed stock option plan.

(3)  Percentage  based  upon  1,210,000  Shares  which  is the sum of  1,200,000
     shares,  the maximum  number of Shares which can be issued in the Offering,
     and 10,000  shares to be issued to Mr.  Campbell  under the proposed  stock
     option plan.

     Each of the Organizers will acquire their Units during the Initial Offering
Period and, therefore,  will acquire both Common Stock and Warrants  exercisable
in  accordance  with the terms set forth  herein While there can be no assurance
that the Organizers will exercise their Warrant  rights,  it can be assumed that
most or all will  exercise  such rights and will  therefore  acquire  additional
Common  Stock  during  the 36  month  period  following  the  Effective  Date of
registration.

                                       24

<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers of the Company and the Bank

     The proposed  directors and executive officers for the Company and the Bank
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Position with                              Position with
         Name                                      Company                                     Bank
         ----                                      -------                                     ----

<S>                                        <C>                                         <C>
Kirk T. Bauer                             Director and Secretary                               None

Stanley S. Bronski                                 None                                      Director

Gary G. Campbell                          Director, President and                       Director, President
                                          Chief Financial Officer                       and Chief Executive
                                                                                             Officer

Richard R. Dwyer                                   None                                      Director

Thomas R. Horton                                   None                                      Director

Larry A. Kent                                  Director and                                  Director
                                           Chairman of the Board

Christopher K. Likes                             Director                                    Director

Susan A. Nicholson                                 None                                      Director

James R. Peacock                             Director and Vice                             Director and
                                           Chairman of the Board                       Chairman of the Board

Charles W. Singletary                              None                                      Director

Harvey E. Buckmaster                               None                                Senior Vice President
                                                                                            and Cashier
</TABLE>

         Company.  Each of the above  persons has been a director of the Company
or a proposed  director of the Bank since at least September,  1996. The initial
Board of Directors of the Company consists of five directors. The directors will
be divided into three classes,  designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each
class will  consist,  as nearly as may be  possible,  of  one-third of the total
number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors.  The term of the
Company's  initial directors will expire at the first meeting of shareholders at
which  directors  are  elected.  It is expected  that the  Company  will hold an
organizational  meeting of the  shareholders  shortly  after the Bank  commences
operations at which time the shareholders will be asked to elect Directors.  The
Company intends to recommend that the shareholders  elect the initial  directors
to their  respective  terms  set  forth in the  above  Schedule.  Following  the
subsequent election of the Company's directors,  the term of the Company's Class
I directors will expire at the Company's  next annual  meeting of  shareholders;
the term of the Company's Class II directors will expire at the Company's second
annual  meeting  of  shareholders;  and the  term  of the  Company's  Class  III
directors will expire at the Company's third annual meeting of shareholders.  At
each annual meeting of shareholders,  successors to the class of directors whose
term expires at the annual meeting will be elected for a three-year term. If the
number of  directors  is changed,  an increase or decrease  will be  apportioned
among the classes so as to  maintain  the number of  directors  in each class as
nearly equal as possible,  and any  additional  director of any class elected to
fill a vacancy  resulting  from an increase in such class will hold office for a
term that will coincide with the remaining  term of that class,  but in no event
will a decrease in the number of  directors  shorten  the term of any  incumbent
director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting in an increase in
the  number  of  directors  will  have  the same  remaining  term as that of his
predecessor. Except in the case of removal from office, any vacancy on the Board
of Directors  will be filled by a majority vote of the remaining  directors then
in office.  The effect of the  classified  Board of Directors is to make it more
difficult  for a person,  entity or group to effect a change in  control  of the
Company through the acquisition of a large block of the Company's voting stock.


                                       25

<PAGE>



         Any director may be removed,  with or without cause,  at any regular or
special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, and the position filled
by another person nominated and elected for that purpose by the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common
Stock.  The Company's  officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and hold
office at the will of the Board.

         Bank. Each of the Bank's proposed  directors will, upon approval of the
Department,  serve until the Bank's first  shareholders  meeting,  which meeting
will be held shortly after the Bank commences operations. It is anticipated that
each interim director will be nominated to serve as director of the Bank at that
meeting. After the first shareholders meeting,  directors of the Bank will serve
for a term of one  year and  will be  elected  each  year at the  Bank's  annual
meeting.  The Bank's  officers  will be appointed by its Board of Directors  and
will hold office at the will of the Board.

     Initial Directors and Officers. The following is a brief description of the
business,  civic  and  educational  experience  of  the  initial  Directors  and
Officers:

Company:

         Kirk T. Bauer(1), age 36, is a licensed attorney in DeLand, Florida and
President of his firm,  Biernacki & Bauer, P.A. Mr. Bauer graduated from Stetson
University in DeLand in 1982 with a degree in Political Science and from Stetson
University  College of Law in 1984. He practiced with James,  Zimmerman,  & Paul
prior to  beginning  his own firm in 1992.  Mr. Bauer is a member of the Florida
Bar and the  American  Bar  Association.  He served as  President of the Volusia
County Bar Association from 1993-1994. He also served as Chairman of the Florida
Bar  Grievance  Committee  (1992)  and is  currently  a member of the  Statewide
Nominating  Commission for Worker's Compensation Judges. He is currently serving
as a member of the Volusia County Law Library Board of Directors. Outside of his
professional  involvements,  Mr. Bauer currently serves as Vice President of his
neighborhood's  homeowners'  association,  Trails  West.  Mr. Bauer has lived in
DeLand since 1984.

         Gary G. Campbell(3),  age 43, has 20 years of banking  experience.  His
work  experience  began with Compass  Bank (then  Central  Bank) in  Birmingham,
Alabama,  in 1976.  After  working with Compass as a commercial  lender for five
years,  he relocated to Bank of New Orleans in New Orleans,  Louisiana,  ("BNO")
and served there for two years from 1981-1983. His primary responsibility at BNO
was servicing national and regional accounts. In 1983, he returned to Alabama to
work for First State Bank of Decatur in Decatur  where he was employed as a Vice
President, Commercial Loans. In 1986 he moved to DeLand, Florida to join Florida
National Bank and remained with that company until 1991.  During his  employment
with Florida National he worked as a Vice President,  Commercial Loans in DeLand
for 15 months and was then  promoted to  President of FNB's $100 Million bank in
Sebring,  Florida.  Mr. Campbell served as President of that bank for four years
form 1987 until 1991.  In 1992 he returned to Volusia  County to work with First
State Bank of Florida and open their  Ormond  Beach office in July of that year.
He worked with First State Bank of Florida, first as a Senior Vice President and
then as Executive  Vice  President  and Senior Loan Officer  until 1996 when the
bank was sold to SouthTrust Bank of Volusia County. Mr. Campbell was responsible
for the growth and development of the Ormond Beach Branch. The Branch loans grew
to a total of $12.0 Million with total deposits of $11.5 million.  Mr.  Campbell
is a graduate of the  University  of Alabama  (1976) where he was involved in an
international  exchange  program and worked with  Wermlandsbanken  in Stockholm,
Sweden,  for six months.  Mr. Campbell and his family have lived in Ormond Beach
since  1992 were he is active and  well-known  in the  community.  His civic and
social activities include the Lions Club (Past President), member of the Halifax
Club, the Florida Cracker Trail Association  (Past President),  the Ormond Beach
Chamber of Commerce  (various  committees),  and the American Heart  Association
(serving as local chairman and on the Statewide Finance committee).

         Larry A. Kent(3),  age 44,  graduated  from the  University of Florida,
Gainesville  in 1974 and moved to Deltona,  Florida to begin  business  known as
Larry Kent Homes,  Inc. Larry Kent Homes became one of the most  successful home
building  operations  in the City of Deltona  during the  primary  years of that
City's  growth.  Mr.  Kent  is  currently  the  owner/operator  of  Burger  King
franchises located in Deltona and Edgewater, Florida. In 1993, he "retired" from
the building  business.  Mr. Kent and a partner,  Charles  Ruttenberg,  were the
majority  shareholders  and organizing  Directors of Southland Bank which became
First  State  Bank.  Mr.  Kent served as Chairman of the Board for that Bank for
four  years  and  served  as a member of the  board  until  the  bank's  sale to
SouthTrust. In addition to his Burger King franchises, Mr. Kent owns and manages
four parcels of commercial  real estate  (including the Deltona  SouthTrust bank
building and a shopping center in Deltona).

         Christopher K. Likes(3), age 46, a Certified Public Accountant owns and
operates  his own firm in  DeLand,  Florida.  Mr.  Likes was born and  raised in
Akron, Ohio and moved to DeLand where he attended Stetson University. His degree
in accounting was earned at Stetson in 1973 and he began his  accounting  career
with Coopers and Lybrand in New York City.  Along with his commercial  accounts,
Mr.  Likes  acted as a staff  accountant  and,  later,  supervising  auditor for
Combank Corporation,  a holding company with 7 banks and other subsidiaries.  In


                                       26

<PAGE>



1978 he left Coopers and Lybrand and returned to DeLand, Florida to open his own
firm. He has been practicing in DeLand since that time. Mr. Likes is a member of
the DeLand Kiwanis Club.

         James R.  Peacock(3),  age 45.  is a  Chrysler  Plymouth  dealer in New
Smyrna Beach, Florida. Previous to his purchase of this dealership.  Mr. Peacock
was the owner/operator of Jim Peacock Dodge, Inc. in Daytona Beach,  Florida for
14 years  which is  located  across the street  from the  Daytona  International
Speedway.  Mr. Peacock has lived in the east Volusia County area for the last 20
years. He started his first car dealership, Jim Peacock Dodge, Inc., in 1980 and
has successfully  owned and operated  numerous auto dealerships since that time.
Mr. Peacock is seeking to reduce his involvement in the day-to-day management of
the  dealerships  and has sold all but a minority  interest in the Daytona Dodge
dealership and the  Chrysler/Plymouth  dealership.  He owns numerous  parcels of
undeveloped  properties  throughout the county. Mr. Peacock is expected to serve
as the Bank's first Chairman of the Board and as Vice Chairman of the Company.

Bank:

         Stanley S.  Bronski(2),  age 74, has  extensive  business  and  banking
experience. Mr. Bronski graduated from Yale University in 1947 while he served a
concurrent  4-year term of service with the U.S. Navy from  1942-1946.  He began
his  employment  with  New  England   Electric  System  and  later  joined  Lutz
Engineering in Rhode Island and then the George Ellis Company where he served as
president of their  Hartford and New Haven offices until 1961. He also served as
President and owner of the Connecticut Air Conditioning  Company from 1956 until
1979. While in Connecticut,  he served as a Director of the Orange National Bank
and chaired the loan review  committee.  Orange  National  Bank was purchased by
Connecticut  Bank and Trust  Company in 1981 and he was  appointed to the Bank's
Advisory board where he served until 1985,  concurrent with his operation of the
air conditioning business and his Board membership with the Bank. He also served
as the  Chairman  of the Board of Finance - Town of Orange from 1972 until 1979.
Mr. Bronski  currently  resides in Deerfield Beach,  Florida but owns commercial
property  in  the  Company's  PSA.  He is  very  familiar  with  the  commercial
marketplace  in the Banks area. He is active in numerous  civic and county clubs
including Rotary  International,  the Yale Class of '47 Executive  Committee and
the Deer Creek Golf Club in Deerfield Beach.

         Richard Dwyer(2), age 42, was born in the Bronx, N.Y. and raised in New
Jersey.  He worked for Union  Carbide  Corporation  after  graduating  from high
school from 1973 until 1981. In 1978 he attended college at Ocean County College
and joined  M.J.  Meehan & Company in 1981.  M.J.  Meehan has been a  specialist
trading firm on the New York Stock  Exchange  since 1925.  Mr. Dwyer worked as a
trader's  assistant until 1985 when he became a member of the NYSE and a partner
in the  company.  For the past 11 years he  traded  specialty  stocks  including
General Motors,  Citicorp,  WalMart  Stores,  Caterpillar,  John Deere,  Stratus
Computers  and Georgia  Pacific.  In June of 1996,  Mr. Dwyer  retired from M.J.
Meehan and moved from New Jersey to DeBary,  Florida  where he now lives.  He is
attending  Daytona Beach Community  College with intentions of continuing at the
University of Central  Florida and obtaining a degree in Education.  He plans to
teach at the high school level.

         Thomas  R.  Horton(2),  age 70,  is a  Florida  native  and the  former
Chairman and CEO of the American Management Association.  Dr. Horton was born in
Fort Pierce,  Florida and earned his Ph.D. in  mathematics  at the University of
Florida.  Dr.  Horton  began his career in  education  in 1950 when he served as
assistant  headmaster at the Bolles  School in  Jacksonville,  Florida,  and has
maintained an active interest in education throughout his life, having served as
a Trustee of the American Graduate School of International  Management,  Bethune
Cookman College,  Pace  University,  and Stetson  University.  He is currently a
Fellow  of  the  Academy  of  Management  and of the  International  Academy  of
Management.  He is a member of the National  Association of Corporate Directors'
Blue Ribbon  Commission  on Director  Professionalism  and of the NACD  faculty.
Continuing  his  career,  he left the  Bolles  School to spend 28 years with IBM
Corporation where, in his early years, he pioneered the application of computers
to the vehicular  and air traffic  control and to space  computation,  and later
became a Divisional  General Manager and Vice President.  After leaving IBM, Tom
joined the American  Management  Association  in 1982 as  President  and CEO. He
retired from the AMA in 1992 as Chairman. Dr. Horton has served as a Director of
several public and private corporations and has advised numerous others. He is a
director of Stanhome,  Inc. and chair of its organizing committee,  and a former
director of American Precision  Industries,  Charlesbridge  Publishing  Company,
Med-Tech  Corporation,  and  Perrigo  Corporation.  He  currently  serves on the
advisory  boards to the  Kirchman  Corporation,  and Who's  Who in  Finance  and
Industry.  He resigned his position on the advisory  board of SunBank in Volusia
County on October 31, 1996, in order to serve as a director of the bank.

         Susan A. Nicholson(2), age 46, holds degrees in Education, Mathematics,
and  Interior  Design.  She has also taken post  graduate  courses in  Financial
Analysis  from the New York  School of Credit and  Finance,  the  University  of
Oklahoma's Bank Management  Program and numerous  American  Institute of Banking
courses.  After graduation from college, Ms. Nicholson began a career in banking
as a credit analyst for the First National Bank of Atlanta  (Atlanta,  Georgia).
She later moved to Florida to work with Sun Bank and First  Federal  Savings and


                                       27

<PAGE>



Loan Association of Orlando in Orlando,  Florida in various capacities including
Commercial  Lender,  Branch Manager and Assistant Vice President.  She currently
owns her own Interior  Design firm in Ponce Inlet,  Florida that  specializes in
commercial interiors.  She serves as Vice President of Professional  Development
for the International Design Association in the State of Florida. She has taught
Business  Practices classes at Daytona Beach Community College and has chaired a
large  number of civic and  charitable  events of  organizations  including  the
American  Heart  Association,  Peso Council of the Arts,  Ponce Inlet  Community
Center, Ponce Inlet Women's Club, and the American Cancer Society.

         Clarence W. Singletary(2), age 62, is a Florida native who obtained his
bachelor's  degree from the  University  of Texas and returned to Florida  State
University  to  obtain  his  masters  degree in 1960.  He began his  career as a
management  trainee with  Sarasota  Federal  Savings & Loan in 1961. He moved to
Daytona Beach in 1963 to become an Assistant  Vice  President with First Federal
Savings and Loan of Daytona Beach,  Florida.  He remained with that institution,
working his way up to Executive  Vice  President  and a member of their Board of
Directors until 1987. From 1980 to 1987 he served as President of Trails,  Inc.,
a wholly-owned  subsidiary of First Federal,  that developed over 4,000 building
lots in 26  different  subdivisions.  This  company  also served as the Managing
Partner of 21 Joint Ventures with other developers. Trails, Inc. also developed,
leased and sold shopping  centers,  offices,  and three golf country clubs.  Mr.
Singletary  retired from his position  with First Federal and became a full-time
developer in 1987. He and his partner,  Dr. Robert  Merrell,  have  successfully
completed  seven  subdivisions  and  currently  have three new  subdivisions  in
development. They also own and operate a Bono's Bar-B-Q franchise in Holly Hill,
Florida,  located within our PSA. Mr. Singletary has been a member of the Ormond
Beach Rotary Club for 23 years  (serving  two board  terms),  the Daytona  Beach
Chamber of Commerce for 26 years  (serving  three board terms),  and a member of
the Committee of 100, Daytona Beach, for the past 15 years.

         Harvey E.  Buckmaster(4)  age 49, will serve as the Bank's  Senior Vice
President  and  Cashier.  Mr.  Buckmaster  is a Florida  native with a degree in
Accounting  from the University of South Florida,  Tampa.  In 1975, he began his
career in  operations  and  accounting  in the  financial  industry  working for
Southeast Banking  Corporation in Sarasota and Naples. He subsequently spent six
years in the Savings and Loan industry working  successively for: Naples Federal
Savings and Loan (1978 - 1981) in Naples,  and First Family Federal  Savings and
Loan (1981 - 1987) in Eustis.  He then moved from Eustis to Deltona,  Florida to
join First  State Bank of Florida  where he served as Senior Vice  President  of
Operations and Cashier until October 1996. At First State Bank,  Mr.  Buckmaster
was  responsible for all accounting  functions,  purchasing,  accounts  payable,
payroll, data processing,  and regulatory  reporting.  As part of the management
team at First State Bank, he also participated in Asset/Liability management and
management of the bank's investment portfolio.

- ------------------------------------


(1) Will serve as a Director of the Company, only.
(2) Will serve as a Director of the Bank, only.
(3) Will serve as a Director of both the Company and the Bank.
(4) Will serve as an Executive Officer of the Bank.

Executive Compensation

         The Organizers  entered into an at will employment  agreement with Gary
G. Campbell in April of 1996, to assist the Organizers with the formation of the
Company and the Bank. Under the terms of the non-written Agreement, Mr. Campbell
will serve as a director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and is being
paid a salary of $6,250  per month,  plus an  automobile  allowance  of $500 per
month,  during the Bank's  organizational  phase. The understanding  between the
Organizers and Mr. Campbell is that Mr. Campbell will be employed by the Company
as its President and Chief Financial  Officer,  and by the Bank as its President
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  at an annual  base  salary  of  $75,000,  plus a
performance  bonus based upon the  achievement  of certain goals and  objectives
that will be  established  by the Board of  Directors  relating to the levels of
profitability  and asset growth of the Bank.  It is not expected that such bonus
would exceed 25% of Mr.  Campbell's  base salary.  The Agreement which initially
will be for a term of two  years,  also  contains a  commitment  to grant him an
option to purchase  10,000  shares of Company  Common Stock at $10.00 per share.
Such option would vest at the rate of 20% per year over five years, would expire
10 years from the grant  date and would be  subject to the terms of a  qualified
stock option plan adopted by the  Company's  Board of Directors  and approved by
its shareholders.  Mr. Campbell will be provided with an automobile,  as well as
participation  in such  other  benefit  plans  which  the Bank  makes  available
generally to all employees. Mr. Campbell's employment will be at the will of the
Board and the Bank may terminate Mr.  Campbell for any reason upon majority vote
of the Board of Directors.  If, however,  the termination is without cause,  Mr.
Campbell  will be  entitled  to  severance  pay in an amount  not to exceed  the
remainder  due on his  contract  or three  months  which  ever is  greater.  The
Agreement provides that upon termination, Mr. Campbell will not compete with the
Company or the Bank for a period of 3 months following termination.

                                       28

<PAGE>



Transactions with Affiliates

         The Agreement  provides  that upon  termination  Mr.  Campbell will not
compete  with  the  Company  or the Bank  for a  period  of 3  months  following
termination.  Messers  Campbell,  Bauer,  and Likes are the only  Organizers  or
proposed  directors of the Company that have received any cash  compensation for
services  rendered  on  behalf  of the  Company.  See  "MANAGEMENT  -  Executive
Compensation."  Mr. Bauer has provided certain legal services to the Company and
the Organizers for which he has been paid $ 400 to date. It is not expected that
Mr. Bauer will receive  more than $2,500 in total for such  services.  Mr. Likes
has provided certain  accounting  services to the Company and the Organizers for
which he has been paid nothing to date.  It is not expected  that Mr. Likes will
receive more than $2,500 in total for such services.

         Once the Bank opens for business, it is anticipated that it will extend
loans to the Bank's and/or the Company's Directors,  their associates or members
of the  immediate  families of the  Directors of the Bank or the  Company.  Such
loans will be made on  substantially  the same terms and  conditions,  including
interest  rates,   collateral  and  credit  underwriting   procedures  as  those
prevailing  at the time for  comparable  transactions  by the  Bank  with  other
persons.

Stock Option Plans

         Incentive  Stock  Option Plan.  The  Company's  Board of Directors  has
adopted  an  Incentive   Stock  Option  Plan  ("Plan")  for  employees  who  are
contributing significantly to the management or operation of the business of the
Company or its  subsidiaries  as determined by the committee  administering  the
Plan. The Plan is contingent  upon approval by the Company's  shareholders.  The
Plan  provides  for the  grant  of  options  at the  discretion  of a  committee
designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan. No person may serve
as a member of the  committee  who is then eligible for a grant of options under
the Plan or has been so  eligible  for a period of one year prior to his service
on the committee.  The option  exercise price must be at least 100% (110% in the
case of a holder of 10% or more of the Common Stock) of the fair market value of
the stock on the date the option is  granted,  but in no case will the  exercise
price be less  than  the  offering  price  contained  herein.  The  options  are
exercisable by the holder thereof in full at any time following a vesting period
and prior to their  expiration in accordance  with the terms of the Plan.  Stock
options granted pursuant to the Plan will expire on or before (i) the date which
is the tenth  anniversary  of the date the option is  granted,  or (ii) the date
which is the fifth  anniversary  of the date the  option is granted in the event
that the option is granted to a key employee who owns more than 10% of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any  subsidiary
of the Company. Mr. Campbell's proposed Employment Contract contains a provision
whereby he will be granted an option to purchase  10,000 shares of the Company's
common stock. See "MANAGEMENT Executive Compensation."

         The Committee may grant a Limited Right  simultaneously with respect to
the grant of any stock option, with respect to all or some of the shares covered
under the stock option.  A Limited Right may not be exercised  before six months
from the date of the grant and may be  exercised  only if: (i) there is a change
in  control  of the  Company;  (ii) the  underlying  option  is  eligible  to be
exercised;  and (iii) the fair market value of the underlying  shares on the day
of the exercise is greater than the exercise  price of the related  option.  The
Limited  Right  may be for no more  than  100%  of the  difference  between  the
exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock of the Company.

         Directors  Stock  Option  Plan.  The  Board of  Directors  may,  at the
Company's  first  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  after  the Bank  opens  for
business, propose for shareholder approval a directors' stock option plan, which
will be designed to provide  incentive  compensation  to  directors in the event
that the  Company's  common  stock  increases  in value  during the term of such
options. The detail of this directors' option plan have not yet been determined,
but such details  would be  disclosed to  shareholders  in the  Company's  Proxy
Statement issued in connection with solicitation of shareholder approval of such
a plan.

Key Man Insurance

         The Company has purchased a key man life  insurance  policy  ("Policy")
insuring  the  life of Mr.  Campbell.  The  Company  is both the  owner  and the
beneficiary of the Policy. The amount of the Policy is $500,000 and the proceeds
of the Policy would be used to defray the costs of any delay in the  Application
and organization process caused by Mr. Campbell's death. Should Mr. Campbell die
during  the  organizational  process  the  Company  may elect to  terminate  the
Offering and refund all subscription proceeds to the Subscribers.

                                       29

<PAGE>



                       ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION - SUMMARY

         The  authorized  capital  stock of the  Company  is  10,000,000  shares
consisting of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value,  $0.01 per share, of
which 1,500 shares are presently  issued and  outstanding.  See  "ORGANIZERS AND
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS." No preferred stock has been authorized.

Common Stock

         The  holders of Common  Stock are  entitled to elect the members of the
Board of  Directors  of the Company and such  holders are  entitled to vote as a
class on all matters  required or permitted to be submitted to the  shareholders
of the  Company.  No holder of any class of stock of the Company has  preemptive
rights  with  respect to the  issuance  of shares of that or any other  class of
stock and the Common  Stock is not  entitled to  cumulative  voting  rights with
respect to the election of directors.

         The  holders  of  Common  Stock are  entitled  to  dividends  and other
distributions  if, as, and when declared by the Board of Directors out of assets
legally available therefore. Upon the liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the Company,  the holder of each share of Common Stock will be entitled to share
equally in the distribution of the Company's assets. The holders of Common Stock
are not  entitled to the benefit of any sinking  fund  provision.  The shares of
Common Stock of the Company are not subject to any  redemption  provisions,  nor
are they  convertible  into any other  security or property of the Company.  All
shares of Common Stock  outstanding  upon  completion  of this Offering will be,
fully paid and nonassessable.

         The Company  will  require the  payment of a $10.00  transfer  fee with
regard to all requests for  cancellation  and re-issue of the  Company's  shares
after the initial issue of share certificates.  No such fee will be required for
shares originally issued, or issued in exchange for Warrants.

Requirements for Super Majority Approval of Transactions

         The Company's  Articles  contain  provisions  requiring  super majority
shareholder  approval to effect  certain  extraordinary  corporate  transactions
which are not  approved  by the Board of  Directors.  The  Articles  require the
affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least  two-thirds  (66-2/3%) of
the  shares of each class of Common  Stock of the  Company  entitled  to vote in
elections of directors to approve any merger, consolidation,  disposition of all
or a  substantial  part of the  assets of the  Company  or a  subsidiary  of the
Company, exchange of securities requiring shareholder approval or liquidation of
the Company  ("Affiliated  Transaction"),  if any person who  together  with his
affiliates and associates  owns  beneficially  5% or more of any voting stock of
the Company ("Interested  Shareholder") is a party to the transaction;  provided
that a majority of the  disinterested  Directors of the Company has not approved
the transaction.  In addition, the Articles require the separate approval by the
holders  of a  majority  of the  shares  of each  class of stock of the  Company
entitled to vote in  elections of directors  which are not  beneficially  owned,
directly  or  indirectly,   by  an  Interested   Shareholder,   of  any  merger,
consolidation,  disposition  of all or a  substantial  part of the assets of the
Company or a subsidiary  of the  Company,  or exchange of  securities  requiring
shareholder approval ("Business Combination"), if an Interested Shareholder is a
party to such transaction;  provided, that such approval is not required if: (i)
the  consideration  to be  received  by the  holders of the stock of the Company
meets  certain  minimal  levels  determined  by a  formula  under  the  Articles
(generally the highest price paid by the Interested  Shareholder  for any shares
acquired);  (ii) there has been no reduction in the average  dividend  rate from
that which was  obtained  prior to the time the  Interested  Shareholder  became
such; and (iii) the consideration to be received by the shareholders who are not
Interested  Shareholders  shall  be  paid in  cash  or in the  same  form as the
Interested  Shareholder  previously paid for shares of such class of stock. This
Article,  as well as the Article  establishing a classified  Board of Directors,
may be amended,  altered, or repealed only by the affirmative vote or consent of
the  holders  of at least  66-2/3%  of the  shares of each class of stock of the
Company entitled to vote in elections of directors.

Acquisition Offers

         The Board of  Directors of the Company,  when  evaluating  any offer of
another  Person (as defined in the  Articles)  to: (i) make a tender or exchange
offer for any equity  security of the  Company;  (ii) merge or  consolidate  the
Company  with  another  corporation  or entity;  or (iii)  purchase or otherwise
acquire all or  substantially  all of the  properties and assets of the Company,
shall, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in
the best interest of the Company and its shareholders, give due consideration to
all relevant factors, including, without limitation: (i) the social and economic
effect of acceptance of such offer on the Company's present and future customers
and employees and those of its subsidiaries  (as defined in the Articles);  (ii)
on the  communities  in which the  Company and its  subsidiaries  operate or are
located; (iii) on the ability of the Company to fulfill its corporate objectives
as a  financial  institution  holding  company;  and (iv) on the  ability of its
subsidiary financial institutions to fulfill the objectives of such institutions
under applicable statutes and regulations.


                                       30

<PAGE>



Control Share Acquisitions

         The  Company's  Articles  provide  that any person who acquires 20 % or
more of the  Company's  shares must comply with the Florida  Statutes  governing
control-share acquisitions.  Generally a person intending to acquire such shares
must  give the  Company  notice of such  intent  and  request  a meeting  of the
shareholders  at which  shareholder's  will be given an  opportunity  to vote on
whether  such  shares  will be  accorded  full  voting  rights.  Refusal  by the
shareholders to accord full voting rights would result in the proposed  acquiror
obtaining  shares  which  could not be voted on any  matters to come  before the
shareholders.  Certain  acquisitions are exempt from the effects of the Article,
such as  mergers  or  business  combinations  which  have been  approved  by the
Company's  Board of Directors as well as  acquisitions  of shares  issued by the
Company in its  Initial  Offering  or in  subsequent  Offerings  approved by the
Board.

         The effect of all of the above  provisions is to make it more difficult
for a  person,  entity or group to effect a change  in  control  of the  Company
through the acquisition of a large block of the Company's voting stock.


                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or
the proposed  Bank is a party or of which any of their  properties  are subject;
nor are there  material  proceedings  known to the Company  contemplated  by any
governmental authority; nor are there material proceedings known to the Company,
pending or  contemplated,  in which any  director,  officer or  affiliate or any
proposed  principal  security holder of the Company,  or any associate of any of
the foregoing is a party or has an interest adverse to the Company or the Bank.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal  matters in  connection  with the shares of Common Stock
offered  hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Igler & Dougherty,  P.A.,
1501 Park Avenue East, Tallahassee, Florida 32301, counsel to the Company.

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial  statements  of the Company as of November 30, 1996,  and
for the period from August 15,  1996,  (date of  incorporation)  to November 30,
1996,  included  elsewhere in the  Registration  Statement have been included in
reliance  upon the  reports  of  Hacker,  Johnson,  Cohen &  Grieb,  independent
certified public accountants,  and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing matters.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  450
Fifth  Street  Northwest,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  a Form  SB-2  Registration
Statement   (herein,   together  with  all   amendments   thereto,   called  the
"Registration  Statement")  under the 33 Act,  as amended,  with  respect to the
shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain all of
the information included in the Registration Statement.  For further information
with  respect to the Company and the Common  Stock,  reference is hereby made to
the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.

                                       31

<PAGE>


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                      AND
                                 NOTES THERETO













<PAGE>


                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                          Index to Financial Statements




                                                                            Page

Independent Auditors' Report.................................................F-2

Balance Sheet at November 30, 1996...........................................F-3

Statement of Operations for the Period from August 15, 1996
         (Date of Incorporation) to November 30, 1996 .......................F-4

Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
         for the period from August 15, 1996 (Date of Incorporation)
         to November 30, 1996................................................F-5

Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from August 15, 1996
         (Date of Incorporation) to November 30, 1996 .......................F-6

Notes    to Financial Statements as of November 30, 1996 and
         for the Period from August 15, 1996 (Date of Incorporation)
         to November 30, 1996 .........................................F-7 - F-8



All schedules have been omitted  because of the absence of the conditions  under
which they are required or because the required  information  is included in the
financial statements and related notes.






                                       F-1


<PAGE>



                          Independent Auditors' Report



Board of Directors
The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheet of The Commercial Bancorp,  Inc.
(a  development  stage  company) (the  "Company") at November 30, 1996,  and the
related statement of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows
for the period  from  August 15, 1996 (Date of  Incorporation)  to November  30,
1996.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  financial  position of the Company at November 30,
1996,  and the results of its  operations and its cash flows for the period from
August 15, 1996 (Date of Incorporation) to November 30, 1996, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.





HACKER, JOHNSON, COHEN & GRIEB
Tampa, Florida
December 12, 1996




                                       F-2


<PAGE>



                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                                  Balance Sheet

                                November 30, 1996



         Assets

Cash................................................................   $  11,976
Organizational costs primarily of planned subsidiary bank...........     120,718
Other assets                                                ............  23,181
                                                                          ------

                 Total..............................................   $ 155,875
                                                                       ---------

         Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Unsecured demand note payable to organizers.........................     140,875
                                                                         -------

Commitments (Note 5)

Stockholders' equity:
         Common stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
                 authorized, 1,500 shares issued and outstanding....          15
         Additional paid-in capital.................................      14,985
                                                                          ------

                 Total stockholders' equity.........................      15,000
                                                                          ------

                 Total..............................................   $ 155,875
                                                                       =========



See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       F-3


<PAGE>



                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                             Statement of Operations

    Period from August 15, 1996 (Date of Incorporation) to November 30, 1996







Interest income.....................................................    $   -
                                                                           ----

Administrative expenses.............................................        -
                                                                           ----

Interest expense....................................................        -
                                                                           ----

         Total expenses.............................................        -
                                                                           ----

         Net earnings...............................................    $   -
                                                                           ====




See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                       F-4


<PAGE>



                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                  Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

    Period from August 15, 1996 (Date of Incorporation) to November 30, 1996




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         Additional         Total
                                                                           Common          Paid-In      Stockholders'
                                                                           Stock           Capital          Equity
                                                                           -----           -------          ------

<S>                                                                        <C>                <C>              <C>   
Balance at August 15, 1996 (date of incorporation)....................     $ -                 -                -

Sale of common stock..................................................       15               14,985           15,000
                                                                             --               ------           ------

Balance at November 30, 1996..........................................     $ 15               14,985           15,000
                                                                           ====               ======           ======
</TABLE>





See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                       F-5


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                             Statement of Cash Flows

                       For the Period from August 15, 1996
                  (Date of Incorporation) to November 30, 1996




<S>                                                                                       <C>    
Cash flows used in administrative activities during the development stage:
         Net earnings...........................................................     $       -
         Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
           used by administrative activities during the
           development stage
                 Increase in organizational costs...............................        (120,718)
                 Increase in other assets.......................................         (23,181)

                   Net cash used in administrative activities
                     of the development stage...................................        (143,899)
                                                                                        -------- 

Cash flows from financing activities:
         Advances on unsecured demand note payable to organizers................          140,875
         Proceeds from issuance of common stock.................................           15,000
                                                                                         --------

                   Net cash provided by financing activities....................          155,875
                                                                                         --------

Net increase in cash............................................................           11,976
                                                                                         --------

Cash at beginning of period.....................................................             -

Cash at end of period...........................................................        $  11,976
                                                                                         ========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information-Cash paid during period for:
         Interest...............................................................        $     905
                                                                                         ========

         Income taxes...........................................................        $     -
                                                                                         ========




See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
</TABLE>

                                       F-6


<PAGE>



                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                                November 30, 1996


(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
         General. The Commercial Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated
         on August 15, 1996 in the State of Florida.  The Company plans to apply
         for approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
         ("Board of Governors") to become a one-bank  holding  company and plans
         to acquire 100% of the  outstanding  shares of The  Commercial  Bank of
         Volusia County (the "Bank"),  which is planned to be  incorporated  and
         organized in Ormond  Beach,  Florida.  The  operations  of the Company,
         which are intended to consist solely of the ownership of the Bank, have
         not commenced as of November 30, 1996. Therefore, with the exception of
         organizational costs and certain prepaid expenses,  accounting policies
         have not been established. The Company has adopted a fiscal year end of
         December 31.

         Estimates.  The preparation of financial  statements in conformity with
         generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make
         estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets
         and liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at
         the  date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
         revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
         differ from those estimates.

         Common Stock  Offering.  As of November 30, 1996,  the Company has sold
         1,500 shares of common stock for an aggregate of $15,000.

         Organizational  Costs.  The Company has incurred  organizational  costs
         principally in connection with the preparation and filing of the Bank's
         application to organize. At November 30, 1996, the Company had incurred
         organizational  cost of $120,718.  It is intended  that  organizational
         costs of the Bank  will be  transferred  to the Bank and  deferred  and
         amortized using the straight-line method over a period of not more than
         five years, beginning in the period operations commence.

(2)  Organization
         On October 21, 1996, the Organizers of the Company filed an application
         for authority to organize a  state-chartered  bank with the Comptroller
         of the  State of  Florida,  Department  of  Banking  and  Finance.  The
         approval of this application will be contingent upon certain conditions
         being  met.  These  conditions   include,   among  other  things,   the
         establishment  of total  capital  accounts of not less than  $4,028,000
         with not less than $2,000,000  allocated to common  capital,  after all
         organizational and preopening  expenses,  and the approval by the Board
         of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the Company's application
         to acquire the stock of the Bank as a registered bank holding company.

(3)  Related Parties
         The Company has  appointed  one of its  Organizers as the President and
         Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(4)  Unsecured Demand Note Payable to Organizers
         The Company has obtained a demand note payable  (line of credit) in the
         amount of $250,000 from certain Organizers of the Company.  At November
         30, 1996, the Company had advances of $140,875 against this line. These
         amounts were used to fund  organizational  and other costs  incurred by
         the Company and the planned Bank. It is intended that the advances will
         be repaid to the Organizers  from the proceeds of the Company's  common
         stock offering.

                                                                     (continued)
                                       F-7


<PAGE>


                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(5)  Commitments
         Bank  facilities  are leased under an operating  lease.  Future minimum
         rental commitments under noncancelable leases are as follows:

                      Year Ended December 31,
                      -----------------------

                             1997................................... $   40,612
                             1998...................................     50,222
                             1999...................................     51,768

                                                                      $ 142,602

(6)  Sale of Common Shares and Warrants
         The Company  plans to offer a total of  1,200,000  shares of its common
         stock to the public. (1) During the initial offering period shares will
         be  included  in units  with a unit  consisting  of one share of common
         stock and one  warrant.  The price per unit is  expected  to be $10.  A
         total of 450,000 units will be offered for sale. Each warrant  entitles
         the holder thereof to purchase one share of additional common stock for
         $10 per share during the 36 month period  following the effective  date
         of the  warrant  certificate.  (2) After the sale of 450,000  units has
         been completed, 300,000 shares of common stock will be also offered for
         sale.  (3) Finally  450,000  shares will be available to holders of the
         warrants.  The  Company  expects  to  incur  approximately  $26,000  in
         offering costs relating to this sale.

(7)  Incentive Stock Option Plan
         The Company's  Board of Directors has adopted an Incentive Stock Option
         Plan  ("Plan").  The Plan is contingent  upon approval by the Company's
         shareholders.  The  Plan  provides  for the  grant  of  options  at the
         discretion  of a  committee  designated  by the Board of  Directors  to
         administer  the Plan.  The option  exercise price must be at least 100%
         (110% in the case of a holder  of 10% or more of the  Common  Stock) of
         the fair  market  value of the stock on the date the  option is granted
         and the options are  exercisable  by the holder  thereof in full at any
         time  following  a  vesting  period  and prior to their  expiration  in
         accordance  with  the  terms of the  Plan.  The  Company's  president's
         proposed  Employment  Contract  contains a provision whereby he will be
         granted an option to purchase  10,000  shares of the  Company's  common
         stock under this plan.



                                       F-8


<PAGE>



                                       32

<PAGE>



                                  APPENDIX "A"
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       33

<PAGE>



                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.

         The undersigned incorporators, for the purpose of forming a corporation
under the Florida Business  Corporation Act, hereby adopt the following Articles
of Incorporation.

                                ARTICLE I - NAME
         The  name  of  the   Corporation  is  The  Commercial   Bancorp,   Inc.
("Corporation"). The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be 533
N. Nova Road,  Suite 213A,  Ormond  Beach,  Florida 32174 or at such other place
within the State of Florida as the Board of Directors may  designate.  The names
of the  registered  agent is Igler &  Dougherty,  P.A.,  1501 Park Avenue  East,
Tallahassee,  Florida 32301, which address is also the address of the Registered
Office of the Corporation.

                         ARTICLE II - NATURE OF BUSINESS
         The Corporation may engage in or transact any or all lawful  activities
or  business  permitted  under the laws of the  United  States  and the State of
Florida, or any other state, county, territory or nation.

                           ARTICLE III - CAPITAL STOCK
         The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall
have authority to issue is 10,000,000, consisting of 10,000,000 shares of common
stock,  par value one cent ($0.01) per share  ("Common  Stock").  Each holder of
shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share.

                         ARTICLE IV - TERM OF EXISTENCE
         This Corporation is to exist perpetually.

                       ARTICLE V - OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
         The names and street  addresses of the initial  officers and  directors
who shall hold office the first year of the
Corporation's existence or until their successors are elected are:
Name                        Address                             Title
- ----                        -------                             -----

Larry Kent                840-K Deltona Road                   Chairman of
                          Deltona, Florida  32725              The Board

James Peacock             1311 Turnbull St. Box 100            President and
                          New Smyrna Beach, FL  32168          Chief Executive
                                                               Officer

Gary G. Campbell          108 Oak Lane                         Chief Financial
                          Ormond Beach, Florida  32174         Officer


                                        1

<PAGE>



Christopher Likes         228-B East New York Ave.             Director
                          DeLand, Florida  32720

Kirk Bauer                223 S. Woodland Blvd.                Director
                          DeLand, Florida  32721


                           ARTICLE VI - INCORPORATORS
         The name and street  address of the  incorporator  to these Articles of
Incorporation  is Igler & Dougherty,  P.A., 1501 Park Avenue East,  Tallahassee,
Florida 32301.

             ARTICLE VII - MANAGEMENT OF THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
         Section 1 - Authority  of the Board.  The  business  and affairs of the
Corporation  shall  be  managed  by or  under  the  direction  of the  Board  of
Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them
by the Florida  Statutes or by these Articles of  Incorporation or the Bylaws of
the Corporation,  the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers
and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

         Section 2 - Action by Shareholders. Any action required or permitted to
be taken by the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  must be  effected  at a duly
called Annual or Special  Meeting of Shareholders of the Corporation and may not
be effected by any consent in writing by such shareholders.

         Section 3 - Special  Meetings  of  Shareholders.  Special  Meetings  of
shareholders of the Corporation may be called by the Board of Directors pursuant
to a  resolution  adopted  by a  majority  of the  total  number  of  authorized
directors  (whether or not there exist any  vacancies in  previously  authorized
directorships  at the time any such  resolution  is  presented  to the Board for
adoption), the Chairman of the Board or the President of the Corporation,  or by
shareholders holding at least 20% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation.

                       ARTICLE VIII - NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
         Section  1 -  Number  of  Directors:  The  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation  shall be comprised of not less than three (3) nor more than fifteen
(15) directors and shall be fixed from time to time  exclusively by the Board of
Directors  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a majority of the Full Board as
set forth in the Corporation's  Bylaws.  The Board of Directors is authorized to
increase the number of directors by no more than two and to immediately  appoint
persons to fill the new  director  positions  until the next  Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders,  at which  meeting the new director  positions  shall be filled by
persons elected by the shareholders of the Corporation.  However, this paragraph
shall  not be  construed  to limit  the  authority  of the  shareholders  of the
Corporation to increase the number of directors in accordance with the Bylaws of
the Corporation.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         Section  2 -  Election  and  Term:  Directors  shall  be  elected  by a
plurality of the votes cast by the shares  entitled to vote in the election at a
meeting at which a quorum is present.  The term of the initial  directors of the
Corporation  expires at the first  shareholders'  meeting at which directors are
elected.

         Section 3 - Classes: The directors shall be divided into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the
first class (Class I) to expire at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders,  the
term of office  of the  second  class  (Class  II) to expire at the 1998  Annual
Meeting of Shareholders and the term of office of the third class (Class III) to
expire at the 1999 Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders.  At each Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders  following  such initial  classification  and  election,  directors
elected to succeed  those  directors  whose terms  expire shall be elected for a
term of office to expire at the third succeeding  Annual Meeting of Shareholders
after their election.

         Section 4 - Vacancies:  Newly created directorships  resulting from any
increase in the authorized  number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of
Directors  resulting  from  death,  resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,
removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority  vote of the
directors then in office,  though less than a quorum.  Directors so chosen shall
hold office for a term expiring at the next Annual Meeting of  Shareholders.  No
decrease in the number of directors  constituting  the Board of Directors  shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.

         Section 5 - Notice:  Advance notice of shareholder  nominations for the
election of directors and of business to be brought by  shareholders  before any
meeting  of the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  shall be given in the manner
provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

         Section 6 - Removal by Shareholders:  Any director, or the entire Board
of Directors,  may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least 60% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation  entitled to vote  generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class.

              ARTICLE IX - SPECIAL VOTING PROVISIONS FOR AFFILIATED
                     TRANSACTIONS AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

         Section  1 -  Definitions:  The terms  defined  below  shall  apply for
purposes of this Article IX:
                 
                 A."Affiliated  Transaction,"  when  used  in  reference  to the
                   Corporation  and any Interested  Shareholder  (as hereinafter
                   defined), means any of the following situations:
                     
                        l.    any merger or  consolidation of the Corporation or
                              any Subsidiary (as  hereinafter  defined) with (I)
                              any  Interested  Shareholder  or  (ii)  any  other
                              corporation  (whether or not itself an  Interested
                              Shareholder)  which  is, or after  such  merger or
                              consolidation   would  be,  an   Affiliate  of  an
                              Interested Shareholder.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                        2.    any  sale,  lease,  exchange,   mortgage,  pledge,
                              transfer or other  disposition (in one transaction
                              or a series  of  transactions)  of  assets  of the
                              Corporation or any  Subsidiary of the  Corporation
                              to or  with  any  Interested  Shareholder,  or any
                              Affiliate   or   Associate   of   any   Interested
                              Shareholder:

                                     a. Having an  aggregate  fair market  value
                              equal to 5% or more of the  aggregate  fair market
                              value of all assets,  determined on a consolidated
                              basis, of the Corporation; or

                                     b. Having an  aggregate  fair market  value
                              equal to 5% or more of the  aggregate  fair market
                              value   of   all   outstanding   shares   of   the
                              Corporation; or
                                 
                                     c.  Representing  5% or more of the earning
                              power or net income  determined on a  consolidated
                              basis, of the Corporation.
                           
                        3.     the  issuance or transfer by the  Corporation  or
                               any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of
                               transactions) of any shares of the Corporation or
                               any Subsidiary to any  Interested  Shareholder or
                               any Affiliate of any  Interested  Shareholder  in
                               exchange for cash,  securities or other  property
                               (or a  combination  thereof)  having an aggregate
                               Fair  Market  Value  (as   hereinafter   defined)
                               equaling  or  exceeding  5% or  more  of all  the
                               outstanding  shares  of the  Corporation  and its
                               Subsidiaries,  except pursuant to the exercise of
                               warrants or rights to purchase stock offered,  or
                               a dividend or distribution paid or made, pro rata
                               to all shareholders of the Corporation.

                        4.     the  adoption  of any  plan or  proposal  for the
                               liquidation  or  dissolution  of the  Corporation
                               proposed  by  or  on  behalf  of  an   Interested
                               Shareholder  or any  Affiliate of any  Interested
                               Shareholder.
                           
                        5.     any reclassification of securities (including any
                               reverse stock split), or  recapitalization of the
                               Corporation,  or any merger or  consolidation  of
                               the Corporation  with any of its  Subsidiaries or
                               any  other  transaction  (whether  or not with or
                               into  or  otherwise   involving   an   Interested
                               Shareholder)  which has the  effect,  directly or
                               indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share
                               of the outstanding  shares of any class of equity
                               or convertible  securities of the  Corporation or
                               any  Subsidiary  which is directly or  indirectly
                               owned  by  any  Interested   Shareholder  or  any
                               Affiliate of any Interested  Shareholder.  6. any
                               receipt  by  the  Interested  Shareholder  or any
                               Affiliate   or   Associate   of  the   Interested
                               Shareholder   of   the   benefit,   directly   or
                               indirectly    (except    proportionately   as   a
                               shareholder  of the  Corporation),  of any loans,
                               advances, guaranties, pledges, or other financial
                               assistance  or  any  tax  credits  or  other  tax
                               advantages    provided    by   or   through   the
                               Corporation.  

                 B."Interested   Shareholder"   means  any  Person  who  is  the
                   Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of
                   the outstanding  voting shares of the  corporation.  However,
                   the term  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall  not  include  the
                   Corporation or any  Subsidiary;  any savings,  employee stock
                   ownership,  or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation
                   or any  Subsidiary;  or any  fiduciary  of any such plan when
                   acting  in such  capacity.  For the  purpose  of  determining
                   whether a person is an  Interested  Shareholder  pursuant  to
                   this Section,  the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to
                   be  outstanding  shall  include  shares  deemed owned through
                   application of Article III, Section 3,
                               

                                        4

<PAGE>



                   but shall not include any other  shares of Voting  Stock that
                   may be issuable  pursuant  to any  contract,  arrangement  or
                   understanding,  upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants,
                   options, or otherwise.

                 C."Subsidiary"  means any  corporation  of which a majority  of
                   any  class  of  equity   security   is  owned,   directly  or
                   indirectly, by the Corporation;  provided,  however, that for
                   the purposes of the definition of Interested  Shareholder set
                   forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1, the term "Subsidiary"
                   shall mean only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each
                   class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by
                   the Corporation.

                 D."Disinterested  Director"  means  any  member of the Board of
                   Directors who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder
                   and was a member of the Board of Directors  prior to the time
                   that  the   Interested   Shareholder   became  an  Interested
                   Shareholder,  and any successor of a  Disinterested  Director
                   who is  unaffiliated  with the Interested  Shareholder and is
                   recommended to succeed a Disinterested Director by a majority
                   of Disinterested Directors then on the Board of Directors.

                 E."Fair  Market  Value"  means:  (I) the Fair Market Value of a
                   share  on the  date in  question  shall  be  determined  by a
                   majority of Disinterested  Directors,  appropriately adjusted
                   for any dividend or  distribution  in shares of such stock or
                   any combination or  reclassification of outstanding shares of
                   such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock; and
                   (ii) in the case of property  other than cash or shares,  the
                   Fair Market Value of such property on the date in question as
                   determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

                 F.Reference  to "Highest  Per Share  Price"  shall in each case
                   with  respect to any class of stock  reflect  an  appropriate
                   adjustment for any dividend or distribution in shares of such
                   stock or any stock split or  reclassification  of outstanding
                   share of such stock  into a greater  number of shares of such
                   stock or any combination or  reclassification  of outstanding
                   shares of such stock into a smaller  number of shares of such
                   stock.

                 G."Affiliate"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
                   607.0901, Florida Statutes.

                 H."Person"  shall  mean  any  individual,  a  group  acting  in
                   concert,  a corporation,  a partnership,  an  association,  a
                   joint venture,  an investors' pool, a joint stock company,  a
                   trust, an unincorporated  organization or similar company,  a
                   syndicate  or any  other  group  formed  for the  purpose  of
                   acquiring,  holding or disposing of the equity  securities of
                   the Corporation.

                 I."Beneficial  Ownership"  is  defined  herein to mean a Person
                   who, directly or indirectly, has the:

                        1.     voting power, which includes the power to vote or
                               to direct  the  voting of the  "Voting  Stock" as
                               that term is defined herein;

                        2.     investment  power,  which  includes  the power to
                               dispose  of or to direct the  disposition  of the
                               Voting Stock; or

                        3.     the  right  to  acquire   the  voting   power  or
                               investment   power,   whether   such   right   is
                               exercisable immediately or only after the passage
                               of time,  pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement
                               or   understanding   or  upon  the   exercise  of
                               conversion  rights,   warrants  or  options,   or
                               otherwise.  

                 J."Acting in  Concert"  means (I)  knowing  participation  in a
                   joint activity or conscious  parallel action towards a common
                   goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii)
                   a combination or pooling of voting or 5

<PAGE>



         
                   other  interests in the  securities of an issuer for a common
                   purpose    pursuant   to   any    contract,    understanding,
                   relationship,   agreement  or  other  arrangements,   whether
                   written or otherwise. 

                 K."Voting  Stock" means the  outstanding  shares of all classes
                   or series of the  Corporation  entitled to vote  generally in
                   the election of directors.

     Section 2 - Affiliated  Transactions:  In addition to any affirmative  vote
required by law or these  Articles  of  Incorporation,  and except as  otherwise
expressly provided in this Section, any Affiliated Transaction shall be approved
by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the Voting Stock, voting
together  as  a  single  class.   Such   affirmative   vote  shall  be  required
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  no  vote  may be  required  or  that a  lesser
percentage  may  be  specified  by law or in any  agreement  with  any  national
securities exchange or otherwise.  

     Section 3 - Exceptions:  The voting provisions of Section 2 of this Article
IX shall not be applicable to a particular Affiliated  Transaction if all of the
conditions  specified in either of the following  Paragraphs A and B are met: 

                 A.The  Affiliated  Transaction  has been approved by a majority
                   of the Disinterested Directors; or

                 B.In the Affiliated  Transaction,  consideration  shall be paid
                   to the holders of each class of voting  shares and all of the
                   following conditions shall be met:

                   1.The  aggregate  amount  of the  cash  and the  Fair  Market
                     Value,  as of the valuation  date of  consideration,  other
                     than cash to be received per share by the holders of Common
                     Stock in such Affiliated  Transaction are at least equal to
                     the higher of the following:

                     a.if   applicable,   the   Highest   Per  Share  Price  (as
                       previously  defined  herein),   including  any  brokerage
                       commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees,
                       paid by the  Interested  Shareholder  for any  shares  of
                       Common  Stock  acquired  by it (I)  within  the  two-year
                       period immediately prior to the first public announcement
                       date of the Affiliated Transaction ("Announcement Date"),
                       or  (ii)  in  the  transaction  in  which  it  became  an
                       Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher;

                     b.the Fair  Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on the
                       Announcement  Date or on the date on which the Interested
                       Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (such latter
                       date  is   referred   to  in  this   Article  IX  as  the
                       "Determination Date"), whichever is higher;

                     c.if  applicable,  the price  per  share  equal to the Fair
                       Market Value per share of such class or series determined
                       pursuant  to   sub-paragraph   (b)  of  this  Section  3,
                       multiplied  by the ratio of the Highest Per Share  Price,
                       including any brokerage  commissions,  transfer taxes and
                       soliciting   dealers'   fees,   paid  by  the  Interested
                       Shareholder for any shares of Voting Stock acquired by it
                       within  the  two-year   period   immediately   prior  the
                       Announcement  Date (the  numerator),  to the Fair  Market
                       Value per share of such  class or series on the first day
                       in  such   two-year   period  on  which  the   Interested
                       Shareholder  acquired the Voting Stock (the denominator);
                       or

                                                             6

<PAGE>



                     d.if applicable,  the highest preferential amount per share
                       to which the holders of shares of such  Voting  Stock are
                       entitled  in the event of any  voluntary  or  involuntary
                       liquidation,   dissolution   or   winding   up   of   the
                       Corporation.
                         
                            2. The  consideration to be received by holders of a
                   particular  class  of  outstanding  Voting  Stock  (including
                   Common  Stock)  shall be in cash or in the  same  form as the
                   Interested Shareholder has previously paid for shares of such
                   Voting  Stock.  If the  Interested  Shareholder  has paid for
                   shares of any class of Voting  Stock  with  varying  forms of
                   consideration,  the form of  consideration  for such class of
                   Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire
                   the  largest  number of shares of such class of Voting  Stock
                   previously  acquired by it. The  consideration to be received
                   pursuant to this  provision  shall be subject to  appropriate
                   adjustment in the event of any stock  dividend,  stock split,
                   combination of shares or similar event.

                           3.  During  such  portion  of the  three-year  period
                  preceding   the   announcement   date  that  such   Interested
                  Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder and except as
                  approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors:

                     a.there  shall have been no  failure to declare  and pay at
                       the regular date any full quarterly dividends (whether or
                       not   cumulative)   on  any   outstanding   stock  having
                       preference  over  the  Common  Stock as to  dividends  or
                       liquidation;
                                
                     b.there shall have been (I) no reduction in the annual rate
                       of  dividends   paid  on  the  Common  Stock  (except  as
                       necessary  to  reflect  any  subdivision  of  the  Common
                       Stock),  and  (ii) an  increase  in such  annual  rate of
                       dividends as  necessary  to reflect any  reclassification
                       (including  any reverse stock  split),  recapitalization,
                       reorganization  or any similar  transaction which has the
                       effect of reducing  the number of  outstanding  shares of
                       the   Common   Stock,   and  (iii)  no  such   Interested
                       Shareholder  who has become the  Beneficial  Owner of any
                       additional  shares of Voting  Stock except as part of the
                       transaction which results in such Interested  Shareholder
                       becoming an Interested Shareholder.

                            4.   Unless   approved   by  a   majority   of   the
                   Disinterested Directors, no Interested Shareholder shall have
                   received  the  benefit,   directly  or   indirectly   (except
                   proportionately  as a shareholder),  of any loans,  advances,
                   guarantees,  pledges or other financial assistance or any tax
                   credits or other tax advantages  provided by the Corporation,
                   whether  in  anticipation  of  or  in  connection  with  such
                   Affiliated  Transaction  or otherwise,  during the three-year
                   period preceding the date the Interested  Shareholder  became
                   an Interested Shareholder.

                           5. A proxy or  information  statement  describing the
                  proposed   Affiliated   Transaction  and  complying  with  the
                  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the
                  rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions
                  replacing such Act, rules or  regulations)  shall be mailed to
                  shareholders  of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the
                  consummation of such business combination (whether or not such
                  proxy  or  information  statement  is  required  to be  mailed
                  pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

                                        7

<PAGE>



     Section 4 - Board Discretion:  A majority of the Disinterested Directors of
the  Corporation  shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of
this  Article  IX, on the basis of  information  known to them after  reasonable
inquiry, (I) whether a person is an Interested  Shareholder;  (ii) the number of
shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person;  (iii) whether a person
is an Affiliate  or Associate of another;  and (iv) whether the assets which are
the subject of any  Affiliated  Transaction  have,  or the  consideration  to be
received for the issuance or transfer of  securities by the  Corporation  or any
Subsidiary in any  Affiliated  Transaction  has, an aggregate  Fair Market Value
equal to or greater than 25% of the combined  assets of the  Corporation and its
Subsidiaries.  A majority of the Disinterested  Directors shall have the further
power to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article IX.
       
     Section  5 -  Interested  Shareholder's  Duty:  Nothing  contained  in this
Article IX shall be construed  to relieve any  Interested  Shareholder  from any
fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
       
     Section  6 -  Amendment:  Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of these
Articles of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a
lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any  affirmative  vote of the holders
of any particular  class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, or these
Articles of  Incorporation,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66%
of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding  shares of the Voting Stock
(after  giving  effect to the  provisions  of Article  III of these  Articles of
Incorporation),  voting together as a single class,  shall be required to alter,
amend or repeal this Article IX.

                     ARTICLE X - CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITIONS
         It is  the  intent  of  the  Organizers  of the  Corporation  that  the
provisions of the "Florida Control-Share Acquisitions" statute, Section 607.0902
Florida  Statutes (1994 Supp.) shall apply to acquisitions of the  Corporation's
shares by a person  acting  alone or as part of a group which would result in an
Acquiring  Person,  as defined  herein,  owning  Control  Shares of the Company,
except  for  those  acquisitions  defined  in  Section  1(f)(2)  and (3) of this
Article.
         SECTION 1 - Definitions:  The following terms when used in this section
shall mean:
         (a) "Acquiring Person" means a person who makes or proposes to make, or
persons  acting as a "group"  as  defined  in sec.  13(d)(3)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 who make or propose to make, a  Control-Share  Acquisition;
but "Acquiring Person" does not include the Corporation.
          (b) "Acquiring Person  Statement" means the statement  provided for in
Section 607.0902(6),  Florida Statutes (1994 Supp.) which shall set forth all of
the following:
               (1) The identity of the Acquiring Person and each other member of
any group of which the  Acquiring  Person is a part for purposes of  determining
Control Shares.
               (2) A statement  that the  Acquiring  Person  Statement  is given
pursuant to Section 607.0902(6), Florida Statutes (1994 Supp.).
               (3) The number of shares of the  Corporation  owned,  directly or
indirectly  following the  acquisition,  by the Acquiring  Person and each other
member of the group.
               (4) The  range of voting  power  under  which  the  Control-Share
Acquisition falls or would, if consummated, fall.
               (5) If the Control-Share Acquisition has not taken place:

                                        8

<PAGE>



                  (I) A  description  in  reasonable  detail of the terms of the
                  proposed Control-Share  Acquisition;  and 

          (ii)  Representations  of  the  Acquiring  Person,   together  with  a
statement, in reasonable detail of the facts upon which they are based, that the
proposed Control-Share Acquisition, if consummated,  will not be contrary to law
and that the Acquiring Person,  has the financial  capacity to make the proposed
Control-Share  Acquisition,  including the acquisition of dissenter's shares, if
any.  
          (c) "Affiliate" means a person who directly or indirectly controls the
Corporation. "Control" means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Corporation,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. A
person's  beneficial  ownership  of ten percent or more of the voting power of a
Corporation's  outstanding  shares entitled to vote in the election of directors
(except a person holding voting power in good faith as an agent,  bank,  broker,
nominee,  custodian  or  trustee  for one or more  beneficial  owners who do not
individually or as a group control the  Corporation)  creates a presumption that
the person controls the Corporation.
         (d) "All  voting  power"  means the  aggregate  voting  power  that the
shareholders of the Corporation would have in the election of directors,  except
for this Article.
         (e)  "Control  Shares"  means  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of the
Corporation that, except for this section, would have voting power when added to
all other  shares of the  Corporation  owned of  record  or  beneficially  by an
Acquiring  Person or in respect to which that  Acquiring  Person may exercise or
direct the exercise of voting power,  that would  entitle the Acquiring  Person,
immediately  after  acquisition  of the  shares  (directly  or  indirectly),  to
exercise or direct the  exercise of the voting power of the  Corporation  in the
election of directors within any of the following ranges of voting power:
          (1)  One-fifth  (1/5)  or more but less  than  one-third  (1/3) of all
voting power;
          (2) One-third (1/3) or more but less than a majority of all
         voting  power;  or 
          (3) A majority or more of all voting power.

          (f)(1) "Control-Share  Acquisition" means acquisition by any person of
ownership  of, or the power to direct the  exercise of voting power with respect
to, Control Shares.
        
          (2) A person who acquires  shares in the  ordinary  course of business
for the benefit of others in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing
this section has not made a  Control-Shares  Acquisition of shares in respect of
which  that  person is not able to  exercise  or direct  the  exercise  of votes
without further instruction from others.
         
          (3) The  acquisition  of any  Control  Shares  does not  constitute  a
Control-Share  Acquisition if the  acquisition is made in good faith and not for
the purpose of circumventing this section in any of the following circumstances:
         
          A. Shares  acquired in any  distribution  conducted by the Corporation
through  any public or private  offering  or  acquired  pursuant  to any warrant
certificate, stock option plan or other employee benefit plan.
         
          B. Pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution.
         
          C. By a donee under an inter vivos gift.
         
          D. Pursuant to a transfer  between or among immediate  family members,
or between or among persons under direct common  control.  An "immediate  family
member" is any  relative or spouse of a person,  or any relative of such spouse,
who has the same home as such person.

          E.  Pursuant  to  the  satisfaction  of a  pledge  or  other  security
interest.

                                        9

<PAGE>



         F.  Pursuant  to a merger or plan of  consolidation  or share  exchange
effected in compliance  with Florida  Statute,  if the Corporation is a party to
the agreement of merger or plan of consolidation or share exchange.
         
          G. From any person whose previous  acquisition of Control Shares would
have  constituted  a  Control-Shares  Acquisition  but for this Section  1(e)(3)
(other than this subsection 1(e)(3)(G), provided the acquisition does not result
in the  Acquiring  Person  holding  voting power within a higher range of voting
power than that of the person from whom the Control Shares were acquired.
         
          H.  Acquisition  by a person of additional  shares within the range of
voting power for which such person has received approval pursuant to the Control
Share Statute or within the range of voting power resulting from shares acquired
in a transaction described in this Section 1(e)(3).
         
          I. An increase in voting power  resulting from any action taken by the
Corporation,  provided the person whose voting power is thereby  affected is not
an Affiliate of the Corporation.
         
          J. Pursuant to the  solicitation  of proxies subject to Regulation 14A
under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  or  Chapter  607 of the  Florida
Statutes.
         
          (g) "Interested Shares" means the shares of the Corporation in respect
of which any of the following persons may exercise or direct the exercise, as of
the  applicable  record  date,  of the voting  power of the  Corporation  in the
election of directors, other than solely by the authority of a revocable proxy:
        
          (1) The Acquiring Person.
         
          (2) Any officer of the Corporation.
         
          (3) Any  employee  of the  Corporation  who is also a director  of the
Corporation.
         
          (h)  "Person"   means  any   individual,   Corporation,   partnership,
unincorporated association or other entity.
        
          SECTION 2 - Voting Rights:  Control Shares of the Corporation acquired
in a Control-Share Acquisition shall have only such voting rights as are granted
by  resolution  approved by the holders of other than  Interested  Shares of the
Corporation,  as provided for in Section  607.0902(a),  Florida  Statutes  (1994
Supp).

          SECTION 3. -  Redemption  of Control  Shares by the  Company:  Control
Shares  acquired  in a  Control-Share  Acquisition  with  respect  to  which  no
Acquiring  Person  Statement has been filed with the  Corporation are subject to
redemption by the Corporation at any time during the period ending 60 days after
the last acquisition of Control Shares by such Acquiring Person or persons. Such
shares  are also  subject  to  redemption  by the  Corporation  in the event the
Control  Shares are not  accorded  full  voting  rights by the  shareholders  as
provided for in Section 607.0902 (10)(b) and Section  607.0902(9) of the Florida
Statutes  (1994  Supp.).  Such shares shall be subject to redemption at the fair
value thereof. Fair value shall be the higher of, the average price paid for all
shares of the  Corporation,  exclusive  of the Control  Shares,  for the 90 days
prior  to the  date  of  redemption  by the  Corporation  or book  value  of the
Corporation's  shares  on the  last  day of the  month  preceding  the  date  of
redemption by the Corporation,  as calculated by Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Procedures ("GAAP").

          SECTION 4 - Rights of Dissenting  Shareholders:  If the  Control-Share
Acquisition is approved by the required vote at the meeting of  shareholders  at
which it was voted upon,  then any  shareholder who did not vote in favor of the
Control-Share  Acquisition  shall have the right to file with the  Corporation a
written  demand for payment for  his/her  shares  within ten (10) days after the
date of the shareholder  meeting. A shareholder may demand payment for less than
all of the shares  registered in his/her name. The Corporation shall deliver all
such demands for payment to the Acquiring Person immediately following the


                                       10

<PAGE>



expiration  of the ten (10) day  period.  The  Acquiring  Person  shall  then be
obligated  to  purchase  all shares  subject to the demand for  payment  for the
highest  amount  he  has  proposed  to  pay  per  share  in  the   Control-Share
Acquisition.  Payment to shareholders making demand must be made on the day upon
which the  Control-Share  Acquisition  is  consummated  or upon surrender of the
certificate or certificates  representing  shares for which demand has been made
to the Acquiring  Person,  whichever is later.  Any shareholder  failing to make
demand within the  applicable  ten (10) day period shall remain a shareholder of
the Corporation.

          SECTION 5 - Alteration or Repeal of this  Section:  This Section shall
not be altered,  amended, or repealed, except by an affirmative vote of at least
662/3 percent of the total number of shares of the Corporation  entitled to vote
on such matter.

                         ARTICLE XI - ACQUISITION OFFERS
         The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of
another Person to (I) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of
the  Corporation,  (ii)  merge  or  consolidate  the  Corporation  with  another
corporation   or  entity  or  (iii)   purchase  or  otherwise   acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the properties and assets of the  Corporation,  shall,  in
connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining  what is in the best
interest of the Corporation and its shareholders,  give due consideration to all
relevant factors, including,  without limitation, the social and economic effect
of acceptance of such offer on the  Corporation's  present and future  customers
and employees and those of its  Subsidiaries  (as defined in Article IX); on the
communities  in  which  the  Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  operate  or are
located;  on the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its corporate  objectives
as a financial  institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary
financial  institutions  to fulfill the  objectives of such  institutions  under
applicable statutes and regulations.

                          ARTICLE XII - INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 1 - General:  The  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any  officer,
director,  employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized
by Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business  Corporation Act as it now exists or
may  hereafter be amended  (the "FBCA") but, in the case of any such  amendment,
only to the  extent  that such  amendment  permits  the  Corporation  to provide
broader  indemnification  rights  than said law  permitted  the  Corporation  to
provide  prior to such  amendment.  This  includes,  but is not  limited to, any
person  who was or is made a party  or is  threatened  to be made a party to any
action,  suit  or  proceeding,   whether  civil,  criminal,   administrative  or
investigative ("Proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person
of whom he or she is the legal  representative,  is or was a director or officer
of the  Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the  Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  including  service with respect to
employee  benefit plans,  whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action
in an  official  capacity as a  director,  officer,  employee or agent or in any
other  capacity  while  serving  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent,
reasonably  incurred or suffered by such person in  connection  therewith.  Such
indemnification  shall  continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer,  employee  or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs,
executors and  administrators;  provided,  however,  that the Corporation  shall
indemnify any such person seeking  indemnity in connection with an action,  suit
or Proceeding  (or part  thereof)  initiated by such person only if such action,
suit or Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of
the  Corporation.  Such right  shall be a contract  right and shall  include the
right to be paid by the Corporation for  all expenses incurred in  defending any

                                       11

<PAGE>



such proceeding in advance of its final disposition;  provided,  however,  that,
the  payment of such  expenses  incurred  by a director or officer in his or her
capacity  as a  director  or  officer  (and not in any other  capacity  in which
service  was or is  rendered  by  such  person  while  a  director  or  officer,
including,  without limitation,  service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to
the Corporation of an undertaking,  by or on behalf of such director or officer,
to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such
director or officer is not  entitled  to be  indemnified  under this  Article or
otherwise.
         Section 2 - Failure to Pay Claim:  If a claim  under  Section 1 of this
Article  is not paid in full by the  Corporation  within 90 days after a written
claim  has  been  received  by the  Corporation,  the  claimant  may at any time
thereafter  bring suit against the  Corporation  to recover the unpaid amount of
the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled
to be paid also the expense of prosecuting  such claim. It shall be a defense to
any such action  (other than an action  brought to enforce a claim for  expenses
incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final  disposition  where
the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the
claimant has not met the  standards of conduct which make it  permissible  under
the FBCA for the  Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount  claimed,
but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the
failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,  independent legal
counsel,  or its  shareholders)  to  have  made  a  determination  prior  to the
commencement  of such action that  indemnification  of the claimant is proper in
the circumstances  because he or she has met the applicable  standard of conduct
set forth in the FBCA, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the
claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,  shall be a defense to
the action or create a  presumption  that  claimant  has not met the  applicable
standard of conduct.
         Section 3 - Other  Rights:  The rights  conferred on any  individual by
Sections 1 and 2 of this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which
such  individual may have or hereafter  acquire under any statute,  provision of
these Articles of Incorporation,  Bylaws of the Corporation,  agreement, vote of
shareholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.
         Section 4 - Insurance:  The Corporation may maintain insurance,  at its
expense, to protect itself and any such director,  officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation or another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or
other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the
Corporation  would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability or loss under the FBCA.
         Section 5 - Personal Liability: A director of the Corporation shall not
be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages
for  any  statement,  vote,  decision  or  failure  to act  regarding  corporate
management  or policy  except as  provided  in the FBCA.  If the FBCA is amended
after adoption of these  Articles of  Incorporation  and such amendment  further
eliminates or limits the personal liability of directors,  then the liability of
a director  of the  Corporation  shall be  eliminated  or limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the FBCA, as so amended.
         Any  repeal  or  modification   of  the  foregoing   paragraph  by  the
shareholders  or the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

                            ARTICLE XIII - AMENDMENT

                                       12

<PAGE>



         The  Corporation  reserves  the right to amend or repeal any  provision
contained in these  Articles of  Incorporation  in the manner  prescribed by the
laws of the State of Florida,  and all rights  conferred upon  shareholders  are
granted subject to this reservation;  provided,  however, that,  notwithstanding
any other provision of these Articles of  Incorporation  or any provision of law
which might otherwise  permit a lesser vote or no vote, the affirmative  vote of
the holders of at least 66% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors  (after giving  effect to the  provisions of Article III),
voting  together  as a single  class,  shall be required to amend or repeal this
Article XIII,  Section 3 of Article VII, Article VIII,  Article IX, Article X or
Article XI.

         In  witness  of the  foregoing,  the  undersigned  has  executed  these
Articles of  Incorporation  on behalf of the Board of Directors this 14th day of
August, 1996.




                                                     /s/  Herbert D. Haughton
                                                     ------------------------
                                                     Herbert D. Haughton
                                                     General Counsel

STATE OF FLORIDA           )
COUNTY OF LEON             )

         BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned  Notary  Public,  in and for the State of
Florida at large,  personally appeared Herbert D. Haughton,  known personally to
me to be the  individual  described in and who executed  the  foregoing  Amended
Articles of Incorporation of The Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc. and after being duly
sworn,  acknowledged that he executed the same for the uses and purposes therein
expressed.


(Seal)                                                    /s/  Shannon H. Rivera
                                                         ----------------------
                                                          Notary Public

                                                          Shannon H. Rivera
                                                          -----------------
                                                          Name Typed or Printed
                                                          My commission expires:
                                                                    May 25, 1997
                                                                    ------------


                                       13

<PAGE>



                             CERTIFICATE DESIGNATING
                       REGISTERED AGENT/REGISTERED OFFICE


         In accordance  with Section  48.091,  Florida  Statutes,  the following
designation and acceptance are being submitted in compliance thereof.


DESIGNATION:

         Pursuant to the provision of Section 607.0501,  Florida  Statutes,  The
Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.  desires to  organize  under the laws of the State of
Florida, and in connection therewith,  hereby designates Igler & Dougherty, P.A.
as its  registered  agent whose  address is 1501 Park Avenue East,  Tallahassee,
Florida 32301,  which address shall also be the address of the Registered Office
of the Corporation.

ACCEPTANCE:

         Having  been named to accept  service of process  for the  above-stated
corporation, at the place designated in this certificate, we hereby agree to act
in this  capacity,  and we further  agree to comply with the  provisions  of all
statutes relative to the proper and complete  performance of our duties,  and we
accept the duties and obligations of Section 607.0501, Florida Statutes.


IGLER & DOUGHERTY, P.A.


By:  /s/  Herbert D. Haughton
    -------------------------
          Herbert D. Haughton

Dated:     August 14, 1996


                                       14

<PAGE>



                                  APPENDIX "B"
                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

                                       15

<PAGE>




                      Independent Bankers' Bank of Florida


                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

         This Escrow  Agreement is entered into and  effective  this 26th day of
August  ,  1996 , by  and  between  The  Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  Florida
corporation  ( the  "Company")  and the  Independent  Bankers'  Bank of  Florida
("Escrow Agent" or "Agent").



                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  the Company,  proposes to offer for sale up to 750,000 shares
of its $ 0.01 par value common stock (the "Common Stock"), which shares shall be
registered  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  at a price of $10.00
each, in minimum subscriptions of 250 shares ("Offering"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has  requested  the Escrow  Agent to serve as the
depository for the payment of subscription proceeds ('Payments") received by the
Company from  investor(s) who are subscribing to purchase shares of Common Stock
in the Company  pursuant to, and in accordance  with,  the terms and  conditions
contained in the Company's Prospectus and Subscription Agreements thereto; and

         WHEREAS, the Offering will terminate at 5:00 P.M. Eastern Time, 90 Days
after  the  Effective  Date  of the  Company's  Registration  Statement,  unless
extended  by the  Company for up to an  additional  60 days ( "Initial  Offering
Period"),  and, if during the  Initial  Offering  Period the  minimum  number of
shares have been  subscribed to, the Offering will continue until the earlier of
: (i) the maximum number of shares are subscribed to, or (ii) one year after the
Effective Date of the Company's Registration Statement.


NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and  understandings  contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:

         (1) The Company hereby appoints and designates the Escrow Agent for the
Purposes  set forth  herein.  The Escrow  Agent  acknowledges  and accepts  said
appointment and designation.  The Company  understands that the Escrow Agent, by
accepting said appointment and designation, in no way endorses the merits of the
offering of the shares described herein. The Company agrees to notify any person
acting on its behalf that the position of Escrow Agent does not constitute  such
an endorsement, and to prohibit said persons from the use of the Agent's name as
an endorser of such  offering.  The Company  further  agrees to allow the Escrow
Agent to review any sales literature in which the Agent's name appears and which
is used in connection with such offering.

         (3) The Company shall deliver all payments received (the  "Subscription
Funds")  to the  Escrow  Agent  (Independent  Bankers'  Bank of  Florida,  Attn:
Customer  Service  Group) in the form in which they are  received by noon of the
fifth (5th)  business day after their  receipt by the  Company,  and the Company
shall deliver to the Escrow Agent within ten(10) calendar days copies of written
acceptances of the Company for shares in the Company for which the  Subscription
Funds represent payment. Upon receipt of such written acceptance by the Company,
the Escrow Agent shall deposit such funds into the escrow  account.  The Company
shall  also  deliver  to the  Escrow  Agent  completed  copies  of  Subscription
Agreements for each  subscriber,  along with such  subscriber's  name,  address,
number of shares  subscribed  and social  security  or  taxpayer  identification
number.

         (4) Subscription  Funds shall be held and disbursed by the Escrow Agent
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


                                   Page 1 of 5

<PAGE>



         (5) In the event any Subscription  Funds are dishonored for payment for
any reason, the Escrow Agent agrees to orally notify the Company thereof as soon
as  practicable  and to  confirm  same in writing  and to return due  dishonored
Subscription Funds to the Company in the form in which they were delivered.

         (6) Should the Company elect to accept a subscription for less than the
number of shares shown in the purchaser's  Subscription Agreement, by indicating
such  lesser  number  of  shares  on  the  written  acceptance  of  the  Company
transmitted  to the Escrow  Agent,  the Agent shall  deposit such payment in the
escrow  account and then,  upon  separate  instruction  from the Company,  remit
within ten (10) days after such deposit to such  subscriber at the address shown
in his Subscription Agreement that amount of his Subscription Funds in excess of
the amount which  constitutes  full payment for the number of subscribed  shares
accepted by the Company as shown in the Company's  written  acceptance,  without
interest or  diminution.  Said  address  shall be provided by the Company to the
Escrow Agent as requested.

         (7)  Definitions as used herein:

                  (a) "Total  Receipts"  shall mean the sum of all  Subscription
Funds  delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant to Paragraph (3) hereof,  less (i)
all  Subscription  Funds returned  pursuant to Paragraphs (5) and (6) hereof and
(ii)  all  Subscription  Funds  which  have  not  been  paid  by  the  financial
institution upon which they are drawn.

                  (b) "Expiration  Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M.,  Eastern Time, 90
days after the Effective Date of the Company's Registration Statement; provided,
however, in the event that the Escrow Agent is given oral notification  followed
in writing,  by the Company that it has elected to extend the offering to a date
not later than 60  additional  days,  then the  Expiration  Date shall mean 5:00
P.M.,  Eastern  Time, on the date to which the offering has been  extended.  The
Company  will  notify the Escrow  Agent of the  effective  date of the  Offering
Circular as soon as practicable after such date has been determined.

                  (c)  "Closing  Date" shall mean the  business day on which the
Company,  after  determining that all of the Offering  conditions have been met,
selects in its sole  discretion.  The  Closing  Date shall be  confirmed  to the
Escrow Agent in writing by the Company.

                  (d)  "Escrow  Release  Conditions"  shall  mean  that  (i) the
Company has not  canceled the  Offering,  and (ii) that the Company has received
preliminary approval from the appropriate  regulatory entity to charter the Bank
as well as preliminary approval for deposit insurance from the FDIC.

         (8) If, on or before the  Expiration  Date, (i) the Total Receipts held
by the  Escrow  Agent  equal or  exceed  $4,500,000  and (ii)  the  Company  has
certified  to the Agent that,  upon  receipt of the net proceeds of the offering
(after  the  deduction  of all  fees,  commissions,  and other  expenses  of the
offering): (a) the Company  will have  stockholders'  equity of at least
$4,250,000;  and  (b) the Escrow Release Conditions have been consummated,  the
Escrow Agent shall :

                   (a) No later than 10:00 A.M.,  Eastern Time, one day prior to
Closing  Date (as that term is  defined  herein),  deliver  to the  Company  all
Subscription Agreements provided to the Escrow Agent; and

                   (b) On the Closing  Date,  no later than 10:00  o'clock A.M.,
Eastern Time,  upon receipt of 24-hour  written  instructions  from the Company,
remit all amounts representing Subscription Funds, plus any profits or earnings,
held by the Escrow Agent pursuant  hereto to the Company in accordance with such
instructions.

         (9) If (i) the Escrow Release  Conditions are not met by the Expiration
Date,  or (ii) the  offering is canceled by the company at any time prior to the
Expiration  Date,  then the Escrow Agent shall promptly remit to each subscriber
at the address set forth in his  Subscription  Agreement  an amount equal to the
amount of his  Subscription  Funds  thereunder,  plus any  profits  or  earnings
thereon. The earnings accruing to any individual subscriber under this paragraph
shall be a  prorated  share of the gross  earnings  on all funds  under  escrow,
weighted by the amount and the duration of the funds tendered for the individual


                                   Page 2 of 5

<PAGE>



subscription.  Under no  circumstances  will earnings accrue to any subscription
canceled for any reason other than those provided for in this paragraph.

         (10)  Pending   disposition  of  the  Subscription   Funds  under  this
Agreement,  the Escrow Agent will invest collected Subscription Funds, in $1,000
increments  above a  maintained  balance of  $50,000,  in  overnight  repurchase
agreements collateralized at 102% with obligations of the United States Treasury
or United States Government Agencies.  These repurchase  agreement  transactions
will earn  interest at a rate of 35 basis points below the daily  Overnight  Fed
Funds Sold rate.

         (11) The obligations as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate upon the
Agents transferring all funds held hereunder pursuant to the terms of Paragraphs
(7) or (8) herein, as applicable.

         (12) The Escrow  Agent  shall be  protected  in acting upon any written
notice, request, waiver, consent, certificate,  receipt, authorization, or other
paper or document which the Agent believes to be genuine and what it purports to
be.

         (13) The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for anything  which the Agent
may do or refrain from doing in connection  with this Escrow  Agreement,  except
for the Agent's own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

         (14) The Escrow Agent may confer with legal counsel in the event of any
dispute or questions as to the construction of any of the provisions  hereof, or
the Agent's  duties  hereunder,  and shall incur no liability and shall be fully
protected in acting in  accordance  with the opinions and  instructions  of such
counsel.  Any and all expenses and legal fees in this regard will be paid by the
Company.

         (15) In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other
person resulting in adverse claims and demands being made in connection with any
Subscription  Funds  involved  herein or  affected  hereby,  the Agent  shall be
entitled  to refuse to comply  with any such  claims or  demands as long as such
disagreement may continue,  and in so refusing,  shall make no delivery or other
disposition of any Subscription Funds then held under this Agreement,  and in so
doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain  from acting  until (a) the right
of adverse  claimants shall have been finally settled by binding  arbitration or
finally  adjudicated  in a court in Orange County,  Florida  assuming and having
jurisdiction of the Subscription Funds involved herein or affected hereby or (b)
all  differences  shall have been adjusted by agreement and the Agent shall have
been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the parties hereto.  In the
event of such  disagreement,  the  Agent  may,  but need  not,  tender  into the
registry or custody of any court of  competent  jurisdiction  in Orange  County,
Florida  all money or  property  in the  Agent's  hands  under the terms of this
Agreement,  together with such legal  proceedings as the Agent deems appropriate
and thereupon to be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The
filing of any such legal  proceeding shall not deprive the Agent of compensation
earned prior to such filing.  The Escrow Agent shall have no  obligation to take
any legal action in connection  with this Agreement or towards its  enforcement,
or to appear in,  prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would
or might  involve  the  Agent in any cost,  expense,  loss or  liability  unless
indemnification shall be furnished.

         (16) The Escrow Agent may resign for any reason,  upon thirty (30) days
written  notice to the  Company.  Upon the  expiration  of such  thirty (30) day
notice  period,  the  Escrow  Agent  may  deliver  all  Subscription  Funds  and
Subscription  Agreements  in  possession  under  this  Escrow  Agreement  to any
successor Escrow Agent appointed by the Company, or if no successor Escrow Agent
has been  appointed,  to any court of competent  jurisdiction.  Upon either such
delivery,  the Escrow Agent shall be released from any and all  liability  under
this Escrow Agreement. A termination under this paragraph shall in no way change
the terms of  Paragraphs  (15) and (17)  affecting  reimbursement  of  expenses,
indemnity and fees.

         (17) The Escrow Agent will charge the Company for services  hereunder a
fee of $1,500.00,  plus an additional fee of $5.00 for each check issued, $10.00
for each wire and $.50 for each photo copy  necessitated  in the  performance of
duties,  with  total  fees for  services  not to exceed  $2,500.00.  All  actual
expenses and costs  incurred by the Agent in performing  obligations  under this


                                   Page 3 of 5

<PAGE>



Escrow  Agreement  will be paid by the Company.  All fees and expenses  shall be
paid on the Closing Date by the Company.  Any subsequent  fees and expenses will
be paid by the Company upon receipt of invoice.

         (18) All notices and  communications  hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to be duly given if sent by registered or certified mail, return
receipt  requested,  to the  respective  addresses set forth herein.  The Escrow
Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of any fact, including but not limited
to performance or non-performance of any condition,  unless the Escrow Agent has
actually  received  written  notice  thereof from the Company or its  authorized
representative clearly referring to this Escrow Agreement.

         (19) The rights  created by this  Escrow  agreement  shall inure to the
benefit  of,  and the  obligations  created  hereby  shall be  binding  upon the
successors and assigns of the Escrow Agent and the parties hereto.

          (20) This Escrow  Agreement shall be construed and enforced  according
to the laws of the State of Florida.

         (21) This Escrow  Agreement  shall terminate and the Escrow Agent shall
be discharged of all  responsibility  hereunder at such time as the Escrow Agent
shall have completed all duties hereunder.

         (22) This Escrow  Agreement  may be  executed in several  counterparts,
which taken together shall constitute a single document.

         (23) This Escrow  Agreement  constitutes the entire  understanding  and
agreement  of the parties  hereto  with  respect to the  transactions  described
herein and supersedes all prior agreements or  understandings,  written or oral,
between the parties with respect thereto.

         (24) If any  provision of this Escrow  Agreement is declared by a court
of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  void or unenforceable,  the remaining
provisions  shall  nevertheless  continue in full force and effect without being
impaired or invalidated in any way.

         (25) The  Company  shall  provide  the Escrow  Agent with its  Employer
Identification Number as assigned by the Internal Revenue Service. Additionally,
the Company shall  complete and return to the Escrow Agent any and all tax forms
or reports required to be maintained or obtained by the Escrow Agent.

         (26) The  authorized  signature  of the Escrow  Agent hereto is consent
that a signed copy hereof may be filed with the various  regulatory  authorities
of the State of Florida and with any Federal  Government  agencies or regulatory
authorities.


                                   Page 4 of 5

<PAGE>




In Agreement and acceptance of the  Independent  Bankers' Bank of Florida Escrow
Agreement between The Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.  (Company),  for the purpose of
organizing a financial institution to be known as The Commercial Bank Of Volusia
County, and the Independent Bankers' Bank of Florida (Escrow Agent).

                                The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.
                                            Company
                                Address:     P.O. Box 730428
                                             Ormond Beach, Florida 32173-0428
                                Fax:         (904) 672-3003
                                Phone:       (904) 672-2094

                                By:   /s/  Gary G. Campbell
                                      ---------------------
                                      Authorized Signature

                                Title: Gary G. Campbell, Chief Financial Officer
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                     (Type Name and Title)

Attest:            9/18/96
                   -------
                     Date                   ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED SIGNER


By:    /s/  Josephine B. Vern               Name:  /s/  Larry A. Kent
       ----------------------                      -----------------------------
                                                 Additional Authorized Signature

Title:                                      Title:      Larry A. Kent, Chairman
      -----------------------                     ------------------------------
                                                      (Type Name and Title)

           (SEAL)

                                    INDEPENDENT BANKERS' BANK OF FLORIDA
                                    ------------------------------------
                                Address:         109 E. Church Street, Suite BB,
                                                                  or
                                                 P.O. Box 4998
                                                 Orlando, Florida  32802-4998
Attest:                         Fax:             (407) 843-4817
       ------------------------
                  Date
By:                             By:     /s/  James H. McKillop
       ------------------------         ----------------------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature

Title:                          Title:  James H. McKillop, Senior Vice President
       ------------------------         ----------------------------------------
                                                (Type Name and Title)
         (CORPORATE SEAL)





                                   Page 5 of 5

<PAGE>



                                  APPENDIX "C"
                          STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

                                   Page 6 of 5

<PAGE>



                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT



To:         The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.
            258 N. Nova Road
            Ormond Beach, Florida  32174

Gentlemen:

        You have informed me that The Commercial Bancorp,  Inc.("TCB,  Inc."), a
Florida corporation  ("Company"),  is offering during an Initial Offering Period
which will end on  ____________,  199_ up to a maximum of  450,000  Units,  each
consisting of one share of the Company's  $0.01 par value common stock  ("Common
Stock")  and one Warrant to purchase  one share of Common  Stock,  at a price of
$10.00 per Unit as described  in and offered  pursuant to the  Prospectus  dated
December , 1996, ("Prospectus") which has been furnished to the undersigned.  In
addition, you have informed me that the minimum subscription is 250 Units.

        1.  Subscription.  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  hereof,  the
undersigned hereby tenders this Subscription Agreement  ("Agreement"),  together
with payment in United States currency by check, bank stock draft or money order
payable to "IBBF,  Escrow Agent for TCB,  Inc."(the  "Funds"),  representing the
payment of $10.00 per Unit for the number of Units indicated below.

        2.  Acceptance of  Subscription.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
Company shall have the right to accept or reject this  subscription  in whole or
in part, for any reason whatsoever.  The Company shall reject this subscription,
if at all, in writing within five business days after receipt of this Agreement.
The  Company  may  reduce  the  number of Units for  which the  undersigned  has
subscribed,  indicating  acceptance of less than all of the Units  subscribed on
the Company's written Form of Acceptance.

        3. Acknowledgments.  The undersigned hereby acknowledges that he/she has
received  a copy of the  Prospectus  and agrees to be bound by the terms of this
Agreement and the Subscription Escrow Agreement.

        4.  Revocation.  The  undersigned  agrees  that once this  Agreement  is
accepted by the Company, it may not be withdrawn.  Therefore,  until the earlier
of the  expiration  of five  business  days after receipt by the Company of this
Agreement or acceptance of this Agreement by the Company,  the  undersigned  may
withdraw  his/her  subscription  and receive a full  refund of the  subscription
price. The undersigned agrees that, except as provided in this Section 4, he/she
shall not cancel,  terminate or revoke this  Agreement  or any  agreement of the
undersigned  made hereunder and that this  Agreement  shall survive the death or
disability of the undersigned.


                                   Page 7 of 5

<PAGE>




        The Shares to be issued in  connection  with this  subscription  are not
insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or any other Federal or
State agency.  By executing  this  Agreement,  the subscriber is not waiving any
rights the subscriber may have under federal  securities laws,  including the 33
Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     Please fill in the information  requested below, make your check payable to
"IBBF,  Escrow Agent for TCB, Inc.," and mail the Agreement,  Stock  Certificate
Registration  Instructions  and payment to the attention  of: Gary G.  Campbell,
President and CFO, The Commercial Bancorp, Inc., 258 N. Nova Road, Ormond Beach,
Florida 32174.


- --------------------                    ---------------------------------------
No. of Units Subscribed                           (Signature of Subscriber)


                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                  (Signature of Subscriber)

- --------------------                    ---------------------------------------
Fund Tendered ($10.00                          Name(s) (Please Print or Type)
per Unit subscribed)

                                        Date: ____________________________

                                        Phone Number:

                                        __________________________(Home)

                                        __________________________(Office)

                                        Residence Address:


                                        ---------------------------------

                                        ---------------------------------

                                        ---------------------------------
                                        City, State and Zip Code

                                   Page 8 of 5

<PAGE>



                   STOCK CERTIFICATE REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Additional  Name if Tenant in Common,  Joint Tenant or Tenants by the Entireties
(see below).

Mailing Address:
                ----------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Social Security Number or other Taxpayer Identification Number:
                                                               -----------------

Number of Shares to be registered in above name(s):
                                                    ----------------------------


Legal form of ownership:

___ Individual                     ___ Joint Tenants with Rights of Survivorship
___ Tenants in Common              ___ Uniform Gift to Minors
___ Tenants by the Entirety        ___ Other ______________________
       (Husband and wife only)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       INFORMATION AS TO BANKING INTERESTS

1.   As a prospective shareholder I would be interested in the following services checked below:

                                                                   PERSONAL                  BUSINESS

         <S>      <C>                                                <C>                      <C>
         (a)      Checking Account                                   ___                      ___
         (b)      Savings Account                                    ___                      ___
         (c)      Certificates of Deposit                            ___                      ___
         (d)      Individual Retirement Accounts                     ___                      ___
         (e)      Checking Account Overdraft                         ___                      ___
                    Protection
         (f)      Consumer Loans (Auto, etc.)                        ___                      ___
         (g)      Commercial Loans                                   ___                      ___
         (h)      Equity Line of Credit                              ___                      ___
         (i)      Mortgage Loans                                     ___                      ___
         (j)      Revolving personal Credit Line                     ___                      ___
         (k)      Safe Deposit Box                                   ___                      ___
         (l)      Automatic Teller Machines (ATM's)                  ___                      ___
         (m)      Debit Card                                         ___                      ___
         (n)      Visa/MasterCard                                    ___                      ___
         (o)      Future Trust Services                              ___                      ___

2.       I would like our new bank to provide the following additional services:
         --------------------------------------------------------------------

         --------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Page 9 of 5

<PAGE>



                               FORM OF ACCEPTANCE

                          The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.
                                258 N. Nova Road
                           Ormond Beach, Florida 32174

To:

Dear Subscriber:

        The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.,  ("Company")  acknowledges receipt of your
subscription  for _______ Units,  each  consisting of one share of its $0.01 par
value  Common  Stock and one Warrant to purchase  one share of Common  Stock and
your check in the amount of $________________.

        The  Company  hereby  accepts  your  subscription  for the  purchase  of
_________ Units, for an aggregate amount of $______________, effective as of the
date of this letter.

        YOUR  STOCK  CERTIFICATE(S)  REPRESENTING  SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  DULY
AUTHORIZED AND FULLY PAID ALONG WITH YOUR WARRANT  CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED TO
YOU AS SOON AS  PRACTICABLE  AFTER ALL  SUBSCRIPTION  FUNDS ARE  RELEASED TO THE
COMPANY FROM THE SUBSCRIPTION  ESCROW ACCOUNT,  AS DESCRIBED IN THE SUBSCRIPTION
AGREEMENT  EXECUTED BY YOU AND IN THE PROSPECTUS  WHICH YOU HAVE BEEN FURNISHED.
IN THE EVENT THAT:  (i) THE OFFERING IS CANCELED;  OR (ii) THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF
SUBSCRIPTIONS  (450,000  UNITS) IS NOT OBTAINED;  OR (iii) THE COMPANY SHALL NOT
HAVE  RECEIVED  APPROVAL  FROM THE  FEDERAL  RESERVE  TO  BECOME A BANK  HOLDING
COMPANY;  OR (iv) THE BANK SHALL NOT HAVE RECEIVED  FINAL CHARTER  APPROVAL FROM
THE FLORIDA  COMPTROLLER  AND  APPROVAL FOR DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  FROM THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  YOUR SUBSCRIPTION FUNDS WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU,
TOGETHER  WITH ANY PRO RATA  PORTION OF  INTEREST  EARNED  THEREON,  IF ANY,  AS
DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS.

        If this  acceptance  is for a lesser  number of Units  than that  number
subscribed by you as indicated in your Subscription Agreement,  your payment for
shares  of Units in  excess  of the  number  of Units  accepted  hereby  will be
refunded  to you by mail,  without  interest,  within  ten (10) days of the date
hereof.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.



                                   BY: _______________________________________
                                            Gary G. Campbell
                                            President & Chief Financial Officer


<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     No dealer,  salesperson  or other  person has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations,  other than those contained in this
Prospectus,  and, if given or made,  such other  information or  representations
must  not be  relied  upon  as  having  been  authorized  by the  Company.  This
Prospectus  does  not  constitute  an  offer  to sell or an  offer  to buy,  any
securities other than the Units to which it relates,  or any offer of such Units
to any  person  in any  state  or other  jurisdiction  in  which  such  offer is
unlawful.  Neither the delivery of this  Prospectus  nor any sale made hereunder
shall  under any  circumstances  create any  implication  that there has been no
change in the affairs of the Company  since the date hereof or that  information
contained  herein is correct as of any time subsequent to any of the dates as of
offers or sales are being made hereunder,  the Company is required to update the
Prospectus to reflect any facts or events  arising  after the effective  date of
the  Registration  Statement  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
which  represent  a  fundamental  change  in the  information  set  forth in the
Registration Statement.

     Until ____________,  1997, all dealers effecting transactions in the Units,
whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required to deliver a
Prospectus.  This  delivery  requirement  is in  addition to the  obligation  of
dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters  and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary.............................     5
Risk Factors...................................     7
The Company....................................    10
Terms of the Offering..........................    10
Use of Proceeds................................    13
Dividend Policy................................    16
Management's Discussion and Analysis
     of Financial Condition and Results
     of Operations ............................    16
Business of the Company........................    16
Business of the Bank...........................    17
Regulation and Supervision.....................    20
Organizers and Principal Shareholders..........    25
Management.....................................    27
Articles of Incorporation - Summary............    31
Legal Proceedings..............................    33
Legal Matters..................................    33
Experts........................................    33
Additional Information.........................    33
Index to Financial Statements..................   F-1
Appendix A - Articles of Incorporation
Appendix B - Escrow Agreement
Appendix C - Stock Subscription Agreement



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                             Minimum 450,000 Shares
                            Maximum 1,200,000 Shares





                                     [LOGO]




                                 THE COMMERCIAL
                                  BANCORP, INC.








                       Each Unit consists of One Share of
                              Common Stock and One
                             Warrant to Purchase One
                              Share of Common Stock




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------








                                January ___, 1996

           ----------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>





                                     PART-II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24:        Indemnification of Directors and Officers

       As provided  under  Florida law,  the  Company's  Directors  shall not be
personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for monetary damages for
breach of duty of care or any  other  duty owed to the  Company  as a  director,
unless  the breach of or failure to  perform  those  duties  constitutes:  (i) a
violation of criminal law,  unless the director had reasonable  cause to believe
his conduct was lawful,  or had no  reasonable  cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful;  (ii) a  transaction  from which the  director  received  an  improper
personal benefit; (iii) for unlawful corporate distributions;  or (iv) an act or
omission  which  involves a conscious  disregard  for the best  interests of the
Corporation or which involves willful misconduct;  or (v) an act of recklessness
or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose
or in a manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights,  safety,
or property.

       Article XII of the Company's Articles of Incorporation  provides that the
Company shall indemnify a director who has been successful in the defense of any
proceeding  to which he was a party or in defense of any claim,  issue or matter
therein  because  he is or was a director  of the  Company,  against  reasonable
expenses incurred by him in connection with such defense.

       The Company's  Articles of Incorporation also provide that the Company is
required to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent made a party to a
proceeding because he is or was a director,  employee or agent against liability
incurred in the  proceeding if he acted in a manner he believed in good faith or
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of
any criminal  proceeding,  he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful.  Determination  concerning  whether or not the applicable  standard of
conduct has been met can be made by: (i) a  disinterested  majority of the Board
of Directors;  (ii) a majority of a committee of disinterested directors;  (iii)
independent  legal counsel;  or (iv) an affirmative vote of a majority of shares
held by  disinterested  stockholders.  No  indemnification  may be made to or on
behalf of a director, officer,  disinterested stockholder,  employee or agent in
connection  with a  proceeding  by or in the right of the  Company in which such
person  was  adjudged  liable to the  Company  or in  connection  with any other
proceeding  in which such person was adjudged  liable on the basis that personal
benefit was improperly received by him.




<PAGE>



Item 25:        Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

       The  following  table sets forth all expenses  expected to be incurred in
connection  with  the  issuance  and   distribution  of  the  securities   being
registered,  other than the underwriting discounts and commissions,  if any. All
of the amounts shown are estimated except for the registration fees of the SEC.

       SEC Registration Fees............................             $   4,175

       Blue Sky Registration Fees & Expenses............                   825

       Legal fees and expenses..........................                15,000

       Accounting Fees..................................                 1,000

       Printing and Engraving expenses..................                 2,700

       Advertising......................................                 2,000

              Total.....................................               $25,700



Item 26:      Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     During the  organizational  phase of the Company,  and in order to meet the
net worth  requirements of a Florida issuer,  the Company issued 1,500 shares of
Common Stock in a private Offering to its directors for $10.00 per share.  These
shares  will be  exchanged  for an equal  number  of Units to be  issued in this
Offering.  The exchange will not occur until the Conditions of the Offering have
been met.




<PAGE>



Item 27:      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

   Exhibit
   Number                                              Description of Exhibit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3.1     Articles of Incorporation of the Company (Appendix A to Prospectus).

   3.2     By-Laws of the Company.

   4.1     Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

   4.2     Specimen Warrant Certificate.

   4.3     Escrow Agreement with Independent Bankers' Bank of Florida
            (Appendix B of prospectus).

   4.4     Warrant Plan adopted by the Company on August 7, 1996.

   5.1     Opinion of Igler & Dougherty, P.A.

   10.1    Proposed Employment Agreement between the Bank and Gary G. Campbell.

   10.2    Lease Agreement.

   23.1    Consent of Igler & Dougherty, P.A., included in the Opinion Letter

   23.2    Consent of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb

   24      Power of Attorney (included in signature page to this Registration
            Statement).

   27      Financial Data Schedule

- ------------------------------------




<PAGE>



Item 28.      Undertakings.

         (a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

              (1) To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

              (i) To include any prospectus  required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;

              (ii) To  reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising
after  the  effective   date  of  the   Registration   Statement  (or  the  most
post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
represent a fundamental  change in the information set forth in the Registration
Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of
securities  offered (if the total dollar value of  securities  offered would not
exceed that which was  registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of
the estimated  maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  (ss.  230.424[b]  of this
chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more
than a 20%  change  in the  maximum  aggregate  offering  price set forth in the
"Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective Registration Statement;

              (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously  disclosed in the  Registration  Statement or any
material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

              (2) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

              (3) To  remove  from  registration  by means  of a  post-effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

         (c) The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to supplement  the
prospectus,  after the expiration of the subscription  period,  to set forth the
results of the subscription  offer, the transactions by the underwriters  during
the subscription  period, the amount of unsubscribed  securities to be purchased
by the underwriters,  and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any
public offering by the  underwriters is to be made on terms different from those
set forth on the cover page of the prospectus,  a post-effective  amendment will
be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.

         (e)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the Registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the opinion of the  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.

         In the event that a claim for indemnification  against such liabilities
(other than the  payment by the  Registrant  of  expenses  incurred or paid by a
director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  Registrant in the  successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
Registrant  will,  unless in the  opinion  of its  counsel  the  matter has been
settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction


<PAGE>



the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as
expressed  in the Act and will be  governed  by the final  adjudication  of such
issue.


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the 33 Act, the Registrant  certifies
that it has reasonable  grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements
for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this  registration  statement  to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in Ormond
Beach, State of Florida, on the thirtieth day of December 1996.

                                     THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.


                                     By:    /s/ Gary G. Campbell
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Gary G. Campbell
                                            President & Chief Financial Officer

       KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Gary G. Campbell and Larry Kent and each of them,
his  true  and  lawful   attorneys-in-fact   and  agents,  with  full  power  of
substitution  and  resubstitution  for him in his name , place and stead, in any
and all  capacities,  to sign any and all amendments  (including  post effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement,  and to file same, with all exhibits
thereto,  and other documents in connection  therewith,  with the SEC,  granting
unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents  full  power and  authority  to do and
perform each and every act and thing  requisite  and necessary to be done in and
about the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person,  hereby  ratifying and confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact
and agents may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

       Pursuant to the requirements of the 33 Act, this  Registration  Statement
has been signed by the following  persons in the  capacities and as of the dates
indicated:

    Signature                   Title                            Date


 /s/ Kirk T. Bauer              Director                       December 30, 1996
- ----------------------------
       Kirk T. Bauer

 /s/ Gary G. Campbell           Director                       December 30, 1996
- ----------------------------
       Gary G. Campbell         President and
                                Chief Financial Officer

 /s/ Larry A. Kent              Director                       December 30, 1996
- ----------------------------
       Larry A. Kent            Chairman of the Board


 /s/ Christopher K. Likes       Director                       December 30, 1996
- ----------------------------
       Christopher K. Likes

 /s/ James R. Peacock           Director                       December 30, 1996
- ----------------------------
       James R. Peacock         Vice Chairman of the Board








<PAGE>



         --------------------------------------------------------------



                               EXHIBITS FILED WITH

                                    FORM SB-2


         --------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

   Exhibit                                                                                          Sequential
   Number                                           Description of Exhibit                         Page Number
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                  <C>                                                                
      3.1            Articles of Incorporation of the Company (Appendix A
                     to Prospectus)

      3.2            By-Laws of the Company

      4.1            Specimen Common Stock Certificate

      4.2            Specimen Warrant Certificate

      4.3            Stock Subscription Agreement (Appendix C to Prospectus)

      4.4            Escrow Agreement with Independent Bankers' Bank of Florida
                     (Appendix B of prospectus).

      4.5            Warrant Plan adopted by the Company on August 7, 1996

      5.1            Opinion of Igler & Dougherty, P.A.

     10.1            Proposed Employment Agreement between the Bank and Gary G.
                     Campbell

     10.2            Lease Agreement - including assignment to Bank

     23.1            Consent of Igler & Dougherty, P.A., included in the Opinion Letter

     23.2            Consent of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb

     24              Power of Attorney (included in signature page to this Registration
                     Statement)

     27              Financial Data Schedule

                  ------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from financial
statements at November 30, 1996 and for the period from August 15, 1996 (date of
incorporation) to November 30, 1996 and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   OTHER
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               NOV-30-1996
<CASH>                                              12
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                               0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                          0
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                              0
<ALLOWANCE>                                          0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     156
<DEPOSITS>                                           0
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                141
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                          15
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                     156
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                      0
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                    0
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                     0
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                     0
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                   0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                                0
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                        0
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                      0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                      0
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                         0
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                       0
<LOANS-NON>                                          0
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                     0
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                        0
<RECOVERIES>                                         0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                    0
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                 0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                                   Exhibit 3.2
                             By-Laws of the Company



<PAGE>



                                     BYLAWS
                                       of
                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.

                       Article I. Meeting of Shareholders
                       ----------------------------------

Section  1.  Annual  Meeting.  Unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Board  of
     Directors,  the annual  meeting of the  shareholders  for the  election  of
     Directors,  and for the  transaction of such other business as may properly
     come  before  the  meeting,  shall be held at the  principal  office of The
     Commercial Bancorp, Inc. ("Corporation"),  at 2:00 p.m., on the 3rd Tuesday
     of April  following  the close of each  fiscal  year,  if such day is not a
     legal holiday.  If such day is a legal holiday,  the annual meeting will be
     held on the first following day that is not a legal holiday or on such date
     and at such  time  chosen by the Board of  Directors.  Failure  to hold the
     annual  meeting at the  designated  time shall not work any forfeiture or a
     dissolution of the Corporation.

Section 2.  Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings  of  the  shareholders  of the
     Corporation  may  be  called  by  the  Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to a
     resolution  adopted  by a  majority  of  the  total  number  of  authorized
     directors   (whether  or  not  there  exist  any  vacancies  in  previously
     authorized  directorships  at the time any such  resolution is presented to
     the Board for adoption),  the Chairman of the Board or the President of the
     Corporation,  or by  shareholders  holding  twenty  (20%)  percent  of  the
     outstanding shares of the Corporation.

Section 3.  Place  Of  Meeting.  Unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  Board  of
     Directors,  meetings  of the  shareholders  shall be held at the  principal
     offices of the Corporation in the State of Florida.

Section 4. Notice Of Meeting.  Written notice stating the place, day and hour of
     the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting,  the purpose or purposes
     for which the meeting is called,  shall be delivered to each shareholder of
     record  entitled  to vote at such  meeting  not less than ten (10) nor more
     than sixty (60) days before the meeting,  either  personally or by mail, by
     or at the  direction of the Chairman of the Board,  the President and Chief
     Executive  Officer,  the Secretary,  or the officer or persons  calling the
     meeting.  If  mailed,  such  notice  shall be deemed to be  delivered  when
     deposited in the United  States mail  addressed to the  shareholder  at his
     address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation,  with
     postage thereon prepaid.

Section 5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting of  Shareholders.  Any notice required to
     be  given  to any  shareholder  of the  Corporation  by  law or  under  the
     provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  or these
     Bylaws may be waived by a waiver in writing signed by the person or persons
     entitled to such notice,  whether before or after the time stated  therein.
     Attendance of a person at a meeting shall  constitute a waiver of notice of
     such  meeting,  except when the person  attends the meeting for the express
     purpose of objectives,  at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction
     of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or conveyed.



                                        1

<PAGE>



Section 6. Notice of Adjourned Meetings.  When a meeting is adjourned to another
     time or  place,  it  shall  not be  necessary  to give  any  notice  of the
     adjourned  meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is  adjourned
     are  announced at the meeting at which the  adjournment  is taken,  and any
     business may be transacted  at the  adjourned  meeting that might have been
     transacted  on the original  date of the meeting.  If,  however,  after the
     adjournment,  the  Board  of  Directors  fixes a new  record  date  for the
     adjourned  meeting,  a notice of the  adjourned  meeting  shall be given as
     provided in Section 4 of these Bylaws to each  shareholder of record on the
     new record date entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 7. Closing Of Transfer  Books and Fixing Record Date. For the purpose of
     determining  shareholders  entitled  to notice or to vote at any meeting of
     shareholders or any adjournment  thereof, or entitled to receive payment or
     any dividend,  or in order to make a determination  of shareholders for any
     other  purpose,  the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer
     books shall be closed for a stated  period but not to exceed,  in any case,
     sixty  (60)  days.  If the stock  transfer  books  shall be closed  for the
     purpose  of  determining  shareholders  entitled  to notice or to vote at a
     meeting of  shareholders,  such books shall be closed for at least ten (10)
     days immediately preceding such meeting.

     In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix
     in  advance  a date as the  record  date  for  any  such  determination  of
     shareholders,  such  date in any case to be not more than  sixty  (60) days
     and,  in case of a  meeting  of  shareholders,  not less than ten (10) days
     prior  to  the  date  on  which  the  particular  action,   requiring  such
     determination of shareholders is to be taken.

     If the stock  transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for
     the  determination  of  shareholders  entitled  to  notice  or to vote at a
     meeting of  shareholders,  or  shareholders  entitled to receive payment of
     dividend,  the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on
     which the  resolution of the Board of Directors  declaring such dividend is
     adopted,   as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  the  record  date  for  such
     determination of shareholders.

     When a  determination  of  shareholders  entitled to vote at any meeting of
     shareholders has been made as provided in this section,  such determination
     shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes
     a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 8.  Voting  Record.  The  officer  or agent  having  charge of the stock
     transfer books for shares of the Corporation  shall make, at least ten (10)
     days  before  each  meeting  of  shareholders,   a  complete  list  of  the
     shareholders  entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment  thereof,
     with their address and the number, class and series of shares, if any, held
     by each.  Such list shall be kept on file at the  registered  office of the
     Corporation,  at the principal  place of business of the  Corporation or at
     the office of the  transfer  agent or registrar  of the  Corporation  for a
     period of ten (10) days  prior to such  meeting  and  shall be  subject  to
     inspection by any  shareholder  at any time during normal  business  hours.
     Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the
     meeting and shall be subject to the  inspection of any  shareholder  at any
     time during the meeting.


                                        2

<PAGE>



     If the  requirements of this Section have not been  substantially  complied
     with,  the meeting shall be adjourned on the demand of any  stockholder  in
     person or by proxy until the  requirements  are complied  with.  If no such
     demand is made,  failure to comply with the  requirements  of this  Section
     shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

Section 9.  Shareholder  Quorum and Voting. A majority of the shares entitled to
     vote,  represented  in person or by proxy,  shall  constitute a quorum at a
     meeting of  shareholders.  When a specified item of business is required to
     be voted on by a class or series of stock, a majority of the shares of such
     class or series shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of such item
     of business by that class or series.

     If a quorum is present,  the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares
     represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall
     be the act of the  shareholders,  unless  the vote of a  greater  number or
     voting by classes is required.

     After a  quorum  has  been  established  at a  shareholders'  meeting,  the
     subsequent withdrawal of shareholders, so as to reduce the number of shares
     entitled to vote at the  meeting  below the number  required  for a quorum,
     shall not affect the  validity  of any action  taken at the  meeting or any
     adjournment thereof.

Section 10.  Voting Of Shares.  The holders of common  stock  shall  possess and
     exercise  exclusive voting rights.  Each outstanding  share of common stock
     shall be  entitled  to one  vote on each  matter  submitted  to a vote at a
     meeting of shareholders.

     Treasury shares,  shares of this  Corporation's  own stock owned by another
     corporation,  the  majority  of the  voting  stock  of  which  is  owned or
     controlled by this Corporation,  and shares of this Corporation's own stock
     held  by it in a  fiduciary  capacity  shall  not  be  voted,  directly  or
     indirectly,  at any meeting,  and shall not be counted in  determining  the
     total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

     A shareholder  may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by
     the shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

     At the election for directors,  every shareholder  entitled to vote at such
     election shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of
     shares  owned by him for as many  persons  as  there  are  directors  to be
     elected at that time and for whose election he has a right to vote.

     Shares  entitled  to vote  standing  in the name of  another  corporations,
     domestic  or  foreign,  may  be  voted  by the  officer,  agent,  or  proxy
     designated  by the Bylaws of the corporate  shareholder.  In the absence of
     any  such  designation,  or in  case  of  conflicting  designation  by  the
     corporate  shareholders,  the  Chairman of the Board,  President,  any Vice
     President,  Secretary and Treasurer of the corporate  shareholder  shall be
     presumed to possess, in that order, authority to vote such shares.


                                        3

<PAGE>



     Shares  entitled to vote held by an  administrator,  executor,  guardian or
     conservator  may be voted by him,  either in person or by proxy,  without a
     transfer of such shares into his name.  Shares entitled to vote standing in
     the name of a  trustee  may be voted by him,  either in person or by proxy,
     but a trustee  shall not be  entitled  to vote shares held by him without a
     transfer of such shares into his name.

     Shares  entitled to vote standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by
     such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be
     voted by such  receiver  without the  transfer  thereof  into his name,  if
     authority  to do so is contained  in an  appropriate  order of the court by
     which such receiver was appointed.

     A shareholder  otherwise entitled to vote whose shares are pledged shall be
     entitled to vote such shares  until the shares have been  transferred  into
     the name of the pledgee,  and thereafter,  the pledgee or his nominee shall
     be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

     Shares  shall not be entitled to vote on any matter and shall not be deemed
     to be outstanding shares if on or after the date on which written notice or
     redemption of redeemable  shares has been mailed to the holders thereof and
     a sum  sufficient to redeem such shares has been  deposited  with a bank or
     trust  company  with  irrevocable  instruction  and  authority  to pay  the
     redemption price to the holders thereof upon surrender of certificates.

Section 11.  Proxies.  Every  shareholder  entitled  to  vote  at a  meeting  of
     shareholders  or the  express  consent or dissent  without a meeting or his
     duly authorized attorney-in-fact may authorize another person or persons to
     act for him by proxy.

     Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his  attorney-in-fact.  No
     proxy shall be valid after the  expiration  of six (6) months from the date
     thereof,  unless  otherwise  provided  in the proxy.  Every  proxy shall be
     revocable  at the  pleasure  of the  shareholder  executing  it,  except as
     otherwise provided by law.

     The  authority  of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked by the
     incompetence  or death of the  shareholder  who executed the proxy  unless,
     before the authority is exercised,  written  notice of an  adjudication  of
     such  incompetence  or of such death is received by the  corporate  officer
     responsible for maintaining the list of shareholders.

     If a proxy for the same shares  confers  authority upon two or more persons
     and does not  otherwise  require a  majority  of them to be  present at the
     meeting,  or if only one is  present  then  that one may  exercise  all the
     powers  conferred  by the proxy;  but if the proxy  holders  present at the
     meeting  are  equally  divided  as to the right and manner of voting in any
     particular case, the voting of such shares shall be prorated.

     Any proxy holder may appoint in writing a  substitute  to act in his place,
     if expressly provided for in the proxy.

                                        4

<PAGE>



Section 12. Voting Trusts.  Any number of shareholders  of this  Corporation may
     create a voting  trust for the  purpose  of  conferring  upon a trustee  or
     trustees the right to vote or otherwise represent their shares, as provided
     by law, for a period not to exceed five (5) years. Where the counterpart of
     a voting  trust  agreement  and the copy of the  record of the  holders  of
     voting trust  certificates  have been deposited with the  Corporation,  the
     Corporation is to treat the  shareholders of record as entitled to vote the
     shares standing in their names.

     A  transferee  of  shares  of this  Corporation  shall be bound by any such
     shareholder's  agreement if he takes the shares  subject to such  agreement
     with notice thereof.

Section  13.  Shareholders'  Agreements.   Two  or  more  shareholders  of  this
     Corporation  may enter into an  agreement  if in writing  and signed by the
     parties thereof,  providing for the exercise of voting rights in the manner
     provided  in the  Agreement,  or as they may  agree,  or as  determined  in
     accordance  with  procedures  agreed upon by them.  Nothing  therein  shall
     impair the right of the Corporation to treat the  shareholders of record as
     entitled to vote the shares standing in their names.

     A  transferee  of  shares  of this  Corporation  shall be bound by any such
     shareholder's  Agreement if he takes the shares  subject to such  Agreement
     with notice thereof.

Section 14.  Shareholder  Proposals  and  New  Business.  To be  considered  for
     inclusion in the proxy  statement and proxy  relating to the annual meeting
     of shareholders,  a shareholder  proposal must be received by the Corporate
     Secretary  of the  Corporation  by no later than one hundred  twenty  (120)
     calendar days in advance of the date (month and date) of the  Corporation's
     proxy  statement  released to  shareholders in connection with the previous
     year's annual meeting, except if no annual meeting was held in the previous
     year,  such  proposal must be received by the  Corporation  at a reasonable
     time before a solicitation  for the upcoming annual meeting of shareholders
     is made.

     A shareholder may place on the agenda certain new business to be considered
     at an annual meeting, including the nominations for directors, provided the
     shareholder  has given proper written notice to the Corporate  Secretary of
     not less than ten business days before the time  originally  fixed for such
     meeting.



                                        5

<PAGE>



                             Article II. Directors.
                             ----------------------

Section 1.  Function.  All  corporate  powers shall be exercised by or under the
     authority of the Board of  Directors,  and the business and affairs of this
     Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Qualification. The directors are required to be shareholders of this
     Corporation.

Section 3. Compensation.  The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the
     compensation of directors.

Section 4.  Duties Of  Directors.  A  director  shall  perform  his  duties as a
     director,  including  his duties as a member of any  committee of the Board
     upon which he may serve, in good faith, in a manner he reasonable  believes
     to be in the best  interests of the  corporation,  and with such care as an
     ordinarily  prudent  person in a like  position  would  use  under  similar
     circumstances.

     In  performing  his  duties,  a  director  shall  be  entitled  to  rely on
     information,   opinions,   reports  or  statements,   including   financial
     statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by:

     (a).             One or more officers or employees of the Corporation  whom
                      the  director  reasonably  believes  to  be  reliable  and
                      competent in the matters presented; or

     (b).             Counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters
                      which the director  reasonably  believes to be within such
                      persons' professional or expert competence; or

     (c).             A  committee  or the Board  upon  which he does not serve,
                      duly  designated  in  accordance  with a provision  of the
                      Articles of Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  as to matters
                      within  its  designated  authority,  which  committee  the
                      director reasonably believes to merit confidence.

     A  director  shall not be  considered  to be acting in good faith if he has
     knowledge  concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance
     described above to be unwarranted.

     A person who performs his duties in compliance with this section shall have
     no  liability  by  reason  of  being  or  having  been  a  director  of the
     Corporation.



                                                         6

<PAGE>



Section 5. Presumption Of Assent. A director of the Corporation,  who is present
     at a meeting of its Board of  Directors  at which  action on any  corporate
     matter is taken,  shall be  presumed to have  assented to the action  taken
     unless he votes  against  such  action or  abstains  from voting in respect
     thereto because of an asserted conflict of interest.

Section 6. Number.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
     under the direction of the Board  numbering not less than three (3) members
     nor more  than  fifteen  (15)  members.  The  number  of  directors  may be
     increased  or  decreased  from  time to  time by  action  of the  Board  of
     Directors, but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the terms of
     any incumbent director. If the number of directors is changed, any increase
     or decrease in directorships  shall be so apportioned  among the classes as
     to make all classes as nearly equal in number as possible.

Section 7. Election and Term.  Directors  shall be elected by a plurality of the
     votes cast by the shares  entitled to vote in the  election at a meeting at
     which a  quorum  is  present.  The  term of the  initial  directors  of the
     Corporation expires at the first  shareholders'  meeting at which directors
     are elected.  The terms of subsequent  directors shall expire in accordance
     with the expiration of their Class.

Section 8.   Director Committees.

        (a) The board of Directors may create one or more committees and appoint
     members of the board of directors  to serve on them.  Each  committee  must
     have three or more members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board of
     directors.

        (b) The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be
     approved  by a majority of all the  directors  in office when the action is
     taken.

        (c) Each committee  shall exercise those aspects of the authority of the
     board of directors which the board of directors confers upon such committee
     in the resolution creating the committee.  Provided,  however, no committee
     may:

        (i) authorize distributions including dividends;

        (ii)  approve or propose to  shareholders  any action  that the  Florida
     Business Corporation Act requires to be approved by shareholders;

        (iii)  fill  vacancies  on  the  board  of  directors  or on  any of its
     committees;

        (iv) adopt, amend, or repeal bylaws;

        (v) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval;

        (vi) authorize or approve any reacquisition of shares; or


                                        7

<PAGE>



        (vii)  authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of
     shares or determine the designation and relative rights,  preferences,  and
     limitations of a class or series of shares.

Section 9. Executive Committee.  The board of directors by resolution adopted by
     a majority of the full board, may designate three or more of its members to
     constitute  an  executive  committee  and  designate  one of whom  shall be
     chairman.  The designation of such committee and the delegation  thereto of
     authority  shall not  operate to  relieve  the board of  directors,  or any
     member thereof, of any responsibility imposed by law.

        (a) The  executive  committee  shall  have and may  exercise  all of the
     authority of the board of directors except to the extent, if any, that such
     authority shall be limited by these bylaws.

        (b) Each member of the executive  committee  shall hold office until the
     next  regular  annual  meeting  of the  board of  directors  following  his
     designation or until his successor is designated, elected and qualified.

        (c) Regular  meetings of the  executive  committee  may be held  without
     notice at such times and  places as the  executive  committee  may fix from
     time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may
     be called by any member thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating
     the  place,  date and hour of the  meeting.  Any  member  of the  executive
     committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any meeting need
     be given to any  member who  attends in person.  The notice of a meeting of
     the  executive  committee  need  not  state  the  business  proposed  to be
     transacted at the meeting.

        (d) Three members of the executive  committee shall  constitute a quorum
     for the transaction of business at any meeting  thereof,  and action of the
     executive  committee  must  be  authorized  by the  affirmative  vote  of a
     majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

        (e) Any  action  required  or  permitted  to be taken  by the  executive
     committee  at a meeting  may be taken  without a  meeting  if a consent  in
     writing,  setting forth the action so taken,  shall be signed by all of the
     members of the executive committee.

        (f) Any  member of the  executive  committee  may be removed at any time
     with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board
     of  directors.  Any member of the  executive  committee may resign from the
     executive  committee at any time by giving  written notice to the president
     or secretary of the corporation,  and unless otherwise  specified  therein,
     the  acceptance  of such  resignation  shall  not be  necessary  to make it
     effective.

        (g) The  executive  committee  may fix its own rules of procedure  which
     shall not be inconsistent  with these Bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes
     of its  proceedings  and report the same to the board of directors  for its
     information at the director's  meeting held next after the proceedings have
     been taken.


                                        8

<PAGE>



Section 10. Alternate Committee Members.  The Board of Directors,  by resolution
     adopted  in  accordance  with  this  Section,  may  designate  one or  more
     directors as alternate  members of any committee,  who may act in the place
     and  instead  of any  absent  member  or  members  at any  meeting  of such
     committee.

Section 11.  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in  the  Board  of  Directors,
     including  any  vacancy  created by reason of an  increase in the number of
     directors,  may be  filled by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the
     remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  A
     director  elected to fill a vacancy  shall hold  office only until the next
     election of directors by the shareholders.

Section 12. Removal Of Directors. Directors may be removed for:

        (a).  Any  reason at a  meeting  of  stockholders,  noticed  and  called
     expressly for that  purpose,  by a vote of the holders of not less than 60%
     of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; or

        (b).  "Cause",  by a vote  of not  less  than  60% of the  Disinterested
     Directors  entitled to vote, at a meeting noticed and called  expressly for
     that purpose.  The term "cause" is defined to mean the commission of an act
     of  willful  misconduct,   self-dealing,   malfeasance,  gross  negligence,
     personal  dishonesty,  breach of fiduciary duty involving  personal profit,
     intentional  failure to perform stated duties,  or willful violation of any
     law,  rule  or  regulation  (other  than  traffic   violations  or  similar
     offenses).  A  "Disinterested  Director" is defined to be a director who is
     not the subject of the removal action.

Section 13. Director  Quorum and Voting.  A majority of the number of directors,
     fixed by these Bylaws,  shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of
     business. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting, at
     which a quorum is present, shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 14.  Director  Conflicts Of Interest.  No contract or other  transaction
     between  this  Corporation  and one or more of its  directors  or any other
     corporation,  firm,  association  or  entity  in  which  one or more of its
     directors are directors or officers or are financially interested, shall be
     either void or voidable because of such relationship or interest or because
     such  director  or  directors  are  present at the  meeting or the Board of
     Directors of a committee  thereof which  authorized,  approves or ratifiers
     such contract or  transaction or because his or their votes are counted for
     such purpose, if:

        (a). The fact of such  relationship or interest is disclosed or known to
     the Board of Directors or committee which authorizes,  approves or ratifies
     the contract or transaction by a vote or consent; or

        (b). The fact of such  relationship or interest is disclosed or known to
     the  shareholders  entitled to vote and they  authorize,  approve or ratify
     such contract or transaction by vote or written consent; or

                                        9

<PAGE>



        (c).  The  contract  or  transaction  is fair and  reasonable  as to the
     corporation at the time it is authorized by the Board, a committee,  or the
     shareholders.

     Common or interested  directors may be counted in determining  the presence
     of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors  or a committee  thereof
     which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction.

Section 14. Time, Notice, and Call of Directors'  Meetings.  Regular meetings of
     the  Board of  Directors,  if held,  shall be held  without  notice at such
     stated time as the Chairman of the Board, the President and Chief Executive
     Officer of the Corporation, or any two directors shall direct.

     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the
     Chairman of the Board, by the President and Chief Executive  Officer of the
     Corporation, or by any two directors.  Written notice of the time and place
     of  special  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  shall be given to each
     director either by personal  delivery or by mail,  telegram or facsimile at
     least two days before the meeting.

     Neither the business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any regular
     or  special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be  specified  in the
     notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 15. Waiver Of Notice. Notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need
     not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice  either before or
     after the meeting. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such  meeting and waiver of any and all  objections  to
     the place of the meeting,  the time of the meeting,  or the manner in which
     it has been  called or  convened,  except  when a director  states,  at the
     beginning of the meeting,  any  objection  to the  transaction  of business
     because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 16. Adjournments.  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a
     quorum exists, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another
     time and place.  Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to the
     directors who were not present at the time of the  adjournment  and, unless
     the time and place of the adjoined meeting are announced at the time of the
     adjournment, to the other directors.

Section 17.  Participation  by  Conference  Telephone.  Members  of the Board of
     Directors of any  committee  thereof may  participate  in a meeting of such
     Board  or  Committee   by  way  of  a   conference   telephone  or  similar
     communicating  equipment,  provided all the participants at the meeting can
     hear  each  other at the  same  time.  Participation  by such  means  shall
     constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 18. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action required by law to be taken at
     a meeting of the directors of the  Corporation,  or any action which may be
     taken at a meeting of the  directors or a committee  thereof,  may be taken
     without a meeting if a consent in writing,  setting  forth the action so to
     be take,  signed  by all of the  directors,  or all of the  members  of the
     

                                       10

<PAGE>



     committee,  as the case may be, is filed in the minutes of the  proceedings
     of the Board or the committee. Such consent shall have the same effect as a
     unanimous vote.

                              Article III. Officers
                              ---------------------

Section 1.  Officers,  Election and Terms Of Office.  The Principal  officers of
     this Corporation shall consist of a President and Chief Executive  Officer,
     and may consist of one or more Vice Presidents,  a Secretary,  a Treasurer,
     and (at the  discretion of the Board of Directors) a Chairman of the Board,
     each of whom  shall be  elected  by the  Board of  Directors  at the  first
     meeting  of  directors   immediately   following  the  annual   meeting  of
     shareholders of this Corporation;  and shall hold their respective  offices
     from the date of the  meeting at which  elected  until the time of the next
     succeeding  meeting  of the  Board  following  the  annual  meeting  of the
     shareholders.  The  Board of  Directors  shall  have the  power to elect or
     appoint, for such term as it may see fit, such other officers and assistant
     officers and agents as it my deem  necessary,  and to prescribe such duties
     for them to perform as it may deem  advisable.  Any two or more offices may
     be held by the same  person.  Failure  to elect a  Chairman  of the  Board,
     President,  Vice  President,  Secretary or  Treasurer  shall not affect the
     existence of the Corporation.

Section 2. Removal Of Officers. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the
     Board of Directors may be removed by the Board  whenever,  in its judgment,
     the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby.

     Any officer or agent  elected by the  shareholders  may be removed  only by
     vote of the shareholders, unless the shareholders shall have authorized the
     directors to remove such officer or agent.

     Removal of any officer shall be without  prejudice to the contract  rights,
     if any, of the person so removed;  however,  election or  appointment of an
     officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 3.  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy,  however  occurring,  in any office may be
     filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Chairman Of the Board. At its discretion,  the Board of Directors may
     elect one of its members to serve as Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of
     the Board  shall  coordinate  and  supervise  the  activities  of all other
     officers of the  Corporation.  The Chairman of the Board shall from time to
     time call special  meetings of the Board of Directors  whenever he deems it
     necessary to do so or whenever the  requisite  number of the members of the
     Board of Directors  shall  request him in writing to do so. He or she shall
     preside at all meetings of the  shareholders and the Board of Directors and
     shall  generally  perform such other duties as are  delegated to him by the
     Board of Directors.

Section 5. President and Chief Executive  Officer.  Except as otherwise provided
     in these Bylaws, the President and Chief Executive Officer,  subject to the
     

                                       11

<PAGE>



     directions  of and  limitations  imposed by the Board of  Directors,  shall
     perform  all the  duties  and have all the  power  usually  pertaining  and
     attributed  by law or  otherwise to the office of the  President  and Chief
     Executive  Officer of the  Corporation.  He or she shall, in the absence of
     the Chairman of the Board,  preside at all meetings of the shareholders and
     the Board of Directors.  The President and Chief Executive Officer,  unless
     some other person is thereunto  expressly  authorized  by resolution of the
     Board of  Directors,  shall sign all  certificates  of stock,  execute  all
     contracts,  deeds, notes, mortgages, bonds and other instruments and papers
     in the name of the Corporation and on its behalf, subject to the control of
     the Board of Directors. He or she shall, at each annual meeting,  present a
     report of the business and affairs of the Corporation,  and shall from time
     to time,  whenever  requested,  report to the Board all matters  within his
     knowledge,  which the interest of the Corporation may require to be brought
     to the notice of the directors.

     The President and Chief  Executive  Officer,  after  consultation  with the
     Board of  Directors,  shall  have the power to  employ  and  terminate  the
     employment  of all such  subordinate  officers,  agents,  clerks  and other
     employees not herein  provided to be selected by the Board,  as he may find
     necessary to transact the business of the  Corporation,  and shall have the
     right, after consultation with the Board to fix the compensation thereof.

Section 6. Vice President. The Corporation may have one or more Vice Presidents.
     Each Vice President shall have the powers and perform such duties as may be
     delegated  to him or her by the Board of  Directors,  or in the  absence or
     such  action  by the  Board,  then by the  Chairman  of the Board or by the
     President and Chief Executive Officer.  In case of the death,  absence,  or
     inability of the President and Chief  Executive  Officer to act,  except as
     may be expressly limited by action of the Board of Directors,  the Board of
     Directors  shall  designate a Vice  President and Chief  Executive  Officer
     following such death of the President and Chief Executive Officer or during
     the absence or inability of the  President and Chief  Executive  Officer to
     act; and, in such case, concurrently with the President and Chief Executive
     Officer,  shall at all  times  have the power to sign all  certificates  of
     stock,  execute all contracts,  deeds,  notes,  mortgages,  bonds and other
     instruments  and  documents  in the name of the  Corporation  in its behalf
     which the  President and Chief  Executive  Officer is authorized to do, but
     subject  to the  control  and  authority  at all  times  of  the  Board  of
     Directors.

Section 7.  Secretary.  The Secretary  shall keep the minutes of all meetings of
     the  shareholders  and the Board of Directors in a book or books to be kept
     for such purposes, and also, when so requested, the minutes of all meetings
     of  committees in a book or books to be kept for such  purposes.  He or she
     shall  attend to the giving and serving of all  notices,  and he shall have
     charge of all books and papers of the Corporation, except those hereinafter
     directed  to be in the  charge of the  Treasurer,  or  except as  otherwise
     expressly  directed  by the Board of  Directors.  He or she shall  keep the
     stock  certificate  book or books.  The Secretary shall be the custodian of
     the seal of the  Corporation.  The Treasurer  shall sign with the President
     and Chief Executive  Officer all  certificates of stock as the Treasurer of
     this  Corporation  and the  Secretary  shall  affix or cause to be  affixed
     thereto the seal of the Corporation. The Secretary may sign as Secretary of
     the Corporation, with the President and Chief Executive Officer in the name
     of the  Corporation  and on its behalf,  all contracts,  deeds,  mortgages,
     bonds,  notes  and  other  papers,  instruments  and  documents,  except as
     

                                       12

<PAGE>



     otherwise  expressly  provided  by the  Board  of  Directors,  and as  such
     Secretary  he shall affix the seal of the  Corporation  thereto.  Under the
     direction of the Chief Executive  Officer,  the Secretary shall perform all
     the duties  usually  pertaining  to the office of  Secretary;  and he shall
     perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or
     the President and Chief Executive Officer.

Section 8. Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of all the funds and
     securities of the  Corporation  except as may be otherwise  provided by the
     Board of  Directors,  and he shall make such  disposition  of the funds and
     other  assets  of the  Corporation  as  may be  directed  by the  Board  of
     Directors.  He or she shall  keep or cause to be kept a record of all money
     received and paid out, and all vouchers and receipt given therefor, and all
     other financial  transactions of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall have
     general charge of all financial books vouchers and papers  belonging to the
     Corporation  or  pertaining  to its  business.  He or she  shall  render an
     account  of the  Corporation's  funds at the first  meeting of the Board of
     Directors  immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders of this
     Corporation  and at such other meetings as he or she may be requested,  and
     he  or  she  shall  make  an  annual  statement  of  the  finances  of  the
     Corporation.  If at any time there is a person designated as Comptroller of
     the Corporation, the Treasurer may delegate to such Comptroller such duties
     and powers as to the Treasurer may seem proper. The Treasurer shall perform
     such other duties as are usually incident by law or otherwise to the office
     of the Treasurer, and as he or she may be directed or required by the Board
     of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

                              Article IV. Dividends
                              ---------------------

     The Board of Directors of this Corporation may, from time to time,  declare
     and the  Corporation  may pay dividends on its shares in cash,  property or
     its own  shares,  except  when the  Corporation  is  insolvent  or when the
     declaration  or  payment  thereof  would be  contrary  to any  restrictions
     contained in the Articles of  Incorporation or contrary to any provision in
     the Florida Statutes, subject to the following provisions:

       (a).  Dividends in cash or property  may be declared and paid,  except as
       otherwise  provided  in this  section,  only  out of the  unreserved  and
       unrestricted earned surplus of the Corporation or out of capital surplus,
       howsoever  arising but each dividend paid out of capital surplus shall be
       identified as a distribution of capital surplus, and the amount per share
       paid from such surplus shall be disclosed to the  shareholders  receiving
       the same concurrently with the distribution.

        (b).  Dividends  may be  declared  and  paid  in the  Corporation's  own
        treasury shares.

       (c).Dividends   may  be  declared  and  paid  in  the  Corporation's  own
       authorized but unissued  shares out of any  unreserved  and  unrestricted
       surplus of the Corporation upon the following conditions:

          (1) If a dividend is payable in shares having a par value, such shares
          shall be issued at not less than the par value thereof and there shall
          

                                       13

<PAGE>



          be  transferred to stated capital at the time such dividend is paid an
          amount of surplus  at least  equal to the  aggregate  par value of the
          shares to be issued as a dividend.

          (2) If a dividend is payable in shares without par value,  such shares
          shall be issued at such stated value as shall be fixed by the Board of
          Directors by resolution adopted at the time such dividend is declared,
          and there  shall be  transferred  to stated  capital  at the time such
          dividend is paid an amount of surplus at least equal to the  aggregate
          stated  value so fixed in respect of such  shares;  and the amount per
          share so  transferred  to stated  capital  shall be  disclosed  to the
          shareholders  receiving  such dividend  concurrently  with the payment
          thereof.

(d).   No  dividend  payable in shares of any class shall be paid to the holders
       of shares of any other  class  unless the  Articles of  Incorporation  so
       provide or such  payment is  authorized  by the  affirmative  vote or the
       written  consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding
       shares of the class in which the payment is to be made.

(e).   A split or  division  of the  issued  shares of any class  into a greater
       number of shares of the same class without  increasing the stated capital
       of the  Corporation  shall not be construed to be a share dividend within
       the meaning of this section.

                          Article V. Stock Certificates
                          -----------------------------

     Section 1. Issuance.  Every holder of shares in this  Corporation  shall be
entitled to have a certificate, representing all shares to which he is entitled.
No certificate shall be issued for any share until such share is fully paid.

     Section 2. Form. Certificates representing shares in this Corporation shall
be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Treasurer and may
be  sealed  with  the  seal of this  Corporation  or a  facsimile  thereof.  The
signatures of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Treasurer may be
facsimiles if the  certificate is manually  signed on behalf of a transfer agent
or a  registrar,  other  than  the  Corporation  itself  or an  employee  of the
Corporation.  In case any officer,  who signed or whose facsimile  signature has
been  placed  upon such  certificate,  is  removed  from or leaves  office,  the
certificate may be issued by the Corporation  with the same effect as if he were
such officer at the date of its issuance.

     Every certificate  representing shares which are restricted as to the sale,
disposition  or other  transfer of such shares  shall state that such shares are
restricted  as  to  transfer  and  shall  set  forth  or  fairly  summarize  the
restrictions  upon the  certificate,  or shall state that the  Corporation  will
furnish to any  shareholder  upon request and without charge a full statement of
such restrictions.

     Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face thereof: the
name of the Corporation; that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the


                                       14

<PAGE>



State of Florida;  the name of the person or persons to whom issued;  the number
and class of shares;  and the  designation  of the  series,  if any,  which such
certificate represents.

     Section 3. Transfer Of Stock.  Transfers of stock shall be made only on the
books of the Corporation upon surrender of the original certificate of stock (as
between  the holder and the  Corporation)  by the  holder,  in person,  or by an
attorney-in-fact  under a power of attorney duly executed by the shareholder and
filed with the  Secretary  with  written  direction  for the  transfer,  and the
payment  of a $10.00  transfer  fee and shall not be  regarded  as  evidence  of
ownership  of the same in any person other than the  registered  owner until the
transfer  thereof is duly made on the books of the  Corporation.  No transfer of
stock shall be valid  against the  Corporation  until it has been  effected  and
registered upon the Corporation's books in the manner herein provided.

     On the transfer of any shares,  each certificate shall be receipted for and
such receipt shall be attached to the margin or stub of such  certificate in the
certificate  book.  When such  certificate  is delivered by the  Corporation  by
registered or certified  mail,  such delivery shall be sufficient as the receipt
herein  provided  for.  All   certificates   exchanged  or  surrendered  to  the
Corporation  shall be cancelled by the Secretary  and affixed in their  original
places in the certificate  book, and no new  certificates  shall be issued until
the certificate for which it is exchanged has been cancelled and returned to its
original  place in said book,  except as provided  in Section 4 of this  article
pertaining to lost or destroyed certificates.

     If any holder of any stock of the Corporation has entered into an agreement
with any other holder of any stock of the  Corporation or with the  Corporation,
or both,  relating  to a sale or sales or transfer of any shares of stock of the
Corporation,  or wherein or whereby any  restriction  or condition is imposed or
placed upon or in connection  with the sale or transfer of any share of stock of
the  Corporation,  and if a duly  executed or certified  copy thereof shall have
been filed with the  Secretary of the  Corporation,  none of the shares of stock
covered  by such  agreement  or to which  it  relates,  of any such  contracting
shareholder,  shall be transferred upon the books of the Corporation until there
has been filed with the Secretary of the  Corporation  evidence  satisfactory to
the Secretary of the  Corporation  of compliance  with such  agreement,  and any
evidence of any kind or quality of compliance  with the terms of such  agreement
which the Secretary deems  satisfactory  or sufficient  shall be conclusive upon
all parties interested;  provided, however, that neither the Corporation nor any
director,  officer,  employee  or  transfer  agent  thereof  shall be liable for
transferring or effecting or permitting the transfer of any such shares of stock
contrary to or inconsistent with the terms of any such agreement, in the absence
of proof of willful disregard thereof or fraud, bad faith or gross negligence on
the part of the party to be charged; provided,  further, that the certificate of
the  Secretary,  under  the  seal of the  Corporation,  bearing  the date of its
issuance by the  Secretary,  certifying  that such an  agreement is or is not on
file with the Secretary,  shall be conclusive as to such fact so certified for a
period of five (5) days from the date of such  certificate,  with respect to the
rights of any  innocent  purchaser  or  transferee  for value of any such shares
without actual notice of the existence of any restrictive agreement.

     Section 4. Lost  Certificates.  Any  shareholder  claiming a certificate of


                                       15

<PAGE>



stock to be lost or destroyed  shall make an affidavit  or  affirmation  to that
fact and affirm that he or she is the owner and holder  thereof,  give notice of
the loss or  destruction  of same in such manner as the Board of  Directors  may
require,  and shall give the  Corporation a bond of indemnity in form,  and with
one or more sureties  satisfactory to the Board of Directors,  which shall be at
least  equal to the book  value of all the shares of stock  represented  by such
certificate, payable as may be required by the Board of Directors to protect the
Corporation and any person injured by the issuance of the new  certificate  from
any  liability  or expense  which it or they may be put to or incur by reason of
the original certificate remaining outstanding;  whereupon the President and the
Treasurer may cause to be issued a new  certificate in the same tenor as the one
alleged to be lost or destroyed,  but always subject to approval of the Board of
Directors.

                          Article VI. Books and Records
                          -----------------------------

     Section 1. Books and  Records.  This  Corporation  shall keep  correct  and
complete books and records of accounts and shall keep minutes of the proceedings
of its shareholders, Board of Directors and committees.

     This Corporation  shall keep at its registered office or principal place of
business,  or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar,  a record of its
shareholders,  giving  the  names and  addresses  of all  shareholders,  and the
number, class and series, if any, of the shares held by each.

     Any books,  records and minutes may be in written form or in any other form
capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

     Section  2.   Shareholders'   Inspection   Rights.  A  shareholder  of  the
Corporation is entitled to inspect and extract during regular business hours, at
the Corporation's  principal  office,  any of the corporate records described in
Section 607.160,  Florida  Statutes,  if the shareholder gives written notice of
his or her demand at least five (5) business days before the date of inspection.
The written demand must state the purpose of the request.  The  Corporation  may
impose a  reasonable  charge to cover the costs of labor and material for copies
of any  documents  provided  to the  shareholder.  The charge may not exceed the
estimated cost of production or reproduction of the records.

     Section 3. Financial  Information.  No later than four (4) months after the
close of each  fiscal  year,  this  Corporation  shall  prepare a balance  sheet
showing in reasonable  detail the financial  condition of the  Corporation as of
the close of its  fiscal  year,  and a profit  and loss  statement  showing  the
results of its operations during its fiscal year.

     Upon the  written  request  of any  shareholder  or holder of voting  trust
certificates for shares of the Corporation,  the Corporation  shall mail to such
shareholder  or holder of voting  trust  certificates  a copy of the most recent
such balance sheet and profit and loss statement.

     The  balance  sheets and profit and loss  statements  shall be filed in the
registered  office of the  Corporation  in this state shall be kept for at least


                                       16

<PAGE>



five (5) years, and shall be subject to inspection  during business hours by any
shareholder or holder of voting trust certificates, in person or by agent.

                                Article VII. Seal
                                -----------------

         The seal of this Corporation shall be circular and shall have inscribed
thereon the name of the Corporation and such other words and figures and in such
design as may be  prescribed  by the Board of  Directors,  and may be facsimile,
engraved, printed or an impression or other type seal.

                        Article VIII. Amendment of Bylaws
                        ---------------------------------

         These Bylaws may be altered,  amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be
adopted, by the Board of Directors.




                                       17

<PAGE>



                             CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION

         I hereby certify that the foregoing  Bylaws were duly adopted  pursuant
to action taken by the Board of Directors dated the 5th day of September 1996.



                                                  /s/ Kirk T. Bauer
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                      Kirk T. Bauer
                                                      Corporate Secretary

                                       18

<PAGE>





                                   Exhibit 4.1
                        Specimen Common Stock Certificate



                                       19

<PAGE>



  NUMBER                                                                  SHARES
- ----------                                                            ----------



                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
               INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                             SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


THIS CERTIFIES THAT





is the owner of:

          FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK $.01 PAR
                              VALUE PER SHARE OF:

THE COMMERCIAL  BANCORP,  INC. The shares  represented by this  Certificate  are
transferable  only on the stock transfer books of the  Corporation by the holder
of record hereof,  or by his duly authorized  attorney or legal  representative,
upon the surrender of this Certificate  properly endorsed.  This Certificate and
the shares  represented  hereby are issued and shall be held  subject to all the
provisions  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the  Corporation  and  any
amendments  thereto  (copies  of which  are on file  with the  Secretary  of the
Corporation),  to all of which  provisions  the  holder  by  acceptance  hereof,
assents.  The shares  evidenced by this Certificate are not of an insurable type
and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  THE  COMMERCIAL  BANCORP,  INC.  has caused this
Certificate to be executed by the signature of its duly authorized  officers and
has caused its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

Dated:

                                      SEAL

- -----------------------------------        -------------------------------------
                          President                         Secretary/Treasurer



<PAGE>





         The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is authorized by resolution
or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of common
stock.

         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription of the face
of this Certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM --      as tenants in common                  
TEN ENT --      as tenants by the entireties          
JT TEN --       as joint tenants with right of        
                survivorship and not as tenants in common

UNIF TRANS MIN ACT -- ______ as Custodian for ______   
                      (Cust)                 (Minor)
                       under the ___________ Uniform
                                   (State)
                       Transfers to Minors Act_______
                                             (Shares)
                                                                       
     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

         For value received hereby sell, assign and transfer unto:

   Please insert social security number or other identifying number of assignee:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   (Please print or typewrite name and address
                     including postal zip code of assignee)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   shares

represented by the within certificate,  and do hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint________________________  as the  Attorney to transfer the said shares on
the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the
premises.

Date                   , 19
    -------------------    ---
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                             Signature

Notice:  The  signature  to this  assignment  must  correspond  with the name as
written upon the face of the Certificate in every particular  without alteration
or enlargement or any change whatever.








                                   Exhibit 4.2
                          Specimen Warrant Certificate



<PAGE>



                   [ DEFINITIVE FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE ]

Certificate No. ____________                      Number of Warrants:___________


                       WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF
                  COMMON STOCK OF THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
             (See Reverse side for Summary of Terms of Warrant Plan)

         THIS       CERTIFIES        THAT,       for       value       received,
_____________________________________________________, or registered assigns, is
the owner of the number of Warrants set forth above,  each of which entitles the
owner to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Warrant
Plan  referred  to herein,  at any time  after the date  hereof and prior to the
Expiration Date (as herein defined),  one share of Common Stock, par value $0.01
per share ("Shares"),  of The Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc., a Florida  corporation
("Company")  at $10.00 per share  ("Exercise  Price"),  payable  in cash,  or by
cashiers  check or other official bank check,  payable to the Company.  Warrants
may be exercised by delivery and  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate,  along
with the form of Election to Exercise on the reverse  hereof duly  completed and
executed  together  with  payment  of the  Exercise  Price at the  office of the
Company or its duly appointed agent.

         This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued
pursuant to and are subject to all of the terms,  provisions  and  conditions of
that certain Warrant Plan dated as of _____________,  1996  (hereinafter  called
the "Warrant Plan"),  adopted by the Company, to all of which terms,  provisions
and  conditions the registered  holder of this Warrant  Certificate  consents by
acceptance  hereof.  The Warrant  Plan and the summary of its terms set forth on
the reverse side of this Warrant  Certificate are hereby  incorporated into this
Warrant  Certificate by reference and made a part hereof.  The Warrant Plan sets
forth the terms and conditions under which the exercise price for a Warrant, the
number of shares to be  received  upon  exercise of a Warrant,  or both,  may be
adjusted. Reference is hereby made to the Warrant Plan for a full description of
the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,  duties and immunities hereunder
of the Company and the holders of the Warrant  Certificates or Warrants.  In the
event of any conflict between the provisions of this Warrant Certificate and the
Warrant Plan, the provisions of the Warrant Plan shall control.

         Copies  of  the  Warrant  Plan  are  available  for  inspection  at the
Company's  Office,  or may be obtained  upon  written  request  addressed to the
Secretary, The Commercial Bancorp, Inc., 258 N. Nova Road, Ormond Beach, Florida
32174.  The Company  shall not be  required  upon the  exercise of the  Warrants
evidenced by this Warrant  Certificate to issue fractions of Warrants or Shares,
but shall make  adjustments  therefor in cash on the basis of the current market
value of any fractional interest as provided in the Warrant Plan.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate shall expire at 5:00
p.m. Local Time on  _______________.  The day and time of expiration is referred
to herein as the "Expiration Date".


          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  THE  COMMERCIAL  BANCORP,  INC.  has caused this
certificate to be executed by the signature of its duly authorized  officers and
has caused its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

Dated:                                                 
                                      SEAL



- ------------------------------------     ---------------------------------------

                           President                         Secretary/Treasurer


<PAGE>




Summary of Terms of Warrant Plan

         The Warrant Plan provides that,  upon the occurrence of certain events,
the initial  exercise  price set forth on the face of this  Warrant  Certificate
may,  subject to specified  conditions,  be adjusted  (such exercise  price,  as
initially established or as adjusted from time to time, is referred to herein as
the  "Exercise  Price").  If the Exercise  Price is  adjusted,  the Warrant Plan
provides  that the number of shares which can be purchased  upon the exercise of
each Warrant  represented by this Warrant Certificate and the type of securities
or other  property  subject  to  purchase  upon  the  exercise  of each  Warrant
represented  by  this  Warrant   Certificate  are  subject  to  modification  or
adjustment.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate shall be exercisable
until 5:00 p.m. Local Time on ____________.

         In the event that upon any  exercise  the number of Warrants  exercised
shall be fewer than the total number of Warrants represented hereby, there shall
be issued  to the  holder  hereof  or his  assignee  a new  Warrant  Certificate
evidencing the Warrants not so exercised.

         No payment or adjustment will be made for any cash  dividends,  whether
paid or declared, on any shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant. The Company
shall not be required to issue  fractions  of shares or any  certificates  which
evidence  fractional  shares. In lieu of a fractional share, if any, there shall
be paid  to the  registered  holder  of a  Warrant  with  regard  to  which  the
fractional share would be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction
of the current  market value (as  determined  pursuant to the Warrant Plan) of a
share.

         The Company may deem and treat the  registered  holder of this  Warrant
Certificate as the absolute owner hereof and of the Warrants represented by this
Warrant Certificate  (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing
hereon made by anyone) for the purposes of any exercise of such Warrants and for
all other  purposes,  and the Company  shall not be affected by an notice to the
contrary.

         Prior  to  the  exercise  of  the  Warrants   represented  hereby,  the
registered holder of this Warrant Certificate,  shall not be entitled to vote on
or be deemed the holder of Common Stock or any other  securities  of the Company
which may at any time be issuable on the exercise  hereof for any  purpose,  and
nothing  contained  in the Warrant  Plan or herein  shall be construed to confer
upon the holder of this Warrant Certificate,  any of the rights of a stockholder
of the Company or any right to vote for the  election of  directors  or upon any
matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,  or to give or withhold
consent to any corporate  action  (whether upon any  recapitalization,  issue of
stock,  reclassification  of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no
par value, consolidation,  merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice
of meetings or other actions  affecting  stockholders or to receive dividends or
subscription rights or otherwise.

         Upon surrender of this Warrant  Certificate with the form of Assignment
below duly  completed  and  executed,  and subject to the transfer  restrictions
contained  in the  Warrant  Plan,  a new  Warrant  Certificate  or  Certificates
representing the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate will be issued
to the  transferee;  provided,  however,  that if the registered  holder of this
Warrant  Certificate  elects to transfer fewer than all Warrants  represented by
this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new Warrant  Certificate  for the Warrants not so
transferred will be issued to such registered holder. This Warrant  Certificate,
together with other  Warrant  Certificates,  may be exchanged by the  registered
holder  for  another   Warrant   Certificate   or   Certificates   of  different
denominations, of like tenor and representing in the aggregate Warrants equal in
number  to the  same  full  number  of  Warrants  represented  by  this  Warrant
Certificate and any other Warrant Certificate so exchanged.




<PAGE>




                              [Form of Assignment]

         For   value   received______hereby   sells,   assigns   and   transfers
unto_______this  Warrant  Certificate and all right, title and interest therein,
and to the Warrants represented thereby, and does hereby irrevocably  constitute
and  appoint________  attorney,  to transfer said Warrant represented by Warrant
Certificate number ________of The Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc. on the books of The
Company with full power of substitution in the premises.


                    Dated: ..............................................199_.

                    ..........................................................
                    NOTE:  The above  signature  must  correspond  with the name
                    written upon the face of this Warrant  Certificate  in every
                    particular,  without alteration or enlargement or any change
                    whatever.

Signature Guaranteed:


                         [Form Of Election To Exercise]

   The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise______Warrants evidenced
by this Warrant Certificate,  to purchase_______full  shares of the Common Stock
of the Company  ("Shares") and herewith  tenders  payment for such Shares in the
amount of $________in  accordance with the terms hereof.  The undersigned hereby
acknowledges  receipt of a  Prospectus,  including  amendments  and  supplements
thereto  relating  to the  Offering  of  the  Common  Stock  to be  acquired  in
connection with this  transaction.  The undersigned  requests that a certificate
representing  such  shares be  registered  in the name  of_________and  that the
Certificate be delivered to_______, whose address is________. If said Shares are
fewer than all the Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a
new Warrant  Certificate  evidencing  the right to  purchase  the balance of the
Shares  be  registered  in the  name  of________,  whose  address  is________and
delivered to________, whose address is .

                 Dated: ..................................19__.


               ..................................................
                             Social Security Number

Name of Registered holder of Warrant............................................
                                                   (Please Print)


Address: .......................................................................
                                                   (Please Print)

Signature.......................................................................

         NOTE: The above signature must correspond with the name as written upon
         the  face of this  Warrant  Certificate  in every  particular,  without
         alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.  If the holder hereof
         is hereby  electing to exercise fewer than all Warrants  represented by
         this  Warrant   Certificate  and  is  requesting  that  a  new  Warrant
         Certificate  evidencing  the Warrants not  exercised be registered in a
         name other than that in which this Warrant  Certificate  is registered,
         the  signature  of the  holder  of  this  Warrant  Certificate  must be
         guaranteed.


Signature Guaranteed:







                                   Exhibit 4.5
                       Warrant Plan adopted by the Company
                                on August 7, 1996


<PAGE>



                                  WARRANT PLAN
                                       AS
                        ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                       OF
                          THE COMMERCIAL BANCORP, INC.
                                       ON
                                OCTOBER 10, 1996

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                    ARTICLE I
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

   The Board of  Directors  of The  Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Company")  has
determined  that it is in the best interests of the Company to issue Warrants to
purchase the  Company's  Common Stock in connection  with the Company's  initial
minimum public offering of Common Stock.  The Company  proposes to issue 450,000
shares of Common Stock and Warrants to purchase Common Stock in Units. Each Unit
will  contain one share of Common  Stock and one Warrant  which will entitle the
holder  thereof to purchase one share of Common  Stock.  Therefore  the Board of
Directors,  in order to provide for the above,  has adopted  this  Warrant  Plan
("Plan") on the date set forth herein.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                SCOPE OF THE PLAN

   Section 1.  Definitions.

   Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise,  the following terms have the
meanings set forth below:

           a.    "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

           b.    "Common  Stock"  means the $0.01 par value  common stock of the
                 Company.

           c.    "Expiration  Date" shall be 5:00 p.m.  Eastern Standard Time on
                 the third  annual  anniversary  date of the date of the Warrant
                 Certificate.

           d.    "Plan"  means  this  Warrant  Plan as  adopted  by the Board on
                 October 10, 1996 as set forth  herein and as amended  from time
                 to time.

           e.    "Warrant"  means the  right to  purchase  additional  shares of
                 Common Stock.

           f.    "Warrant  Certificate"  means  the  evidence  of  ownership  of
                 Warrants,   as   executed   and   issued  by  the   Company  in
                 substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

   Section 2. Form of Warrants.  The  certificates  evidencing the Warrants (the
"Warrant  Certificates") shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit
A  attached  hereto,  and may have  such  letters,  numbers  or  other  marks of
identification  or  designation  and such  legends,  summaries  or  endorsements
printed,  lithographed or engraved  thereon as the Company may deem  appropriate
and as are not inconsistent  with provisions of this Plan, or as may be required
to comply with any law, or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto, or
to conform to usage.  Each  Warrant  Certificate  shall  entitle the  registered
holder thereof,  subject to the provisions of this Agreement and of such Warrant
Certificate, to purchase one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock
for each Warrant evidenced by such Warrant Certificate, at $10.00 per share.

   Section 3. Issuance of Warrants.  The Warrant  Certificates when issued shall
be  dated  and  signed  on  behalf  of the  Company,  manually  or by  facsimile


<PAGE>



signature, by its Chairman of the Board or President, and by its Secretary or an
Assistant  Secretary  under its corporate seal, if any. The seal of the Company,
if any, may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed,
imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Warrants.

   Section 4.  Registration  of Warrant  Certificates;  Registered  Owners.  The
Company  shall  maintain or cause to be  maintained  books for  registration  of
ownership  and  transfer  of  ownership  of  the  Warrant   Certificates  issued
hereunder.  Such books  shall  show the names and  addresses  of the  respective
holders of the Warrant Certificates and the number of Warrants evidenced by each
such Warrant  Certificate.  The Company may deem and treat the registered holder
of a Warrant  Certificate  as the  absolute  owner  thereof and of the  Warrants
evidenced  thereby  (notwithstanding  any notation of ownership or other writing
thereon made by anyone),  for the purpose of any  exercise of such  Warrants and
for all other  purposes,  and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to
the contrary.

   Section  5.  Registration  of  Transfers  and  Exchanges.   Warrants  may  be
transferred  by a holder.  The Company  shall  transfer  from time to time,  any
outstanding  Warrants  upon the books to be  maintained  by the Company for that
purpose,  upon surrender of the Warrant  Certificate  evidencing  such Warrants,
with the Form of Assignment duly filled in and executed,  to the Company, at its
office in Ormond Beach,  Florida at any time prior to the Expiration  Date. Upon
receipt of a Warrant Certificate, with the Form of Assignment duly completed and
executed,   the  Company  shall  promptly  deliver  a  Warrant   Certificate  or
Certificates  representing  an equal  aggregate  full  number of Warrants to the
transferee;  provided,  however,  in case the  registered  holder of any Warrant
Certificate shall elect to transfer fewer than all of the Warrants  evidenced by
such Warrant Certificate, the Company in addition shall promptly deliver to such
registered holder a new Warrant  Certificate or Certificates for the full number
of Warrants not so transferred.

   Subject to Section 7 hereof,  any Warrant  Certificate or Certificates may be
exchanged  at the option of the  holder  thereof  for  Warrant  Certificates  of
different  denominations (subject to a minimum denomination of 100 warrants), of
like tenor and  representing in the aggregate the same number of Warrants,  upon
surrender  of  such  Warrant  Certificate  or  Certificates,  with  the  Form of
Assignment duly completed and executed, on or prior to the Expiration Date.

   The Company  shall not effect any  transfer or exchange  which will result in
the issuance of a Warrant Certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

   Section 6. Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost or Stolen Warrant Certificates.  Upon
receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably  satisfactory to them of the loss,
theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate, and, in the case of
loss,  theft or  destruction,  receipt by the Company of  indemnity  or security
reasonably  satisfactory  to them, and  reimbursement  to them of all reasonable
expenses incidental thereto, and, in the case of mutilation,  upon surrender and
cancellation of the Warrant Certificate, the Company shall deliver a new Warrant
Certificate  of like tenor  representing  in the  aggregate  the same  number of
Warrants.

   Section 7. Payment of Taxes.  With  respect to any Warrant,  the Company will
pay all documentary  stamp taxes  attributable to the initial issuance of shares
of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrant;  provided,  however,  that the
Company  shall not be  required  to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in
respect of any transfer involved in the issue of any Warrant or any certificates
for shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the registered holder of
the Warrant or Warrant  Certificate  surrendered upon the exercise of a Warrant,
and the  Company  shall not be  required  to issue or  deliver  such  Warrant or
certificates  unless or until the  person or  persons  requesting  the  issuance
thereof  shall have paid to the  Company the amount of such tax if any, or shall
have  established to the  satisfaction of the Company that such tax if required,
has been paid.

   Section 8. Exercise,  Purchase Price and Duration of Warrants. Subject to the
provisions  of this  Agreement,  the holder of a Warrant shall have the right to
purchase  from the Company (and the Company shall issue and sell to that holder)
one fully paid and non-assessable  share of Common Stock for each Warrant at the
initial exercise price of $10.00 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 12 hereof),  upon the  surrender of the Warrant  Certificate  evidencing



<PAGE>



such Warrant Agent on any business day prior to 5:00 p.m.  Eastern Standard Time
on the  Expiration  Date,  with the Form of  Election to Exercise on the reverse
thereof duly completed and executed, and payment of the Exercise Price in lawful
money of the United States of America in cash or by cashiers' or certified check
payable  to the  Company.  The  exercise  price and the  shares of Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of a Warrant shall be subject to adjustment  from time to
time in the manner  specified in Section 12 and, as initially  established or as
so adjusted,  are referred to herein as the  "Exercise  Price" and the "Shares",
respectively. The Warrants shall be so exercisable either as an entirety or from
time to time in part at the election of the  registered  holder  thereof  except
that the Company shall not be required to issue certificates in denominations of
less than 50 shares.  In the event that fewer than all  Warrants  evidenced by a
Warrant  Certificate  are  exercised  at any  time  prior to 5:00  p.m.  Eastern
Standard Time on the Expiration  Date a new Warrant  Certificate  will be issued
for the Warrants not so exercised.

   No payments or adjustments shall be made for any cash dividends, whether paid
or declared, on Shares issuable on the exercise of a Warrant.

   No  fractional  shares of Common  Stock  shall be issued  upon  exercise of a
Warrant, but, in lieu thereof,  there shall paid to the registered holder of the
Warrant  Certificate  evidencing such Warrant or other person  designated on the
Form of Election to Exercise as soon as practicable after date of surrender,  an
amount in cash equal to the  fraction of the current  market value of a share of
Common Stock equal to the fraction of a share to which such Warrant related. For
such purpose,  the current  market value of a share of Common Stock shall be the
book  value of the  Common  Stock as of the  last day of the  month  immediately
preceding the date of the Election to Exercise.

   Subject to Section 7 hereof,  upon surrender of a Warrant  Certificate,  with
the Form of Election to Exercise  duly  completed  and  executed,  together with
payment of the  Exercise  Price,  the  Company  shall issue and deliver the full
number of Shares  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  tendered for exercise.
Shares shall be deemed to have been issued,  and any person so designated by the
registered  holder  shall be deemed  to have  become  the  holder of record of a
Share,  as of the date of the surrender of the Warrant  Certificate to which the
Share relates and payment of the appropriate Exercise Price; provided,  however,
if the date of surrender of a Warrant  Certificate shall occur within any period
during which the transfer  books for the  Company's  Common Stock are closed for
any  purpose,  such person shall not be deemed to have become a holder of record
of a Share until the opening of business on the day of reopening  said  transfer
books,  and  certificates  representing  such Shares shall not be issuable until
such day.

   Section 9.  Reservation of Shares.  The Company will at all times reserve and
keep  available,  free  from  preemptive  rights,  out of the  aggregate  of its
authorized but unissued Common Stock,  for the purpose of enabling it to satisfy
any  obligation to issue Shares upon exercise of Warrants,  through the close of
business  on the  Expiration  Date,  the number of Shares  deliverable  upon the
exercise of all outstanding Warrants.

   The Company  covenants  that all Shares  issued upon exercise of the Warrants
will,  upon issuance in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  be fully
paid and non-assessable.

   The shares  allocated  for such  Warrants  will be included for  Registration
under  the  Securities  Act of  1993,  and  Rule 415  adopted  thereunder,  in a
registration  of  securities  expected  to be  filed  by the  Company  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission in December, 1996.

   Section 10.  Adjustment of Exercise  Price and Number of Shares  Purchasable.
The  Exercise  Price and the number of Shares  which may be  purchased  upon the
exercise of each  Warrant are subject to  adjustment  from time to time upon the
occurrence,  after the date hereof,  if the Company shall (i) declare a dividend
on the  Common  Stock  payable in shares of common  stock,  (ii)  subdivide  the
outstanding  Common Stock into a greater  number of shares or (iii)  combine the
outstanding  Common  Stock into a smaller  number of shares,  then the  Exercise
Price in effect on the record date for that dividend or on the effective date of
that subdivision or combination, and/or the number and kind of shares of capital
stock  issuable  on that date,  shall be  proportionately  adjusted  so that the
holder of any  Warrant  exercised  after such time shall be  entitled to receive
solely the aggregate  number and kind of shares of capital  stock which,  if the
Warrant had been  exercised  immediately  prior to that date,  such holder would



<PAGE>



have  owned  upon  exercise  and been  entitled  to  receive  by  virtue of that
dividend,  subdivision, or combination.  The foregoing adjustments shall be made
by the Company successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

   Section 11.  Notices to  Warrantholders.  Upon any adjustment to the Exercise
Price  pursuant to Section 10 hereof,  the Company  within twenty  calendar days
thereafter  shall  cause to be given to the  registered  holders of  outstanding
Warrant  Certificates  at their  respective  addresses  appearing on the Warrant
Certificate  register  written notice of the  adjustments  by first-class  mail,
postage  prepaid.  Where  appropriate,  the notice  may be given in advance  and
included  as a part  of  the  notice  required  to be  mailed  under  the  other
provisions of this Section 11.

   Section 12.  Supplements  and  Amendments.  The Company may from time to time
supplement  or amend this  Agreement  without the consent or  concurrence  of or
notice to any holders of Warrant  Certificates  or Warrants in order to cure any
ambiguity,   to  correct  or  supplement  any  provision  herein  which  may  be
inconsistent   with  any  other  provision  herein,  to  correct  any  defective
provision,  clerical omission, mistake or manifest error herein contained, or to
make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under this
Agreement  which  shall not  inconsistent  with the  provisions  of the  Warrant
Certificates; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests
of the holders of the Warrant Certificates or Warrants. Other amendments to this
Agreement  may be approved by a vote of at least 662/3  percent of the Company's
shares.

   Section 13.  Governing  Law.  This Plan and each Warrant  Certificate  issued
hereunder  shall be deemed to be a contract  made under the laws of the State of
Florida and for all  purposes  shall be governed by,  construed  and enforced in
accordance with the laws of said State.

   Section 14. Benefits of This Plan. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to
give to any person or  corporation  other than the  Company  and the  registered
holders of the Warrant  Certificates  or Warrants any legal or equitable  right,
remedy or claim under this Plan;  this Plan shall be for the sole and  exclusive
benefit of the Company and the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates.

   Adopted by the Board of Directors of The Commercial Bancorp, Inc. on the 10th
day of October, 1996.

                                                       ATTEST:



                                                       -------------------------









                          Exhibit 5.1 Opinion of Igler
                                & Dougherty, P.A.



<PAGE>



                             IGLER & DOUGHERTY, P.A.
                                Attorneys at Law
                              1501 PARK AVENUE EAST
                           TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA 32301
                                    --------
(904) 878-2411 TELEPHONE                                (904) 878-1230 FACSIMILE

                                 January 2, 1996


Board of Directors
The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.
258 North Nova Road
Ormond Beach, FL 32174

Gentlemen:

         You have  requested our opinion in connection  with the proposed  stock
offering of up to  1,200,000  shares of Common  Stock,  par value $.01 per share
(the "Common  Stock") by The Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.,  ("Company")  through a
public offering.

         In preparation of this opinion, we have reviewed the Company's Articles
of  Incorporation,  its  Bylaws,  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 filed on
behalf of the Company with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") on
January 3, 1996, and all exhibits  thereto (the  "Registration  Statement").  We
have also examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to
our  satisfaction,  of such  documents  and corporate  and other  records,  have
obtained such certificates,  letters, representations,  and information from the
officers  and  directors  of  the  Company  and  from  others,   and  made  such
examinations  of law as we have deemed  necessary.  In connection with rendering
the  opinions  set forth  below,  we have  assumed that the Company will conduct
business primarily in Florida.

         Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that:

         1. The Company has been duly organized and is validly  existing in good
standing as a corporation  under the laws of Florida,  with corporate  power and
authority  to own its  property  and conduct its  business as now  conducted  as
described in the Registration Statement;

         2. The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be issued in accordance
with  the  terms  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  constituting  a  part  of the
Registration  Statement  are  validly  authorized  and,  when (a) the  pertinent
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and such  "blue-sky" and securities law
as may be applicable  have been complied with, (b) the  subscription  agreements
for such shares have been properly accepted,  and (c) such shares have been duly
delivered  against payment  therefore as  contemplated  by the Prospectus,  such
shares will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.

         We  understand  that you may wish to include this Opinion as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement, and we consent to such inclusion. Furthermore, we
consent to the  references to this firm's name in the Company's  Prospectus  and
any and all amendments thereto.

                                          Sincerely,
                                          Igler & Dougherty, P.A.

                                          /s/ Igler & Dougherty, P.A.









                                  Exhibit 10.1
                          Proposed Employment Agreement
                      between the Bank and Gary G. Campbell


<PAGE>



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
                      THE COMMERCIAL BANK OF VOLUSIA COUNTY
                                       AND
                                GARY G. CAMPBELL



         THIS EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made,  effective this ____
day of ____________, 1996, by and between The Commercial Bank of Volusia County,
a  state-chartered  commercial  bank with its principal  office in Ormond Beach,
Florida ("Bank",  "Employer",  "we" or "us") and Gary G. Campbell ("Employee" or
"you") (collectively, the Employer and the Employee are sometimes referred to as
the "Parties").


                                     RECITAL

         We wish to retain you as our President and Chief  Executive  Officer to
perform the duties and  responsibilities  as are described in this Agreement and
as our Board of  Directors  ("Board")  may assign to you from time to time.  You
wish to become  employed  by us and act as our  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer in  accordance  with the terms and  provisions of this  Agreement.  This
Agreement   contains  all  of  the  terms  and   provisions  of  the  employment
relationship.

                                OPERATIVE TERMS:

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual  agreements  contained
herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto represent, warrant, undertake,
covenant and agree as follows:

         1.  Employment  and Term. We shall employ you and you shall be employed
by us pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to perform the services  specified
in Section 2 of this Agreement on our behalf.  This Agreement shall be effective
on (the "Commencement Date") and terminate on the day immediately  preceding two
(2) years from the Commencement  Date (the "Term"),  unless  terminated  earlier
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 8, 9 or 10 of this  Agreement.  The Board
shall  review this  Agreement  and the  Employee's  performance  hereunder on or
before December 31, 1998, and annually thereafter, in order to determine whether
to extend the  Agreement  for an  additional  12 month  period.  The decision to
extend  the term of this  Agreement  for an  additional  year is within the sole
discretion  of the  Board.  Any such  renewal  shall be on the  same  terms  and
provisions  set forth herein.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the word "Term"
shall  include any renewal or  extension  of the initial  two-year  term of this
Agreement.

         2. Position,  Responsibilities  and Duties.  During the Term, you shall
serve  in  the   following   capacities   and  shall   fulfill   the   following
responsibilities and duties:

                  (a) President and Chief Executive Officer:  You shall serve in
         the position of our  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  through
         election  by our  Board.  In such  capacity,  you  shall  have the same
         powers,  duties and  responsibilities  of supervision and management of
         the Bank usually accorded to the President and Chief Executive  Officer
         of similar financial institutions. In addition, you shall use your best
         efforts to perform the duties and  responsibilities  enumerated in this
         Agreement  and any  other  duties  assigned  to you by our Board and to
         utilize and develop  contacts and  customers to enhance the business of
         the Bank.  Specifically,  you shall devote your full  business time and
         attention  and use your best  efforts to  accomplish  and  fulfill  the
         following duties and  responsibilities as well as other duties assigned
         to you from time to time by the Board:


                                        1

<PAGE>



                           (i)      manage all personnel of the Bank;

                           (ii)     serve as a member of the Board of Directors,
                                    if and when elected to such a position;

                           (iii)    serve on such committees of the Board as you
                                    are appointed from time to time;

                           (iv)     keep  the  Board   informed   of   important
                                    developments  concerning the Bank,  industry
                                    developments   and  regulatory   initiatives
                                    affecting the Bank;

                           (v)      maintain  adequate  expense records relating
                                    to your activities on our behalf;

                           (vi)     establish and implement marketing efforts to
                                    increase the business of the Bank;

                           (vii)    supervise  all  loans  and  assist  in their
                                    proper servicing and resolution  through the
                                    management   of  our  human  and   financial
                                    resources;

                           (viii)   coordinate    with   our    attorneys    and
                                    accountants  and other service  providers to
                                    the extent necessary to further the business
                                    of the  Bank,  keeping  in  compliance  with
                                    government    laws   and   regulations   and
                                    otherwise  keeping  the  Bank  in as  good a
                                    financial and legal posture as possible; and

                           (ix)     conduct and undertake all other  activities,
                                    responsibilities,    and   duties   normally
                                    expected to be undertaken  and  accomplished
                                    by the President and Chief Executive Officer
                                    of a financial  institution similar in scope
                                    and operation to our business.

                  (b) General  Duties:  During the Term, and except for illness,
         vacation  periods and leaves of absences,  you shall devote all of your
         working  time,  attention,  skill and best  efforts to  accomplish  and
         faithfully  perform  all of the duties  assigned  to you on a full-time
         basis. You shall, at all times,  conduct yourself in a manner that will
         reflect   positively   upon  us.  You  shall   obtain  such   licenses,
         certificates,   accreditations   and   professional   memberships   and
         designations as we may reasonably  require from time to time. You shall
         join and maintain  membership in such social and civic organizations as
         you or we deem appropriate to foster your contacts and business network
         in the community.

                  (c) Policies and Manual: You agree to comply with the policies
         and  procedures  that  we  adopt  and  implement  from  time to time as
         described in our Employee Manual,  including any policies relating to a
         "drug fee work  place".  In that regard you agree to submit to the same
         testing procedures, if any, which apply to all Bank employees. You have
         read and understand the contents of the Employee Manual and acknowledge
         that we may modify,  amend,  supplement and update the Employee  Manual
         from time to time as we determine appropriate.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         3. Compensation. During the Term, we shall compensate you by paying you
in accordance with the following provisions:

                  (a) Base  Salary:  We will  pay you a  monthly  salary  of Six
         Thousand Two Hundred  Fifty  Dollars  ($6,250)  (the "Base  Salary") in
         accordance with our regular payroll practices reduced  appropriately by
         deductions for federal income withholding taxes,  social security taxes
         and other  deductions  required by  applicable  laws. We may adjust the
         Base  Salary  from  time to time  based  upon  our  evaluation  of your
         performance, but not below a monthly salary of Six Thousand Two Hundred
         Fifty Dollars ($6,250) without your written concurrence.

                  (b) Incentive  Stock  Options:  We will designate you as a key
         employee  eligible for the grant of incentive  stock  options under the
         Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.,  1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock  Option
         Plan") which will be adopted by the Company  prior to June 30, 1997. In
         that  connection,  we will  grant to you  under  the terms of the Stock
         Option Plan,  options to acquire 10,000 shares of the Company's  common
         stock,  over a ten-year  period.  The option will vest 20 percent  each
         year  beginning  at the  conclusion  of one year from the date of grant
         until  fully  vested.  The  grant of the  stock  options  shall be made
         strictly in  accordance  with the terms of the Stock Option Plan and in
         accordance with the Company's standard form of Stock Option Agreement.

                  (c)  Bonus:  We  may  pay  you  a  bonus  when,  in  our  sole
         discretion,   we  determine  that  your   performance   merits  special
         compensation.  We will  consider  a  bonus  at the  conclusion  of each
         calendar year for which you are employed  based on achievement of goals
         pre-established  by the Board,  payable on such terms and conditions as
         we determine.

         4. Payment of Business Expenses. You are authorized to incur reasonable
expenses  in  performing  your  duties  hereunder.  We  will  reimburse  you for
authorized expenses,  according to our established policies, promptly after your
presentation to us of an itemized account of such expenditures.

         5. Vacation. You are entitled to take up to two (2) weeks paid vacation
time each year following the effective date of this Agreement.

         6.       Fringe Benefits.

                  (a) Medical  Benefits:  You are entitled to participate in all
         medical and health care benefit plans through health insurance, medical
         reimbursement  plans  or  other  plans,  if  any,  provided,  or  to be
         provided,  by us for our  employees  on the same basis as is  typically
         provided by us to our other employees.

                  (b) Other Benefit  Plans:  You are entitled to  participate in
         all of  our  employee  benefit  programs,  if  any,  including  without
         limitation,  pension plans, profit-sharing plans, 401(k) plans, medical
         insurance plans, group life insurance plans,  thrift plans,  disability
         plans,  deferred  compensation  plans,  stock option  plans,  education
         programs  and general  bonus  payments as may be in effect from time to
         time or at any time, if any, provided, or to be provided, by us for our
         employees  on the same  basis  as is  typically  provided  by us to our
         employees.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall be deemed  to, or have an
         effect that would,  exclude you from (i) any supplemental  compensation
         or other  benefits you might become  entitled to as our  employee,  and
         (ii) special incentive compensation programs designed solely for you.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (c)  Automobile : We will provide you with an  automobile  and
         will  reimburse  you for expenses you may incur for the business use of
         such automobile.

                  (d)  Country  Club  Membership:  Employer  will pay for a full
         membership  for Employee at a country club and/or  social club mutually
         acceptable to both parties.  Employer shall establish such policies and
         procedures  in order for  Employee  to comply with  applicable  federal
         income tax laws and regulations  governing  Employee's  personal use of
         the  country  club in order to reduce the amount of income  that may be
         attributable to Employee for the use of such facilities.  Employee will
         comply with the policies and procedures established by Employer in this
         regard.


         7.       Disability/Illness.

                  (a)  Illness:  We shall pay you the full  portion  of the Base
         Salary for any period of your illness or incapacity: provided that such
         illness or incapacity does not render you unable to perform your duties
         under this  Agreement  for a period  longer than three (3)  consecutive
         months or for lesser  consecutive  periods which in the aggregate total
         three months in any one calendar  year. At the end of such  three-month
         period,  or at such time that your  periods of  illness  or  incapacity
         total in the aggregate more than three months in any one calendar year,
         we may terminate your employment and this Agreement.

                  (b) Disability:  If we terminate your  employment  pursuant to
         your  disability as determined  under  subsection  7(a) above,  then we
         shall pay to you,  as a  disability  payment,  an amount  equal to your
         monthly Base Salary,  payable in accordance  with our standard  payroll
         practices,  commencing on the effective  date of your  termination  and
         ending on the earlier of:

                           (i)      the date you return to full time  employment
                                    with us in the  same  capacity  as you  were
                                    employed  prior  to  your   termination  for
                                    disability:

                           (ii)     your  full  time   employment   by   another
                                    employer;

                           (iii)    three  (3)  months  after  the  date of such
                                    termination,   after   which   you  will  be
                                    entitled  to  receive   benefits  under  any
                                    disability  insurance  plan  provided by the
                                    Bank; or

                           (iv)     the date of your death.

We may satisfy our obligations to you in this Section of this Agreement,  at our
option,  through the purchase of disability  insurance;  and, if we decide to do
so, the  provisions  of the policy will  control the amounts  paid to you.  Such
disability payments will be coordinated with any disability plans made available
to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement.

                  (c) Continuation of Coverages: During any period of illness or
         disability,  we will  continue  any other life,  health and  disability
         coverages for you substantially identical to the coverage maintained by
         us for you prior to your  termination  for  disability  or the onset of
         your illness. However, such coverages shall cease upon the earlier of:

                           (i)      your  full  time   employment   by   another
                                    employer;

                                        4

<PAGE>



                           (ii)     one  (1)  year   after   the  date  of  such
                                    termination    (with   the    exception   of
                                    disability insurance coverage); or

                           (iii)    the date of your death.

                  (d) No Reduction  in Base  Salary:  During the period in which
         you are disabled or subject to illness or incapacity, there shall be no
         reduction  in  your  Base  Salary,  other  than  as  described  in this
         Agreement.

         8. Death During Employment.  If you die during the Term, this Agreement
shall  terminate  and we will pay your estate the  portion of your  compensation
which  would be payable to you up to the first  working  day of the first  month
after your death occurs.  After such payment, we shall have no further financial
obligation  to you or to your  estate  under  this  Agreement;  except  that any
compensation payable to you under any benefit plan maintained by us will be paid
pursuant to its terms.

         9.       Termination.

                  (a) Death,  Illness or  Incapacity:  This  Agreement  and your
         employment  shall  terminate upon your death,  illness or incapacity in
         accordance with the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement.

                  (b) Termination Without Cause: We may terminate this Agreement
         and your  employment  at any time for any reason  without prior notice.
         However,  if we terminate your employment for any reason other than for
         "good cause" (as defined under  Subsection 9(c) below),  we will pay to
         you as severance the full portion of the Base Salary we then pay to you
         for the  remaining  term of the  Agreement  or 3 months,  whichever  is
         greater.

                  (c) Termination for Good Cause: We may, at any time, terminate
         this Agreement and your employment  without notice for "good cause". If
         we terminate your  employment for good cause, we shall not be obligated
         to pay to you any  severance.  The term "good  cause" shall mean any of
         the following acts committed by you:

                           (i)      Personal dishonesty;

                           (ii)     Incompetence;

                           (iii)    A pattern of socially unacceptable behavior

                           (iv)     Willful misconduct:

                           (v)      Breach of fiduciary duty involving  personal
                                    profit;

                           (vi)     Intentional   failure  to   perform   stated
                                    duties;

                           (vii)    Willful   violation  of  any  law,  rule  or
                                    regulation (other than traffic violations or
                                    similar     offenses)     or    any    final
                                    cease-and-desist order; or

                           (viii)   Material  breach  of any  provision  of this
                                    Agreement.


                                        5

<PAGE>



                  (d) Effective  Date of  Termination:  The  termination of this
         Agreement and your  employment  shall be effective upon our delivery to
         you of written notice or at such later time as may be specified in such
         notice, and you shall immediately vacate our premises on or before such
         effective date.

                  (e)  Post-Termination  Obligations:  We shall  pay to you such
         compensation  as is  otherwise  required  by us to pay to you after the
         termination of your employment pursuant to this Agreement. However, any
         such  payment  to you  shall  be  subject  to  your  providing  us with
         post-termination   cooperation.  Such  cooperation  shall  include  the
         following:

                           (i)      you  shall  furnish  such   information  and
                                    assistance   to  us  as  may  be  reasonably
                                    required  by  us  in  connection   with  any
                                    litigation  or  settlement  of  any  dispute
                                    between  us, a  borrower  and/or  any  other
                                    third parties  (including without limitation
                                    serving  as a  witness  in  court  or  other
                                    proceedings);

                           (ii)     you  shall  provide  such   information   or
                                    assistance  to us  in  connection  with  any
                                    regulatory   examination  by  any  state  or
                                    federal regulatory agency;

                           (iii)    you shall keep our trade  secrets  and other
                                    proprietary  or   confidential   information
                                    secret to the  fullest  extent  practicable,
                                    subject to  compliance  with all  applicable
                                    laws.

         10. Required Provisions by Regulation. The Parties mutually acknowledge
that the laws and  regulations  governing us require that certain  provisions by
provided in each  employment  agreement with officers and employees of the Bank.
The Parties agree to be bound by all of the following provisions:

                  (a)  Suspension/Temporary  Prohibition:  If you are  suspended
         and/or temporarily  prohibited from participating in the conduct of our
         affairs by a notice  served under section 8(e) or (g)(1) of the Federal
         Deposit  Insurance  Act  [12  U.S.C.   ss.1818(e)(3)  and  (g)(1)]  our
         obligations  under this Agreement  shall be suspended as of the date of
         such service unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges
         and the notice are dismissed, we may in our discretion:

                           (i)      pay you  all or  part  of your  compensation
                                    withheld  while the  obligations  under this
                                    Agreement are suspended; and

                           (ii)     reinstate  (in  whole  or  part)  any of our
                                    obligations which were suspended.

                  (b)  Permanent   Prohibition:   If  you  are  removed   and/or
         permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of our affairs
         by an order  issued  under  section  8(e)(4)  or (g)(1) of the  Federal
         Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C.  ss.1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)],  all of our
         obligations  under this Agreement  shall  terminate as of the effective
         date  of the  order,  but  your  vested  rights,  if any  shall  not be
         affected.

                  (c) Default  Under  FDIA:  If we are in default [as defined in
         section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act], all obligations
         

                                        6

<PAGE>



         under this  Agreement  shall  terminate as of the date of default,  but
         this  subsection of this Agreement  shall not affect your vested rights
         if any.

                  (d)  Regulatory   Termination:   All  obligations  under  this
         Agreement   shall  be   terminated,   except  to  the  extent   that  a
         determination  has been made that  continuation  of this  Agreement  is
         necessary for continued operation of the Bank:

                           (i)      by the Director or his or her  designee,  at
                                    the  time  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance
                                    Corporation    ("FDIC")   enters   into   an
                                    agreement  to  provide  assistance  to or on
                                    behalf  of  the  Bank  under  the  authority
                                    contained  in Section  13(c) of the  Federal
                                    Deposit Insurance Act; or

                           (ii)     by the Director or his or her  designee,  at
                                    the time the Director or his or her designee
                                    approves  a  supervisory  merger to  resolve
                                    problems related to operation of the Bank or
                                    when the Bank's  determined  by the Director
                                    to be in unsafe or  unsound  condition.  For
                                    purposes   of   this   subsection   of  this
                                    Agreement,  the term  "Director"  shall mean
                                    the Director of the FDIC. Any of your rights
                                    that have already vested, however, shall not
                                    be affected by such action.

                  (e)  Golden  Parachute:  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee
         pursuant  to  this  Agreement,   or  otherwise,   are  subject  to  and
         conditioned  upon their  compliance with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k) and
         any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         11. Fees and  Kickbacks.  It shall be  considered a material  breach of
this  Agreement  if you  receive:  (i) either  directly or  indirectly  any fee,
kickback,  or thing of value in connection with any loan made by us; or (ii) any
portion, split or percentage of any charge, either directly or indirectly, given
to or accepted by us or any subsidiary or affiliate, in connection with any loan
made by us or our affiliates;  or (iii) any fee, kickback or compensation of any
kind in  connection  with the  participation  by us in any loan  from any  other
source.

         12. Indebtedness.  If during the Term you become indebted to us for any
reason,  we may, at our election,  set off and collect any sums due us from you,
out of any  amounts  which  we may owe to you from  your  Base  Salary  or other
compensation.

         13.  Maintenance  of Trade Secrets and  Confidential  Information.  You
shall use your best efforts and utmost diligence to guard and protect all of our
trade secrets and  confidential  information.  You shall not,  either during the
Term or after  termination  of this  Agreement,  for  whatever  reason,  use for
yourself or for any other Person, in any capacity, or divulge or disclose in any
manner to any Person,  the identity of our  customers,  or our  customer  lists,
methods of operation, marketing and promotional methods, processes,  techniques,
systems,  formulas,  programs or other trade secrets or confidential information
relating to our business. Upon termination of this Agreement or your employment,
for any reason,  you shall immediately  return and deliver to us all records and
papers  and  all  matters  of  whatever  nature  which  bear  trade  secrets  or
confidential information.

         14.      Competitive Activities.


                                        7

<PAGE>



                  (a)  You  agree  that  during  the  term  of  your  employment
         hereunder,  except with the express  consent of the Board of Directors,
         you will not, directly or indirectly,  engage or participate in, become
         a  director  of,  or  render  advisory  or other  services  for,  or in
         connection  with,  or  become  interested  in,  or make  any  financial
         investment  in any  firm,  corporation,  business  entity  or  business
         enterprise  competitive with or to any business of the Bank;  provided,
         however,  that you shall not hereby be  precluded  or  prohibited  from
         owning passive investments,  including investments in the securities of
         other  financial  institutions,  so  long as such  ownership  does  not
         require you to devote  substantial time to management or control of the
         business or activities in which you have invested.

                  (b)  You  agree  and  acknowledge   that  by  virtue  of  your
         employment  hereunder,  you will  acquire an intimate  knowledge of the
         activities and affairs of the Bank,  including  trade secrets and other
         confidential matters. Because of the special, unique, and extraordinary
         services that you are capable of performing  for the Bank or one of its
         competitors,  you  recognize  that the  services  to be rendered by you
         hereunder are of a character  giving them a peculiar value, the loss of
         which cannot be adequately or  reasonably  compensated  for by damages.
         You, therefore, agree that during the term of this Agreement, and for a
         period of three (3) months after  termination  of this  Agreement,  you
         shall not  become  employed,  directly  or  indirectly,  whether  as an
         employee,  independent  contractor,  consultant,  or otherwise,  in the
         financial  services  industry with any business  enterprise or business
         entity  currently  then  operating,  or by a Person  whose intent is to
         organize  another  financial  institution  within  the  Bank's  Primary
         Service Areas  ("PSA's") in which it is currently  then  operating,  as
         such PSA's are defined in the Bank's applications to either organize or
         branch as filed with the appropriate regulatory agencies.

                  You hereby  agree that the  duration  of the  anti-competitive
         covenant set forth herein is reasonable,  and its  geographic  scope is
         not unduly restrictive.

         15.      Discoveries, Inventions and Improvements.

                  (a)  Our  Rights:   You  shall   report  to  us  all  of  your
         discoveries,  inventions,  improvements,  programs or ideas of whatever
         nature,  conceived or made by you  relating to our business  during the
         Term. All such discoveries, inventions, improvements, programs or ideas
         of whatever  nature  which are  applicable  in any way to our  business
         shall be our sole and exclusive  property.  You shall deliver to us all
         of the original copies of such discoveries,  inventions,  improvements,
         programs or ideas upon the termination of your employment. In addition,
         at our  request  you will sign and  deliver to us  whatever  documents,
         assignments,  bills of sale, or conveyances that we consider  necessary
         in order to perfect our property rights described in this Section 15.

                  (b)  Copyrights  and Patents:  We have the  absolute  right to
         obtain  copyrights,  trademarks  or patents  with respect to any of the
         discoveries,  inventions,  improvements,  programs or ideas you develop
         during the Term or any derivative products from the foregoing, and that
         all  such  copyrights,  trademarks,  or  patents  shall be our sole and
         exclusive property. At our request, you will sign and deliver to us any
         documents  that  we  consider  necessary  for  the  protection  of  our
         interests in discoveries,  inventions,  improvements, trade secrets and
         confidential information, or to further our business.

                  (c) Licenses:  We have the sole and exclusive right to license
         other Persons to use the products, ideas, improvements,  discoveries or
         

                                        8

<PAGE>



         inventions  produced  by you  pursuant  to your  employment  under this
         Agreement,  and all  monies  derived  therefrom  shall  be our sole and
         exclusive property.

                  (d)  Development  Rights:  We  have  the  exclusive  right  to
         develop,  refine,  enhance, modify and/or implement any ideas concepts,
         programs, strategies or improvements, developed by you during the Term.

                  (e)  Property  of  Employer:   All  programs,   documentation,
         customer lists, manuals,  products,  reports and any other information,
         whatsoever, pertaining to our business are our sole property. You shall
         refrain from use, disclosure or sale,  directly or indirectly,  of such
         programs, product, documentation,  customer lists, manuals, reports and
         other information.

                                        9

<PAGE>



         16.      Remedies for Breach.

                  (a)  Arbitration:  The  Parties  Agree  that,  except  for the
         specific  remedies for  Injunctive  Relief and other  equitable  relief
         contained in Subsection  16(b) and (c) below,  any controversy or claim
         arising  out of or relating to this  Agreement  or any breach  thereof,
         including,  without  limitation,  any claim that this  Agreement or any
         portion  thereof is invalid,  illegal or otherwise  voidable,  shall be
         submitted  to binding  arbitration  before and in  accordance  with the
         rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  and judgment  upon the
         determination  and/or  award of such  arbitrator  may be entered in any
         court having jurisdiction thereof. Provided,  however, that this clause
         shall not be  construed  to permit  the award of  punitive  damages  to
         either  party.  The  prevailing  party  to said  arbitration  shall  be
         entitled  to an award  of  reasonable  attorney's  fees.  The  situs of
         arbitration shall be in Volusia County, Florida.

                  (b) Injunctive Relief: The Parties  acknowledge and agree that
         the  services  to be  performed  by you are special and unique and that
         money damages cannot fully compensate us in the event of your violation
         of the provisions of Sections 13, 14 and 15 of this Agreement. Thus, in
         the event of a breach of any of the  provisions of such  Sections,  you
         agree that we, upon  application to a court of competent  jurisdiction,
         shall be entitled to an injunction  restraining  you from any breach of
         the terms and  provision  of such  Sections  of this  Agreement.  If we
         prevail in an action seeking an injunction  restraining  you, you shall
         pay all costs  and  reasonable  attorneys  fees  incurred  by us in and
         relating to obtaining such  injunction.  Such injunctive  relief may be
         obtained  without bond and your sole remedy,  in the event of the entry
         of such  injunction,  shall be the dissolution of such  injunction,  if
         warranted,  upon  hearing duly had. You hereby waive any and all claims
         for damages by reason of the wrongful issuance of any such injunction.

                  (c) Cumulative  Remedies:  Notwithstanding any other provision
         of this Agreement,  the injunctive relief described in subsection 16(a)
         above and all other remedies  provided for in this Agreement  which are
         available  to us as a result of your breach of this  Agreement,  are in
         addition to and shall not limit any and all remedies  existing at or in
         equity which are also available to us.

         17. Assignment. We may assign this Agreement to any other Person at any
time  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as we  consider  appropriate,  if such
assignment is made in  conjunction  with an  acquisition of control of the Bank.
Upon such assignment, all of our rights herein shall inure to the benefit of the
assignee.  Your rights and obligations  herein are personal to you and therefore
none of your rights or obligations hereunder are assignable to anyone else.

         18.      Miscellaneous.

                  (a)  Amendment  of  Agreement:  Unless as  otherwise  provided
         herein, this Agreement may not be modified or amended except in writing
         signed by both Parties.

                  (b) Certain Definitions:  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
         following  terms whenever  capitalized  herein shall have the following
         meanings:

                           (i)      "Person"  shall  mean  any  natural  person,
                                    corporation,    partnership    (general   or
                                    limited),  trust, bank or any other business
                                    entity.


                                       10

<PAGE>



                           (ii)     "Affiliate"   shall  mean  a  Person   that,
                                    directly or indirectly,  through one or more
                                    intermediaries,  controls, is controlled by,
                                    or  is  under  common  control  with,   such
                                    Person.  With respect to the  Employee,  the
                                    term  includes his spouse,  parents,  lineal
                                    descendants, brothers and sister.

                           (iii)    "Attorneys  Fees"  shall  include  the legal
                                    fees and disbursements  charged by attorneys
                                    and  their   related   travel  and   lodging
                                    expenses,  court costs, paralegal fees, etc.
                                    incurred in settlement,  trial, appeal or in
                                    bankruptcy proceedings.

                           (iv)     "Term"   shall   include   the  time  period
                                    specified in Section 1 of this Agreement and
                                    include any renewals or extensions thereof.

                  (c) Headings for Reference  Only:  The headings of paragraphs,
         sections  and  subsections  herein are included  solely for  convenient
         reference  and shall not control the meaning of the  interpretation  of
         any of the provisions of this Agreement.

                  (d)  Governing  Law/Jurisdiction:   This  Agreement  shall  be
         construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of
         Florida.  Any and all litigation involving the Parties and their rights
         and obligations  herein shall be brought in the appropriate  federal or
         state courts in Volusia County, Florida, and the Parties hereby consent
         to the jurisdiction of such courts.  The Parties hereto expressly waive
         their right to a jury trial.

                  (e)  Severability:  If any of the provisions of this Agreement
         shall be held invalid for any reason,  the remainder of this  Agreement
         shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect
         in accordance with the remainder of its terms.

                  (f) Entire  Agreement:  Waiver:  This  Agreement and all other
         documents  incorporated  or  referred  to  herein,  contain  the entire
         agreement of the Parties and there are no representations,  inducements
         or other  provisions  other than those expressed in writing herein.  No
         modification,  waiver or  discharge  of any  provision or any breach of
         this  Agreement  shall be effective  unless it is in writing  signed by
         both  Parties.  Our  waiver  of your  breach of any  provision  of this
         Agreement,  shall  not  operate,  or be  construed,  as a waiver of any
         subsequent breach by you of that provision or of any other provision of
         this Agreement.

                  (g) Pronouns:  As used herein,  words in the singular  include
         the plural,  and the masculine  include the feminine and neuter gender,
         as appropriate.

                  (h)  Successors  and  Assigns:  Except as  otherwise  provided
         herein,  the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement
         shall  inure  to the  benefit  of  and  shall  be  binding  upon  their
         successors and assigns.

                  (i) Prior  Agreements:  This Agreement  amends,  supplants and
         supersedes  any and all prior  agreements  between the Parties  whether
         verbal or written.

                  (k)  Notices:  Any notice  required or  permitted  to be given
         under  this  Agreement  shall be  sufficient  if in  writing,  and hand
         delivered or if sent by regular mail or reputable

                                       11

<PAGE>



         commercial  next-day air carrier (e.g. Federal Express) to the Employee
         at the  address  for  him in our  records  or,  to us at our  principal
         office, Attn:  Secretary to the Board of Directors.  Such notices shall
         be deemed  received  on the next  business  day  following  mailing  or
         depositing with the carrier.

                  (l)  Recital:  The Recital set forth at the  beginning of this
         Agreement  shall be deemed to be  incorporated  into this  Agreement by
         this reference as if fully set forth herein,  and this Agreement  shall
         be interpreted with reference to and in light of such Recital.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.



                                        THE COMMERCIAL BANK OF
                                        VOLUSIA COUNTY


_________________________________       By: ___________________________________
Witness                                         James R. Peacock
                                                Chairman of the Board


                                        EMPLOYEE



- ---------------------------------       ---------------------------------------
Witness                                 Gary G. Campbell

                                       12






                                  Exhibit 10.2
                        Agreement to Lease Real Property



<PAGE>



                             Trails Shopping Center


         THIS LEASE,  (the  "Lease") made and entered into as of the 18th day of
October , 1996,  by and between  Sterling  Tequesta/Trails  Limited  Partnership
("Landlord") and The Commercial Bancorp, Inc. ("Tenant").

                                   WITNESSETH:

                                    ARTICLE I
                REFERENCE PROVISIONS, AND ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS

         Section  1.1  REFERENCE  PROVISIONS.  Where  used  in this  Lease,  the
designated terms  hereinafter set forth shall have the meanings  ascribed by the
provisions of this Section 1.1:

         (a) "SHOPPING  CENTER" - that certain real property  generally known as
Trails Shopping Center (the "Shopping  Center") more  particularly  described in
Exhibit "A" attached hereto and by this reference  incorporated  herein together
with all  improvements  now  located  or  hereafter  erected  thereon,  less any
deletions  pursuant to this Lease,  plus such additions as the Landlord may from
time to time designate as comprising part of the Shopping Center.

         (b)  "LEASED  PREMISES"  - that  certain  space  located  in a building
erected or to be erected on the Shopping Center containing  approximately  3,347
square feet as shown Exhibit "B" attached hereto; Bay 38 and 41.

         (c)      "TENANT'S TRADE NAME" - The Commercial Bank.

         (d) 'TERM" - the period of time  commencing  as of the date  hereof and
ending,  unless extended or sooner terminated as herein provided,  at 12 o'clock
(midnight) on the fifth (5th) annual anniversary of the Rental Commencement Date
as herein below defined.

         (e)  "LEASE  YEAR" - each  period  (during  the  Term) of  twelve  (12)
calendar  months which begins on the Rental  Commencement  Date or on any annual
anniversary  thereof,  or such shorter period (if any) which begins as aforesaid
and ends on the date of the termination of this Lease.

         (f)  "MINIMUM  RENT" - the Minimum  Rent shall be  $35,082.00  per year
payable monthly in advance in equal  installments of $2,923.50 each beginning on
the "Rental Commence Date." The Minimum Rent for each Lease Year commencing with
the second Lease Year shall be four  percent  (4%) more than the Minimum  Rental
for the preceding Lease Year.

         (g)  "PERCENTAGE  RENT. - There shall be no  Percentage  Rent due under
this Lease. All references to Percentage Rent are hereby deleted.

         (h) "TENANT'S SHARE OF OPERATING  EXPENSES" - this is a fully net lease
and Tenant  shall pay its pro rata share of  Operating  Expenses as set forth in
Section 2.6.  Initially,  Tenant shall pay $962.26 monthly toward Tenant's share
of Operating Expenses.

         (i)      ANCHOR TENANT(S) - Publix, Eckerds.

         (j) "USE" - Tenant shall use the Leased Premises solely for the purpose
of a bank.

         (k) "COMMON  AREA" - all areas and  facilities  in the Shopping  Center
designated for the general use, in common,  of occupants of the Shopping Center,
including the Tenant hereunder,  its officers,  agents, employees and customers.
Common Areas shall include the parking  areas,  sidewalks,  canopies,  roadways,
loading platforms, washrooms, ramps and landscaped areas.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         (l)  "INITIAL  DEPOSIT" - in the amount of  $8,885.76  shall be paid to
Landlord  upon  Tenant's  execution of this Lease of which  $5,000.00 is to be a
"SECURITY  DEPOSIT"  applied  as  provided  in Section  11.3 and the  balance of
$3,885.76  represents the first Full Month's  Minimum Rent,  including  Tenant's
Share of Operating Expenses and 6% Florida sales tax.

         (m)  "CONSTRUCTION  OBLIGATIONS"  - as  specified  in  Article  III and
Exhibit "C" attached hereto.

         (n) "ADDRESSES FOR NOTICE" - 
             TO LANDLORD:  Sterling  Tequesta/Trails
                           Limited  Partnership  
                           209 Phipps  Plaza    
                           Palm  Beach,  Florida  33480  
                           (407) 835-1810

             TO TENANT:  The Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.
                         P.O. Box 730428
                         Ormond  Beach,  FL 32173
                         Telephone 904-672-3003 

         (o) "ADDRESS FOR PAYMENTS"- Unless otherwise directed by Landlord,  all
payments hereunder or required by this Lease shall be made to:
                           Trails Shopping Center
                           209 Phipps Plaza
                           Palm Beach, Florida 33480

         (p)      "MONTHLY MERCHANTS ASSOCIATION DUES" of $0.00 per month.

         (q)      "BROKERS" - Sterling Realty Services, LC.

         Section 1.2 GRANTING OF THE LEASED PREMISES.  Landlord hereby leases to
Tenant and Tenant  hereby  rents from  Landlord  the Leased  Premises.  Provided
Tenant is not in default  hereunder,  Tenant shall be entitled to use the Common
Areas in common  with the  Landlord  and other  tenants of the  Shopping  Center
throughout  the Term of this  Lease.  Landlord  may reduce or change the number,
dimensions or location of the improvements comprising the Shopping Center or any
of them in any manner  whatsoever as Landlord shall deem proper. It is expressly
understood  and agreed that  nothing  herein  contained  shall be construed as a
grant or rental of or a conveyance  of any rights in the roof or exterior of the
building or buildings of which the Leased  Premises  constitute a part;  the air
space (occupied or not) above a horizontal  elevation plane coterminous with the
bottom edge of the structural steel framework  supporting the roof of the Leased
Premises: the Common Areas (except as herein before specifically provided to the
contrary);  the air space  (occupied or not) below a horizontal  elevation plane
coterminous with the finished floor level of the Leased Premises; or of the land
upon which the Leased Premises are located.

         Section  1.3 FLOOR AREA.  The term  "Floor  Area" as used in this Lease
shall mean the actual  number of square  feet of floor  space  within the Leased
Premises  and  any  area  outside  the  Leased  Premises  which  is  exclusively
appropriated for use by Tenant; subject,  however, to the limitations of Section
1.2 hereof. The Floor Area of the Leased Premises shall be finally determined by
Landlord on or before the "Rental  Commencement Date" (as herein below defined),
and shall be calculated  by measuring  from the center line of interior or party
walls and from the exterior faces of exterior walls.

         Section 1.4  ACCEPTANCE  OF LEASED  PREMISES.  By opening for business,
Tenant  shall  be  deemed  to  have  accepted  the  Leased  Premises,   to  have
acknowledged  that the same are in condition  called for  hereunder  and to have
agreed that as of that date all of the  obligations  imposed upon Landlord under
this Lease have been fully performed.

         Section  1.5 QUIET  ENJOYMENT.  Tenant,  upon  paying the rents  herein
reserved and performing and observing all other terms,  covenants and conditions
of this Lease on Tenant's part to be performed and observed, shall peaceable and
quietly  have,  hold and enjoy the  Leased  Premises  during  the Term,  subject
nevertheless  to the  terms  of  this  Lease  and to any  mortgages,  ground  or
underlying leases,  agreements and encumbrances to which this Lease is or may be
subordinated.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         Section 1.6 RENTAL  COMMENCEMENT DATE. Except as herein provided to the
contrary, the phrase "Rental Commencement Date" shall be 3/1/97.

                                   ARTICLE II
                             RENT AND OTHER CHARGES

         Section 2.1 MINIMUM RENT. Tenant shall pay to Landlord without previous
demand  therefor  and  without  any  setoff or  deduction  whatsoever  except as
expressly  provided in this Lease,  the Minimum Rent provided in Section 1.1(f),
as adjusted in 2.1 hereof, payable in equal monthly installments, in advance, on
the first day of each and every calendar month  throughout the Term. The Minimum
Rent shall  commence to accrue on the Rental  Commencement  Date. The first full
payment  date  hereunder  shall be the  first day of the  first  calendar  month
following  the Rental  Commencement  Date and on that date  Tenant  shall pay to
Landlord the Minimum rent set forth in Section 1.1(f) for the month beginning on
such date plus a proportionate  amount thereof for the period, if any, beginning
on the Rental  Commencement Date and ending on the day preceding such first full
rental  payment date  hereunder.  Unless  otherwise  directed by  Landlord,  all
payments hereunder or required by this Lease shall be made to the address as set
forth in Section 1.1(o).

         Section 2.2  OPERATING  EXPENSES.  In addition to the monthly Base Rent
due pursuant to Section 2.1, herein,  Tenant agrees to pay as additional rent to
Lessor,  Lessee's  proportionate  share  of  the  Shopping  Center's  "Operating
Expenses."  The  term  "Proportionate  Share"  shall  mean  that  fraction,  the
numerator  of  which  is the  total  number  of  rentable  square  feet of space
contained  within the Leased  Premises and the denominator of which is the total
area of the Shopping Center less the area leased to the Anchor Tenants. The term
"Operating  Expenses" shall mean all costs of operation,  servicing,  management
and maintenance of the Shopping  Center  containing the Leased Premises less the
sums  paid for such  costs by the  Anchor  Tenants,  and more  particularly  but
without restricting the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of:

         (a)      Employees.  Salaries,  wages,  medical,  surgical  and general
                  welfare  benefits,  group life  insurance,  pension  payments,
                  payroll  taxes,   workmen's   compensation   and  unemployment
                  insurance contributions and reimbursable expenses on behalf of
                  employees.

         (b)      Utilities.  Water and sewer charges,  common electric,  common
                  power and fuel and other utilities.

         (c)      Insurance.  Premiums paid by Landlord and  attributable to the
                  fire insurance with standard  extended  coverage and any other
                  risks as Landlord  may elect or be required to carry  covering
                  all  portions of the  building or  buildings  in the  Shopping
                  Center  including  all  improvements,  betterments,  fixtures,
                  equipment  and   machinery   installed  in  such  building  or
                  buildings  either  by  Landlord  or by  the  occupants  of the
                  Shopping  Center,  but  excluding the common areas therein and
                  any personal  property,  movable  trade  fixtures and contents
                  owned by the respective tenants occupying the Shopping Center

         (d)      Building Maintenance. General Building maintenance,  including
                  any painting,  repairs and  replacements for the common areas,
                  roof,  walls,  upkeep and servicing of the equipment  therein,
                  including  all  supplies,   equipment,   tools  and  materials
                  required.

         (e)      Management.  The management fee paid to the management company
                  managing the Shopping Center for the Landlord.

         (f)      Taxes and Fees.  All taxes and  assessments  and  governmental
                  charges and fees imposed upon the Shopping  Center,  including
                  without  limitation  any  occupancy,  gross receipts or rental
                  taxes paid by Landlord,  but no income or franchise tax or any
                  other  taxes  imposed  or  measured  by  Landlord's  income or
                  profits unless the same is in lieu of real estate taxes.

         (g)      Maintenance of Open Space and Related Expenses.  Landscape and
                  lawn care,  sprinkler  system  service,  maintenance of street
                  lights,  power  broom  sweeping  power lot surface and drives,
                  relining of and sealing of asphalt surface areas,  maintenance
                  

                                        3

<PAGE>



                  of signs lake banks of lake and growth at waters  edge,  trash
                  structures  and in  general  any and all items  related to the
                  asphalt surface space, landscape,  sodded areas, sidewalks and
                  lake and retention areas, including property adjoining or near
                  the Shopping Center that is maintained by the Shopping Center.

         Prior  to  the   commencement  of  this  Lease  and  during  each  year
thereafter, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written estimate of the Operating
Expenses  and  Tenant's  proportionate  Share for the  ensuing  year or  portion
thereof,  the annual charge shall be completed on the basis of periods of twelve
( 12)  consecutive  months as  designated  by  Landlord.  Tenant  shall pay such
estimated  amount to Landlord in equal  monthly  installments  with  payments of
Minimum  Annual  Rent.  After the end of each year,  Landlord  shall  furnish to
Tenant a  statement  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail the actual  Operating
Expenses  during such period and Landlord  and Tenant  shall within  thirty (30)
days  thereafter  made such payment or allowance  necessary to adjust  estimated
payment  to  Tenant's  actual  share  of  Operating  Expenses  as  shown on such
statement.  Any amount due Tenant shall be credited  against  installments  next
coming due pursuant to this Section 2.2 or by payment to Tenant when  adjustment
is to be made in the  last  year of the  Lease.  The  calculation  of  Operating
Expenses  for less than a full  calendar  year shall be based upon the  pro-rata
share of Operating  Expenses for the calendar year in which the Lease  commences
and  expires.  If at any time  during  any year of the  Lease  the  rates of any
Operating  Expenses  items for the Shopping  Center are  increased to rate(s) or
amount(s) greater than that used in calculating the estimated Operating Expenses
for such year,  Tenant's  estimated  share of such  Operating  Expenses shall be
increased  for the  month in  which  such  increase  becomes  effective  and for
succeeding  months  by  increasing  Tenant's  proportionate  Share of  Operating
Expenses to reflect such increase as applicable.  Upon receipt of notice of such
increase in rate or amount,  Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of amount
or estimated  amount of increase,  the month in which it shall become  effective
and Tenant's monthly share thereof:  Tenant shall pay such increases to Landlord
as part of Tenant's monthly payments of estimated Operating Expenses as provided
in this Section 2.2  commencing  with the month in which such increase  shall be
effective.  If Landlord  shall  eliminate the payment of any  Operating  Expense
item, as a result of the  installation of  labor-saving  devices or by any other
means,  the  corresponding  savings shall be deducted from that year's Operating
Expenses.

         Landlord  agrees to keep true and accurate  records in accordance  with
accepted  accounting  principles  of  Operating  Expenses  for each  year.  Each
Landlord's Operating Expense Statement shall set forth in reasonable  sufficient
detail the Operating  Expense for said year.  Tenant shall have the right during
reasonable  business  hours and upon not less than five (5) business  days prior
written notice to Landlord to such effect to examine and to audit any Landlord's
Operating Expense Statement within six (6) months after the receipt by Tenant of
any such  Landlord's  Expense  Statement.  Upon expiration of such six (6) month
audit period  Landlord's  Operating Expense Statement shall be deemed conclusive
by the Tenant.

         Section 2.3 UTILITIES CHARGE.  Tenant shall pay promptly, as additional
rents,  as and when the same  become due and  payable  all water rents rates and
charges,  all sewer rents and all charges for  electricity,  gas heat, steam hot
and/or chilled water, air conditioning, ventilating, lighting systems, and other
utilities  supplied  to the  Leased  Premises.  If any  such  utilities  are not
separately  metered or  assessed  or are only  partially  separately  metered or
assessed  and are used in common  with  other  tenants in the  Shopping  Center.
Tenant  will  pay to  Landlord  a  proportionate  share of such  charge  for the
utilities  used in common as set forth in Section  2.2 in  addition  to Tenant's
payments of the separately  metered charges.  In addition,  Tenant shall pay all
"tap" and  "impact"  fees  charged for  connection  of  utilities  to the Leased
Premises,  as well as its  proportionate  share of any and all security deposits
charged by the providers of such utilities.

                                   ARTICLE III
                         CONSTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES

         The Leased  premises  shall be  constructed  by Landlord  and Tenant in
accordance  with the  provisions  of Exhibit "C" annexed  hereto and made a part
hereof.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                             USE OF LEASED PREMISES


                                        4

<PAGE>



         Section  4.1 USE OF LEASED  PREMISES.  Tenant  agrees to use the Leased
Premises only for the permitted  uses set forth in Section 1.1j and for no other
purpose. Tenant covenants that the Leased Premises shall during the Term of this
Lease, be used only and  exclusively for lawful and moral purposes,  and no part
of the  Leased  Premises  or  improvements  thereon  shall be used in any manner
whatsoever for any purposes in violation of the laws,  ordinances,  regulations,
or orders of the United  States,  or of the State,  County and/or City where the
Leased Premises are located.  Tenant shall comply with all such laws, ordinances
regulations  or orders now in effect or hereafter  enacted or passed  during the
Term of this Lease  insofar as the Leased  Premises  and any signs of the Tenant
are concerned,  including, but not limited to zoning ordinances,  building codes
and fire codes,  and shall make it Tenant's  own cost and expense all  additions
and alterations to the Leased Premises ordered or required by such  authorities,
whether  in order to meet  the  special  needs of  tenant  or by  reason  of the
occupancy  of tenant,  or  otherwise;  provided,  however,  Tenant  shall not be
required to make  structural  alterations to the Leased Premises of the building
in which the Leased  Premises are located unless made necessary by reason of the
nature of Tenant's  business,  work  performed  in the Leased  Premises,  or the
manner of operation thereof

         Section  4.2  CONTINUOUS  OPERATION  BY TENANT.  Tenant  agrees  that a
shopping  center is an  interdependent  enterprise,  that the Shopping  Center's
success is dependent  on the  continued  operation of Tenant's  business for the
benefit of all involved,  and that  maintenance  of the character and quality of
the  Shopping  Center is  enhanced  by the  continued  occupancy  of the  Leased
Premises  and the regular  conduct of Tenant's  business  therein.  Accordingly,
Tenant agrees to open the Leased Premises for business on the commencement  date
provided in Section  1.6 hereof and  operate one hundred  percent ( 100%) of the
Leased Premises during the entire Term under the name set forth in this Lease or
such other name as  Landlord  may  approve in writing,  with due  diligence  and
efficiency  so as to produce  all the Gross  Sales which may be produced by such
manner of operation.  Tenant shall carry at all times in said Leased  Premises a
stock of merchandise of such size,  character and quality as shall be reasonably
designed to produce maximum Gross Sales.

         Section 4.3 ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF TENANT.  Tenant's use of the Leased
Premises  and the common  areas shall be subject at all times during the Term to
reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord not in conflict with any of
the express  provisions  hereof  governing the use of the parking  areas,  malls
walks, driveways,  passageways, signs, exteriors of building, lighting and other
matters  affected other tenants in and the general  management and appearance of
the Shopping Center. Tenant agrees to comply with all such rules and regulations
upon notice to Tenant from Landlord Tenant expressly agrees as follows:

         (a)      All  deliveries to or from the Leased  Premises  shall be done
                  only at such times,  in the areas and  through  the  entrances
                  designated for such purposes by Landlord.

         (b)      All  garbage  and  refuse  shall  be kept  inside  the  Leased
                  Premises in the kind of container  specified by Landlord,  and
                  shall be placed  outside of the Leased  Premises  prepared for
                  collection in the manner and at the times and places specified
                  by Landlord.  If Landlord shall provide or designate a service
                  for picking up refuse and  garbage,  Tenant  shall use same at
                  Tenant's cost.  Tenant shall pay the cost of removal of any of
                  Tenant's  refuse and garbage and maintain  all common  loading
                  areas in a clean manner  satisfactory to the Landlord.  If any
                  part of the Tenant's business shall consist of the preparation
                  and/or  sale  of  food,   including  without   limitation  the
                  operation of a restaurant,  snack shop or food market,  Tenant
                  shall  provide  refrigerated  garbage  containers  at Tenant's
                  expenses  for the  disposal of food scraps and refuse.  Tenant
                  shall  use  any  trash  compactor  Landlord  provides  for the
                  general use of Tenant or tenants in a  designated  area of the
                  Shopping Center.

         (c)      No radio or television aerial or other device shall be erected
                  on the roof or  exterior  walls of the Leased  Premises or the
                  building  in which the Leased  Premises  are  located  without
                  first  obtaining in each  instance the  Landlord's  consent in
                  writing.  Any aerial or device installed  without such written
                  consent  shall be  subject  to  removal  at  Tenant's  expense
                  without notice at any time.

         (d)      No  loud  speakers,  televisions,  phonographs,  radios,  tape
                  players or other devices shall be used in a manner so as to be
                  heard or seen outside of the Leased Premises without the prior
                  

                                        5

<PAGE>



                  written consent of Landlord, nor shall Tenant solicit business
                  or  distribute  advertising  or  promotional  material  in the
                  common areas.

         (e)      The  plumbing  facilities  shall  not be used  for  any  other
                  purpose than that for which they are  constructed;  no foreign
                  substance of any kind shall be thrown therein, and the expense
                  of  any  breakage,   stoppage,  or  damage  resulting  from  a
                  violation  of this  provision  shall be borne by  Tenant.  All
                  grease traps,  if any,  shall be installed  and  maintained in
                  accordance   with   applicable  law  and  in  accordance  with
                  Landlord's requirements.

         (f)      Tenant at its  expense  shall  contract  for  termite and pest
                  extermination  services  covering the Leased  premises,  to be
                  rendered semimonthly.

         (g)      Tenant  shall not burn any trash or garbage of any kind in the
                  Leased Premises, the Shopping Center or within three (3) miles
                  of Shopping Center.

         (h)      Tenant shall keep and maintain the Leased Premises (including,
                  without  limitation,  exterior  and  interior  portions of all
                  windows,  doors  and all  other  glass)  in a neat  and  clean
                  condition.

         (i)      Tenant at its  expense  shall  participate  in any  reasonable
                  window  cleaning  program that may be  established by Landlord
                  for all or  substantially  all other  stores  in the  Shopping
                  Center.

         (j)      Tenant  shall take no action  which would  violate  Landlord's
                  labor contracts,  if any,  affecting the Shopping Center,  nor
                  create any work  stoppage,  picketing,  labor  disruptions  or
                  dispute,  or any interference with the business of Landlord or
                  any other  Tenant or occupant in the  Shopping  Center or with
                  the rights and privileges of any customer or either  person(s)
                  lawfully in and upon said  Shopping  Center,  nor shall Tenant
                  cause  any  impairment  or  reduction  of the good will of the
                  Shopping Center.

         (k)      Tenant shall pay before delinquency all license or permit fees
                  and  charges  of a  similar  nature  for  the  conduct  of any
                  business in the Leased Premises.

         (m)      Tenant shall store and/or  stock in the Leased  Premises  only
                  such merchandise  Tenant is permitted to offer for sale in the
                  Leased Premises pursuant to the Lease.

         (n)      Tenant  shall  not  conduct  or permit  any fire,  bankruptcy,
                  auction  or "going  out of  business"  sale  (whether  real or
                  fictitious) in the Leased  Premises,  or utilize any unethical
                  method of business operation.

         (o)      Tenant  shall  not  perform  any act or carry on any  practice
                  which may  damage mar or deface  the  Leased  Premises  or any
                  other part of the Shopping Center.

         (p)      Tenant  shall  not use any  forklift  truck,  tow truck or any
                  other  powered  machine for  handling  freight in the Shopping
                  Center  except  in  such  manner  and in  those  areas  in the
                  Shopping Center as may be approved by Landlord in writing. All
                  such equipment shall have rubber wheels only.

         (q)      Tenant  shall not  place a load on any  floor in the  interior
                  delivery system, if any, or in the Leased Premises,  or in any
                  area of the  Shopping  Center  exceeding  the floor load which
                  such floor was designed to carry,  nor shall  Tenant  install,
                  operate or maintain therein any heave item or equipment except
                  in such manner as to achieve a proper distribution of weight.

         (r)      Tenant  shall not  install,  operate or maintain in the Leased
                  Premises  or in any  other  area of the  Shopping  Center  any
                  electrical   equipment  which  does  not  bear   underwriter's
                  approval, or which would overload the electrical system or any
                  part hereof beyond its capacity for proper and safe  operation
                  as determined by the Landlord.

                                        6

<PAGE>



         (s)      Tenant shall not suffer, allow or permit any vibration, noise,
                  light,  odor or  other  effect  to  emanate  from  the  Leased
                  Premises,  or from any machine or other installation  therein,
                  or otherwise suffer,  allow or permit the same to constitute a
                  nuisance or otherwise  interfere with the safety,  comfort and
                  convenience  of Landlord or any of the other  occupants of the
                  Shopping Center or their customers,  agents or invitees or any
                  others lawfully in or upon the Shopping Center. Upon notice by
                  Landlord to Tenant  that any of the  aforesaid  is  occurring,
                  Tenant agrees to forthwith remove or control the same.

         (t)      Tenant  shall not use or occupy  the  Leased  Premises  in any
                  manner or for any purpose which would injure the reputation or
                  impair the present or future value of the Leased  Premises the
                  Shopping Center and/or the  neighborhood in which the Shopping
                  Center is located.

         (u)      Tenant  shall  not  store,  display,  sell or  distribute  any
                  alcoholic  beverage  or  any  dangerous  materials  (including
                  without limitation fireworks) unless specifically permitted in
                  this Lease.

         (v)      Tenant  shall not use or occupy the Leased  Premises  or do or
                  permit  anything to be done  thereon in any manner which shall
                  prevent  Landlord  and/or  Tenant from  obtaining  at standard
                  rates  any  insurance  required  or  desired,  or which  would
                  invalidate  or increase  the cost to Landlord of any  existing
                  insurance,  or which  might  cause  structural  injury  to any
                  building,  or  which  would  constitute  a public  or  private
                  nuisance  or which would  violate any present or future  laws,
                  regulations,   ordinances   or   requirements   (ordinary   or
                  extraordinary  foreseen or unforeseen) of the federal state or
                  municipal  governments  or of  any  department,  subdivisions,
                  bureaus or of offices  thereof,  or of any other  governmental
                  public or  quasi-public  authorities now existing or hereafter
                  created  having  jurisdiction  in the Leased  Premises  or the
                  Shopping Center or which they form a part.

         (w)      Tenant shall not operate on the Leased Premises or in any part
                  of the  Shopping  Center  any coin or token  operated  vending
                  machine or similar device (including,  without limitation, pay
                  telephone, pay lockers, pay toilets, scales, amusement devices
                  and  machines  for  the  sale  of  beverages,   foods,  candy,
                  cigarettes or other merchandise  and/or  commodities),  except
                  for the sole and exclusive use of Tenant's employees.

         (x)      Tenant  shall  conduct no  business  related  activity  in the
                  Common Area.

         (y)      Tenant and its  employees  shall park in the employee  parking
                  areas as designated by Landlord.

         Section  4.4 SIGNS,  AWNINGS  AND  CANOPIES.  Landlord  shall erect and
maintain such suitable signs as in its sole  discretion may deem  appropriate in
the Shopping Center.  Tenant shall erect and maintain only such sign as Landlord
may approve in  accordance  with the  criteria set forth on Exhibit "D" attached
hereto. Tenant shall submit to Landlord detailed drawings of its sign for review
and approval by Landlord prior to erecting said sign on the Leased Premises.

         Tenant  shall keep insured and  maintain  such sign in good  condition,
repair and operating  order at all times. If any damage is done to Tenant's sign
Tenant shall commence to repair same within five (5) days or Landlord may at its
option repair same at Tenant's expense.

         Tenant  shall not place or  permit  to be placed or  maintained  on any
door, exterior wall or window of the Leased Premises any sign, awning, or canopy
or  advertising  matter  or other  thing of any  kind,  and  shall  not place or
maintain any  decoration,  lettering or  advertising  matter on the glass of any
window or door of the Leased Premises without first obtaining Landlord's written
consent.  Tenant further agrees to maintain any such signs,  awnings,  canopies,
decorations, lettering, advertising matter or other things as may be approved by
Landlord in good condition,  operating order and repair at all times.  All signs
of tenant visible from the common areas of the Shopping  Center shall be in good
taste and shall conform to the standards of design,  motif,  and decor from time
to the established by Landlord for the Shopping Center.  No flashing signs shall


                                        7

<PAGE>



be permitted. No credit card signs or advertisements nor any hand lettered signs
shall be visible  from the common  areas.  Tenant shall  install  professionally
lettered name signs on its service doors.

                                    ARTICLE V
                          INSURANCE REQUIRED OF TENANT


         Section 5.1 INSURANCE REQUIRED OF TENANT.
         (a)      Tenant shall  obtain and provide,  on or before the earlier of
                  the  commencement of the Term or Tenant's  entering the Leased
                  Premises  for any  purpose,  and keep in  force  at all  times
                  thereafter the following  insurance  coverages with respect to
                  the Leased Premises:

                  (i)      Comprehensive   General  Liability  Insurance,   with
                           contractual  liability  endorsement,  relating to the
                           Leased   Premises   and  its   appurtenances   on  an
                           occurrence  basis with a minimum  single limit of One
                           Million Dollars ($ 1,000,000).
                  (ii)     Fire and lightning,  Extended Coverage, Vandalism and
                           Malicious Mischief,  Flood (if "required by Landlord,
                           any mortgage or governmental  authority) and War Risk
                           (if  obtainable)  Insurance in an amount  adequate to
                           cover the replacement cost of all personal  property,
                           decorations, trade fixtures, furnishings,  equipment,
                           and all contents therein.
                  (iii)    Boiler or Machinery  Insurance  covering all pressure
                           vessels,   boilers,  air  conditioning  equipment  or
                           similar equipment,  if any, in, on, adjoining.  above
                           or beneath the Leased  Premises,  in an amount of One
                           Million Dollars ($1,000,000).
                  (iv)     Plate Glass Insurance
                  (v)      Workmen's Compensation Insurance covering all persons
                           employed,  directly or indirectly, in connection with
                           any finish work  performed by Tenant or any repair or
                           alteration  authorization  by this Lease or consented
                           to by  Landlord,  and all  employees  and  agents  of
                           Tenant  with  respect to whom death or bodily  injury
                           claims could be asserted  against Landlord or Tenant,
                           as required by the laws of the State where the Leased
                           Premises are located.
                  (vi)     Rent  Insurance  covering  those risks referred to in
                           (ii) in an amount  equal to all  Minimum  Annual Rent
                           and other sums payable  under this Lease for a period
                           of twenty-four  (24) months  commencing with the date
                           of loss.
                  (vii)    Such other  insurance as may be carried on the Leased
                           Premises and Tenant's  operation  thereof,  as may be
                           reasonably determined by Landlord.

         (b)      Before undertaking any alterations, additions, improvements or
                  constructions,  Tenant  shall  obtain at its  expense a public
                  liability   insurance  policy  insuring  Tenant  and  Landlord
                  against  any  liability  which  may arise on  account  of such
                  proposed alterations,  additions, improvements or construction
                  on an  occurrence  basis with the minimum  limits set forth in
                  this Section 5.1.

         (c)      All  of  the   aforesaid   insurance   except  the   Workmen's
                  Compensation  Insurance required by subparagraph (a) (v) above
                  shall be written in the name of Landlord (and any  designee(s)
                  of  Landlord)  and  Tenant and shall be written by one or more
                  responsible  insurance companies  satisfactory to Landlord and
                  in form  satisfactory  to Landlord;  all such insurance may be
                  carried under a blanket  policy  covering the Leased  Premises
                  and any other of Tenant's  stores;  all such  insurance  shall
                  contain  endorsements that: such insurance may not be canceled
                  or amended with respect to Landlord  (and any such  designees)
                  by the insurance  company;  Tenant shall be solely responsible
                  for payment of premiums and that  Landlord (or its  designees)
                  shall not be required  to pay any premium for such  insurance;
                  in the event of  payment of any loss  covered by such  policy,
                  Landlord  (or  its  designees)  shall  be  paid  first  by the
                  insurance  company for Landlord's  loss. The minimum limits of
                  the comprehensive  general liability policy of insurance shall
                  in no way  limit or  diminish  Tenant's  liability  hereunder.
                  Tenant  shall  deliver to Landlord at least  fifteen (15) days
                  prior to the time  such  insurance  is  first  required  to be
                  carried by Tenant,  and thereafter at least fifteen ( 15) days
                  prior to the expiration of such policy, in compliance with its
                  obligations hereunder,  together with evidence satisfactory to
                  Landlord of the payment of the  premiums  therefor.  If Tenant
                  

                                        8

<PAGE>



                  fails  to  obtain  and  provide  any or  all of the  aforesaid
                  insurance,  then  Landlord  may, but shall not be required to,
                  purchase  such  insurance on behalf of Tenant and add the cost
                  of such  insurance  as  additional  rent payable with the next
                  installment of Minimum Annual rent.

         (d)      The  minimum  limits of the  comprehensive  general  liability
                  policy of insurance  shall be subject to increase at any time,
                  and from  time to time,  after the  commencement  of the fifth
                  (5th)  full  year of the  Term if  Landlord  shall  deem  same
                  necessary  for adequate  protection.  Within  thirty (30) days
                  after  demand  therefor  by  Landlord,  Tenant  shall  furnish
                  Landlord  with  evidence  of  Tenant's  compliance  with  such
                  demand.

         (e)      Tenant  agrees to notify  Landlord  in  writing  not less than
                  thirty (30) days prior to the date Tenant  opens for  business
                  in the Leased  Premises  of the actual  cost of all  permanent
                  leasehold  improvements  and  betterments  installed  or to be
                  installed by tenant in the Leased Premises  (whether same have
                  been paid for entirely or partially by Tenant),  but exclusive
                  of Tenant's  personal  property,  movable  trade  fixtures and
                  contents,  in order that Landlord can insure said improvements
                  and  betterments  from and  after  the date  Tenant  opens for
                  business  in  the  Leased  Premises  against  fire,   standard
                  extended  coverage  risks and such other risks as Landlord may
                  elect or be required to insure. Similar notifications shall be
                  given to Landlord  not less than thirty (30) days prior to the
                  commencement  of  any  proposed   alterations,   additions  or
                  improvements  to the  Leased  Premises  by Tenant (it same are
                  permitted  under the terms of this  Lease)  subsequent  to the
                  initial construction of the Leased Premises.  If on account of
                  the failure of Tenant to comply with the foregoing provisions,
                  Landlord is adjudged a co-insurer  by its  insurance  carrier,
                  then any loss or  damage  Landlord  shall  sustain  by  reason
                  thereof shall be borne by Tenant and shall be immediately paid
                  by Tenant upon  receipt of bill  therefor and evidence of such
                  loss.

         Section 5.2 FIRE INSURANCE RATE AND REQUIREMENTS
         (a)      Tenant agrees, at its own cost and expense, to comply with all
                  of the  rules and  regulations  of the Fire  Insurance  Rating
                  Organization  having jurisdiction and any similar body. If, at
                  any  time  and  from  time  to  time,  as a  result  of  or in
                  connection  with any  failure  by Tenant  to  comply  with the
                  forgoing  sentence  or any act of omission  or  commission  by
                  Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors or licensees, or as
                  a result of or in connection  with the use to which the Leased
                  Premises are put (notwithstanding that such use may be for the
                  purposes  herein  before  permitted  or that such use may have
                  been  consented to by Landlord),  the fire  insurance  rate(s)
                  applicable  to the Leased  Premises,  or the building in which
                  same are located,  or to any other  premises in said building,
                  or to any adjacent  property  owned or controlled by Landlord,
                  or an affiliate of Landlord,  and/or to the contents in any or
                  all of the  aforesaid  properties  (including  rent  insurance
                  relating  thereto)  shall be higher  than that which  would be
                  applicable for the least hazardous type of' occupancy  legally
                  permitted therein, Tenant agrees that it will pay to Landlord,
                  on demand,  as additional  rent,  such portion of the premiums
                  for all fire  insurance  policies in force with respect to the
                  aforesaid   properties   (including  rent  insurance  relating
                  thereto)  shall be higher than that which would be  applicable
                  for the least  hazardous type of occupancy  legally  permitted
                  therein,  Tenant agrees that it will pay to Landlord on demand
                  as  additional  rent such  portion the  premiums  for all fire
                  insurance  policies  in force with  respect  to the  aforesaid
                  properties (including rent insurance relating thereto) and the
                  contents of any occupant  thereof as shall be  attributable to
                  such  higher  rate(s).   If  Tenant  installs  any  electrical
                  equipment that  overloads the lines in the Leased  Premises or
                  the building in which the Leased Premises are located,  Tenant
                  shall,  at its own cost and  expenses,  promptly make whatever
                  changes are  necessary to remedy such  condition and to comply
                  with all  requirements  of the  Landlord and the Board of Fire
                  Insurance   Underwriters   and  any   similar   body  and  any
                  governmental  authority having  jurisdiction  thereof shall be
                  deemed to be conclusive.

         (b)      In the event that this Lease so permits and Tenant  engages in
                  the  preparation  of food or packaged  foods or engages in the
                  use, sale or storage of inflammable  or combustible  material,
                  Tenant shall install chemical  extinguishing  devices (such as
                  annul) approved by the Fire Insurance Rating  Organization and
                  shall keep such  devices  under  service as  required  by such
                  organization.

                                        9




         (c)      If gas is used in the Leased  Premises Tenant shall install at
                  its expense gas cutoff devices (manual
                  and automatic).

         Section  5.3  WAIVER OF  SUBROGATION.  Landlord  shall not be liable to
Tenant for any damage by fire or other  peril;  whether or not  included  in the
coverage  afforded by the standard form of fire  insurance  policy with extended
coverage  endorsement  attached (whether or not such coverage is in effect),  no
matter how caused,  it being  understood that the Tenant will look solely to its
insurer for reimbursement. Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for any damage
by fire or other peril,  whether or not included in the coverage afforded by the
standard  form of fire  insurance  policy  with  extended  coverage  endorsement
attached  (whether or not such coverage is in effect),  no matter how caused, it
being   understood   that   Landlord   will  look  solely  to  its  insurer  for
reimbursement.  Any waiver of Landlord's rights against Tenant contained in this
Section shall be ineffective if such waiver shall cause Landlord's  insurance to
be unobtainable,  or result in an increase in the cost of Landlord's  insurance,
unless Tenant shall pay such increase within ten (10) days after notice thereof.

                                   ARTICLE Vl
                             REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

         Section 6.1  REPAIRS BY  LANDLORD.  Within a  reasonable  period  after
receipt of written notice from Tenant,  Landlord shall make necessary structural
repairs  to the  exterior  walls  (excluding  the  exterior  of and  the  frames
surrounding all window,  doors, plate glass, store fronts and signs);  necessary
repairs to the root  foundations,  load  bearing  items,  plumbing,  pipes,  and
conduits  located outside the Leased  Premises  and/or in the common areas,  and
necessary repairs to sidewalks,  malls, parking areas and curbs.  Landlord shall
not be required to make any repairs where same were made necessary by any act or
omission or negligence of tenant, any subtenant or concessionaire, or by fire or
other casualty of condemnation, except as provided in Article VIII.

         Section 6.2 REPAIRS AND  MAINTENANCE  BY TENANT.  Tenant shall make and
pay for all repairs to the Leased Premises and all equipment and systems serving
the Leased Premises exclusively and shall replace all things which are necessary
to keep the same in good state of repair and operating  order,  such as (but not
limited  to) all  fixtures,  furnishings,  lighting  and store  signs of Tenant.
Tenant shall also maintain,  replace and keep in good repair and operating order
all air conditioning,  ventilating, plumbing, sprinkling, heating and electrical
installations,  ceilings,  inside walls and carpeting and floor surfaces serving
the Leased  Premises  whether  located  within or without  the Leased  Premises.
Tenant shall at all times keep the Leased  Premises and all exterior  entrances,
exterior  walls,  glass and show moldings,  partitions,  doors,  floor surfaces,
fixtures,,  equipment  and  appurtenances  thereof in good order,  condition and
repair and in a  reasonable  satisfactory  condition of  cleanliness,  including
reasonably periodic painting of the Leased Premises,  and Tenant shall make such
other  necessary  repairs in or to the Leased  Premises not specified in Section
6.1 hereof as being the responsibility of Landlord.  Tenant shall at its expense
replace all broken or damaged glass or substitutes therefor, as the case may be.
The  provisions  of this Section 6.2 shall not limit  Landlord's  obligation  to
restore  or  repair  under  Article  VIII  hereof  in the event of fire or other
casualty.

         If (i) Tenant does not repair properly as required hereunder and to the
reasonable  satisfaction of landlord,  or (ii) Landlord, in the exercise of this
sole  discretion,  determines  that  emergency  repairs are  necessary  or (iii)
repairs or replacements to the Shopping Center and/or common areas of the Leased
Premises are made necessary by any act or omission or negligence of Tenant,  its
employees,  subtenants,   assignees,   concessionaires,   contractors  invitees,
licensees or visitors, then in any of such events Landlord may make such repairs
without  liability  to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant's
merchandise,  fixtures,  or other  property  or to  Tenant's  business by reason
thereof,  and upon  completion  thereof,  Tenant shall pay Landlord's  costs for
making such repairs plus twenty percent (20%) for overhead, upon presentation of
a bill therefor,  as additional  rent. Said bill shall include interest from the
date such repairs were billed by the  contractors  making such  repairs.  Tenant
agrees to repair and  maintain in good order and  condition  the  non-structural
interior  portions  of the Leased  Premises,  including  the store  front,  show
windows,  doors,  windows,  plate and window  glass,  floor  covering  plumbing,
heating,  air  conditioning  electrical  and  sewerage  system,  facilities  and
appliances.  Tenant  at its  sole  cost,  shall  maintain  the air  conditioning
(including  heating  units(s)  for the Leased  Premises) in good  condition  and
repair  throughout  the term of this Lease.  As a part of this air  conditioning
maintenance  obligation,  Tenant shall enter into an annual contract with an air
conditioning  repair from fully licensed to repair air conditioning units in the
State of Florida, which firm shall:


                                       10

<PAGE>



                  (1)      Regularly service the air conditioning unit(s) on the
                           Leased  Premises on a monthly basis,  changing belts,
                           filters and other parts as required;
                  (2)      Perform  emergency and  extraordinary  repairs on the
                           air conditioning unit(s);
                  (3)      Keep a detailed  record of all services  performed on
                           the  Leased  Premises  and  prepare a yearly  service
                           report to be  furnished  to the  Tenant at the end of
                           each calendar year.

         Tenant shall furnish to Landlord,  at the end of each calendar  year, a
copy of said yearly service report. Not later than thirty (30) days prior to the
date of commencement of the term of this Lease and annually  thereafter,  Tenant
shall furnish to Landlord a copy of the air  conditioning  maintenance  contract
described above, and proof that the annual premium for the maintenance  contract
has been paid.  Nothing stated herein above shall limit  Tenant's  obligation to
maintain the air  conditioning  unit(s) in good condition and repair  throughout
the term of this Lease.

         Section 6.3 INSPECTION.  Landlord or its representative  shall have the
right to enter the Leased  Premises during any business day (and in emergency at
all times) during the Term.

         Section 6.4 OBSTRUCTIONS. Tenant agrees to keep its loading facilities,
if any,  and the  sidewalks  and mall  areas  immediately  adjoining  the Leased
Premises free from trash, litter or obstructions, and in addition, if the Leased
Premises open onto an outside area,  to keep outside  sidewalk area  immediately
adjoining the Leased Premises free from ice and snow.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                            ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

         Section 7.1 BY LANDLORD. Landlord hereby reserves the right at any time
and from time to time,  providing visibility of an access to the Leased Premises
are not materially and adversely  affected,  to make  alterations or addition to
the building in which the Leased Premises are contained,  and to construct other
buildings  adjoining  the  same.  Landlord  also  reserves  to  construct  other
buildings or improvements in the Shopping Center,  provided,  however, that such
construction or additions shall not  unreasonably  interfere with the operations
of  Tenant's  business  whereunder  except  when  such work is  necessitated  by
emergency.

         If an  excavation  shall  be made  upon  land  adjacent  to the  Leased
Premises,  Tenant shall permit the person  authorized to cause such excavation a
license to enter upon the Leased  Premises for the purpose of doing such work as
such person  deems  necessary  to preserve the wall of the building of which the
Leased  Premises  form a part  from  damage  and to  support  the same by proper
foundations  and  Tenant  shall not be  entitled  to any claim  for  damages  or
indemnification against Landlord.

         Section  7.2 BY  TENANT.  Provided  that  tenant  shall  not then be in
default,  Tenant may from time to time,  at its own expense and upon  compliance
with the  requirements  of the last  paragraph  of Section  6.2  hereof,  alter,
renovate or improve the Leased Premises provided the same be performed in a good
and  workmanlike  manner,  in accordance  with accepted  building  practices and
applicable  laws,  including,  but not  limited  to,  building  codes and zoning
ordinances;  and so as not to weaken or impair the  strength or lessen the value
of  the  building  in  which  the  Leased  Premises  are  located.  No  changes,
alterations or improvements affecting the exterior of the Leased Premises or the
structure of the building  within which the Leased Premises are located shall he
made by Tenant Prior to commencement  of all the such work,  Tenant shall obtain
Landlord's  prior written approval of the plans and  specifications  thereof and
shall cause Landlord's requirements for bonding,  insurance and other contractor
requirements  to be satisfied.  Any work done by Tenant under the  provisions of
this Section 7.2 shall be so  conducted  so as not to interfere  with the use by
other tenants of their premises in the Shopping Center.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
           DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION OR CONDEMNATION OF THE LEASED PREMISES

         Section  8.1  DAMAGE OR  DESTRUCTION.  If all or any part of the Leased
Premises  shall be damaged or  destroyed  by fire or other  casualty,  the Lease
shall  continue  in full Force and  effect,  unless  terminated  as  hereinafter
provided,  and landlord shall repair,  restore or rebuild the Leased Premises to
their condition as initially  constructed by Landlord in accordance with Exhibit


                                       11

<PAGE>



"B" hereof,  provided,  however,  Landlord  shall not be obligated to continence
such repair,  restoration or rebuilding until insurance proceeds are received by
Landlord,  and Landlord's  obligation hereunder shall be limited to the proceeds
actually  received by Landlord  under any insurance  policy or policies,  if any
which  have not  been  required  to be  applied  towards  the  seduction  of any
indebtedness  secured by a mortgage  covering the Shopping Center or any portion
thereof.

         Landlord's  obligations  under this  Article  VIII to  repair,  replace
and/or rebuild the Leased  Premises  shall not apply to any permanent  leasehold
improvements and betterments to be installed or to be installed by Tenant on the
Leased Premises (the same having been paid for entirely or partially by Tenant),
or Tenant's personal property, movable trade fixtures and contents.

         Tenant  covenants  and  agrees to reopen  for  business  in the  Leased
Premises  within  thirty (30) days after  notice from  Landlord  that the Leased
Premises  are ready for re  occupancy.  No damage or  destruction  to the Leased
Premises shall allow Tenant to surrender  possession of the Leased  Premises nor
affect  Tenant's  liability  for the  payment  of rents or  charges or any other
covenants herein contained except as may be specifically provided in this Lease

         Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8.1
or elsewhere in this Lease,  Landlord,  at its option, may decline to repair the
Leased  Premises and  terminate  this Lease on thirty (30) days notice to Tenant
if:

         (a)      The  Leased  Premises  or the  building  in which  the  Leased
                  Premises are located shall be damaged or destroyed as a result
                  of an occurrence which is not covered by Landlord's insurance;
                  or

         (b)      The Leased  Premises shall be damaged or destroyed  during the
                  last three (3) years of the Term or any renewals thereof; or

         (c)      Any or all of the Leased  Premises,  buildings or common areas
                  of the Shopping Center are damaged  (whether or not the Leased
                  Premises are damaged) to such extent that the Landlord, in its
                  sole judgment  decides it does not wish to continue  operation
                  of the  Shopping  Center or that  portion  of which the Leased
                  Premises is a part.

         If the Leased  Premises  shall be damaged or destroyed and in the event
that  Landlord  has elected to continue  this Lease,  Landlord  and Tenant shall
commence  their  respective  obligations  under  this  Article  as  soon  as  is
reasonably possible and prosecute the same to completion with all due diligence.

         In the event of any  termination  of this Lease under the Provisions of
this Section 8.1, this Lease shall terminate at the end of the calendar in which
such notice of termination is given.

         The  Minimum  Rent shall be abated  proportionately  with the degree to
which Tenant's use of the Leased  Premises is unpaired  during the period of any
damage, repair or restoration provided for in this Article VIII provided further
that in the event Landlord  elects to repair any damage as herein  contemplated,
any  abatement  of Minimum  Rent  shall end  fifteen  (15) days after  notice by
Landlord to Tenant that the Leased Premises during any such period to the extent
reasonably  practicable from the standpoint of prudent business management,  and
any obligation of Tenant under the Lease to pay Percentage  Rent shall remain in
full force and nothing in this Section  shall be  construed to abate  Percentage
Rent.  Except for the  abatement of Minimum Rent herein above  provided,  Tenant
shall not be entitled to any  compensation  or damage for loss in the use of the
whole or any part of the Leased Premises and/or any  inconvenience  or annoyance
occasioned by any damage, destruction, repair or restoration.

         Unless this Lease is  terminated  by Landlord,  Tenant shall repair and
refixture  all parts of the Leased  Premises  not  insured  under any  insurance
policies insuring Landlord in a manner and to a condition equal to that existing
prior to its destruction or damage, including,  without limitation, all exterior
signs, trade fixtures, equipment, display cases, furniture furnishings and other
installations of personally of Tenant.  The proceeds of all insurance carried by
Tenant on its property and improvements shall be held in trust by Tenant for the
purpose of said repair and replacement.

                                       12

<PAGE>



         Tenant shall give to Landlord prompt written notice of any damage to or
destruction of any portion of the Leased  Premises  resulting from fire or other
casualty.

         Section  8.2  CONDEMNATION.  In the event  that the whole of the Leased
Premises  shall be taken under the power of eminent  domain,  or  proceedings in
lieu thereof,  this Lease shall  thereupon  terminate as of the date  possession
shall be so taken.

         Anything in this Lease to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  in the event
more than twenty percent (20%) of the Leased  Premises or more than  twenty-five
percent (25%) of the then existing paved parking  spaces of the Shopping  Center
shall be taken or  conveyance  made in lieu thereof  either party shall have the
right to cancel  and  terminate  this Lease as of the date of such  taking  upon
giving  notice to the other of such  election  within thirty (30) days after the
date of such  taking.  In the  event of such  cancellation,  the  parties  shall
thereupon be released from any further  liability  under this Lease,  except for
obligations  existing  on the  effective  date  of such  termination;  provided,
however,  that if more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the then existing paved
parking  spaces  shall be  appropriated  or taken,  or  conveyance  made in lieu
thereof,  Landlord may at its option nullify and vacate Tenant's right to cancel
this Lease as herein before  provided by giving Tenant notice within thirty (30)
days after the date of such taking that it will provide substitute parking on or
adjacent to the Shopping  Center  sufficient  to equal to at least  seventy-five
percent (75%) of the number of spaces prior to such taking,  or conveyance  made
in lieu thereof, in which event the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

         If a portion of the Leased  Premises is taken,  and if this Lease shall
not be terminated as provided in the preceding paragraph, then the provisions of
this Lease shall  remain in full force and effect,  except that the Minimum Rent
shall be reduced in the same  proportion that the amount of Floor Area remaining
after  such  taking  bears to the total  Floor  Area  immediately  prior to such
taking,  and  Landlord  shall,  upon  receipt of the award in  confirmation,  or
proceedings  in lieu thereof;  make all necessary  repairs or alterations to the
building  in which the  Leased  Premises  are  located so as to  constitute  the
portion of the building not taken a complete  architectural  unit,  but Landlord
shall  not be  required  to spend  for such  work an amount in excess of the net
amount received by Landlord as damages for the part of the building within which
the Leased  Premises are located so taken.  "Amount  received by Landlord" shall
mean that part of the award in  condemnation  or  proceedings  in lieu  thereof,
which is free and clear to  Landlord of any  collection  by  mortgagees  for the
value of the diminished  fee.  Tenant at its over cost and expense shall restore
and  refixture  such part of the Leased  Premises as is not taken to as near its
former  condition  as  the  circumstances   will  permit,   including,   without
limitation,  all exterior  signs,  trade  fixtures,  equipment,  display  cases,
furniture furnishings and other installations of personally of Tenant.

         All compensation awarded or paid upon such a total or partial taking of
the Leased Premises or the building within which the Leased Premises are located
shall belong to and be the  property of Landlord  without any  participation  by
Tenant.  Tenant shall,  however, be entitled to claim, prove and receive in such
condemnation  proceedings  such award as may be allowed  for  relocation  costs,
fixtures  and other  equipment  installed  by it but only to the extent that the
same  shall  not  reduce  Landlords  award  and only if such  award  shall be in
addition to the award for the land and building (or portion thereof)  containing
the Leased  Premises.  To the extent that the Tenant has a claim in condemnation
proceedings,  as  aforesaid,  Tenant  may claim  from  condemnors,  but not from
Landlord, such compensation as may be recoverable by Tenant.

         It is mutually  agreed that (i) any  reduction in the parking lot area,
number of  parking  spaces in the  Shopping  Center,  or the  imposition  of any
restriction on the number of motor  vehicles that may enter the Shopping  Center
by action or order of any governmental authority,  quasi-governmental authority,
or by any  court  having  jurisdiction  in the  premises  (other  than by actual
exercise of the power of eminent domain such that title passes to the condemning
agency) shall not constitute such a taking or condemnation under this Lease that
would  entitle  Tenant  to  terminate  the  Lease,  (ii) any such  environmental
condemnation or compliance by Landlord with any order, rule or regulation of any
such authority,  with any such judicial  decree,  or any such existing or future
law shall not constitute a default under this Lease by Landlord so as to entitle
Tenant to  terminate  the Lease and the  Lease  shall  remain in full  force and
effect, and (iii) as between Landlord and Tenant,  Landlord may but shall not be
obligated to comply with any such order,  rule,  regulation,  judicial decree or
law.


                                       13

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX
   SUBORDINATION, ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND LANDLORD'S FINANCING REQUIREMENTS

         Section  9.1  SUBORDINATION.  This  Lease is  subordinate,  junior  and
inferior to all ground and underlying  leases,  all first mortgages and deeds of
trust and at the  election  of  landlord  to all junior  mortgages  and deeds of
trust,  which  now  or  hereafter  affect  the  Premises  and  to  any  and  all
advancements  to  be  made   thereunder  and  to  all  renewals,   modification,
consolidations, replacements, and extensions thereof and Tenant, if requested by
Landlord,  shall subordinate this Lease and all interest of Tenant to all ground
and  underlying  leases  and  mortgages  and  deeds  of trust  which  may now or
hereafter  effect the Premises and to any and all advances to be made thereunder
and all renewals,  modification,  consolidations,  replacements  and  extensions
thereof.

         Section 9.2 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . Tenant shall, without charge, at any
time and from time to time,  within  ten (10) days  after  request  by  Landlord
deliver  a  written  instrument  to  Landlord  or  any  other  person,  firm  or
corporation  specified by Landlord,  duly executed and acknowledged,  certifying
that this Lease is  unmodified,  and is in full force and effect or if their has
been any modification, that the same is in full force and effect as so modified,
and identifying any such  modifications,  whether or not there are then existing
any set-offs or defenses in favor of Tenant  against the  enforcement  of any of
the  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease by  Landlord,  and if so,
specifying the same, and also whether or not Landlord has observed and performed
all of the  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  on the  part of  Landlord  to be
observed and  performed,  and if not,  specifying  the same,  the dates to which
Minimum Rent,  Percentage Rent  Additional Rent and all other charges  hereunder
have been paid.

         Section 9.3 LANDLORD'S FINANCING REQUIREMENT. Anything in this Lease to
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  it is agreed  that in the  event the  lender or
lenders which  Landlord  selects to provide  construction  financing,  permanent
financing or any  construction  or permanent  loan  refinancing  during the term
hereof of any renewal  requests  modifications  of any of the provisions of this
Lease (except those concerning the size and location of the Premises,  the term,
hereof; and the rental and other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease) and
Tenant shall refuse to approve in writing any such  modification  within fifteen
(15) days after Landlords  request  therefore,  Landlord shall have the right to
terminate  this  Lease by  written  notice to  Tenant.  If  Landlord's  right to
terminate  this Lease is exercised as aforesaid,  this Lease shall be thereafter
null and void;  any money or security  deposited  hereunder  shall be resumed to
Tenant and neither party shall have any liability to the other by reason of such
cancellation.

         Section 9.4 ATTORNMENT.  Tenant shall, in the event any proceedings are
brought for the  foreclosure  of said  Premises,  or in the event of exercise of
power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by the Landlord  covering
the  Premises,  or in the event of a sale by  Landlord  of its fee or  leasehold
interest in the  Shopping  Center or its  interest in this Lease,  attorn to the
purchaser  upon any such  foreclosure  or sale and recognize  such  purchaser as
Landlord under this Lease.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                     DEFAULT

         Section 10.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any of the following shall  constitute
an Event Default under this Lease:

         (a)      The  failure of Tenant to pay any Minimum  Rent or  Percentage
                  Rent within 10 days of its due date;

         (b)      The failure of Tenant to make any other  payment  provided for
                  under this Lease within 10 days of its due date;

         (c)      Abandonment of the premises as defined in Section 10.4;

         (d)      The failure of Tenant to perform or observe any obligation,
                  covenant,  or term  required  to be  performed  or observed by
                  Tenant under this Lease other than the payment of money;

         (e)      The insolvency of Tenant;


                                       14

<PAGE>



         (f)      Tenant is generally  not paying  Tenant's  debts as such debts
                  become due;

         (g)      A receiver is  appointed  to take  charge of Tenant's  assets,
                  including  the Leased  Premises or the  contents of the Leased
                  Premises, or both;

         (h)      Tenant  makes  an  assignment  for  the  benefit  of  Tenant's
                  creditors;

         (i)      A petition or other  proceeding is filed by or against  Tenant
                  under the Bankruptcy  laws of the United States,  or under the
                  insolvency laws of any state; and

         (j)      Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant's
                  interest in this Lease,  or right to  possession of the Leased
                  Premises, or both, passes to or devolves upon, by operation of
                  law or otherwise, one other than Tenant.

         Section 10.2 LANDLORD'S RIGHTS TO DEFAULT.

         (a)      Non  monetary  Default.  Upon the  occurrence  of any Event of
                  Default itemized in Section 10.1 (other than (a), (b) and (c),
                  Landlord may give  written  notice of such Event of Default to
                  Tenant,  and in such event,  Tenant shall immediately upon the
                  giving of such written notice and  continually  and diligently
                  thereafter,  pursue Tenant's  obligations in question and seek
                  to cure such Event of Default,  but in any event  Tenant shall
                  have a  maximum  of  ninety  (90)  days in  which  to cure the
                  complaint  of Event or Events of Default.  Upon of the failure
                  of Tenant to cure any Event of Default  within the time herein
                  before  provided,  or if Tenant shall fail to  diligently  and
                  continually  seek to remedy any  complaint of Event of Default
                  (other than (a) or (b) or (c) of Section  10.1.  Landlord  may
                  declare the rights of Tenant under this Lease  terminated  and
                  at an end by  giving  written  notice of such  termination  of
                  Tenant's   rights  to  Tenant  and  Tenant   shall   thereupon
                  immediately   quit  and  surrender  the  Leased   Premises  to
                  Landlord,  remaining  liable,  nevertheless,  to  Landlord  as
                  hereinafter  provided Upon Landlord's  termination of Tenant's
                  rights  hereunder,  landlord  shall be  entitled  to apply the
                  security deposit specified in Section 1.1(n) hereof to its own
                  purposes  without  thereby  diminishing  or  affecting  any of
                  Tenant's obligations hereunder for the payment of Minimum Rent
                  or  Percentage  Rent  or  other  charges,   the  Landlord  may
                  immediately,  or at any time  thereafter,  reenter  the Leased
                  Premises  and  remove  all  persons  and  all or any  property
                  therefrom,  by any suitable  action or  proceeding  at law, or
                  otherwise,  without being liable for any prosecution  therefor
                  or damages  resulting  therefrom,  and repossess and enjoy the
                  Leased Premises, together with all additions,  alterations and
                  improvements,  to which remedies and acts Tenant  specifically
                  consents.  In the event of such reentry,  Landlord may, at its
                  option, repair, alter, remodel and change the character of the
                  Leased  Premises as it may deem fit,  and at any time  release
                  the Leased Premises or any part or parts thereof, as the agent
                  of Tenant or otherwise.

                  The exercise by Landlord of any right granted  hereunder shall
                  not relieve Tenant from the obligation to make all payments of
                  Minimum Rent, Percentage Rent or other charges, and to fulfill
                  all other covenants required by this Lease, at the time and in
                  the manner provided herein Tenant  throughout the remainder of
                  the Term hereof shall pay Landlord, no later than the last day
                  of each month  during the Term,  and then current  excess,  if
                  any,  of the sum of the unpaid  rentals  and costs to Landlord
                  resulting  from such default by Tenant over the  proceeds,  if
                  any, received by Landlord from a reletting of Leased Premises,
                  if any  Landlord  shall not be  required  to relet the  Leased
                  Premises  nor  exercise  any other  right  granted to Landlord
                  hereunder,  nor  shall  Landlord  be under any  obligation  to
                  minimize  Tenant's  loss as a result of Tenant's  default.  If
                  Landlord attempts to relet the Leased Premises, Landlord shall
                  be the sole judge as to  whether  or not a proposed  tenant is
                  suitable  and  acceptable.  Recovery  of  possession  for  the
                  account  of  Tenant  shall  not  waive  or  impair  Landlord's
                  absolute right to thereafter  terminate this Lease at any time
                  without further notice to Tenant

                           In addition to the  foregoing  rights and remedies of
                  the Landlord  upon  termination  of Tenant's  rights under the
                  Lease the  landlord  shall have the option to  accelerate  all
                  

                                       15

<PAGE>



                  current  and  future  monetary   obligations  of  the  Tenant,
                  including remaining installments of rent, and such accelerated
                  amounts,  less the fair rental  value of the  premises for the
                  residue of the term, shall be construed as liquidated  damages
                  and  shall   constitute  a  debt  provable  in  bankruptcy  or
                  receivership. For purposes of this subparagraph,  "fair rental
                  value"  for the  premises  shall be  deemed to be, at any time
                  during the term of this Lease,  seventy-five  Percent (75%) of
                  the minimum  rent as  provided in Article 1. Such  accelerated
                  unpaid rent shall accrue  interest at the highest rate allowed
                  by law until paid in full.

                           This  section  10.2  shall  apply to any  renewal  or
                  extension of this Lease; and if Tenant shall default hereunder
                  prior to the date fixed as the  commencement of any renewal or
                  extension  of this Lease,  Landlord may cancel such renewal or
                  extension agreement by ten (10) days written notice to Tenant.

         (b)      Monetary  Default.  Upon  Tenant's  failure to pay the Minimum
                  Rent or Percentage  Rent or any other payment  provided  under
                  the Lease (whether or not treated as additional  rents) within
                  ten (10) days of its due date (i.e., Events of Default (a) and
                  (b) of Section  10.1,  Landlord  shall  provide three (3) days
                  written notice to Tenant requiring payment in full of all sums
                  then  due and  owing or  possession  of the  Leased  Premises.
                  Unless payment of delinquent  sums be forthcoming  from Tenant
                  within said three-day period, in cash or cashier's check drawn
                  on local  funds,  Landlord  shall have the  absolute  right to
                  immediately  file legal  proceedings to recover  possession of
                  the Leased  Premises as well as any unpaid rents or other sums
                  owing from Tenant.  In any possessory action by landlord based
                  upon Tenant's  nonpayment of rent or other charges as required
                  hereunder,  Tenant  expressly  waives any  defense  other than
                  payment Tenant's  obligation to pay rent is independent of any
                  duty or  obligation  of the  Landlord  under  this  Lease.  In
                  addition,  Landlord  shall be entitled,  as a matter of strict
                  legal  right,  to  enforce  his rights as  Landlord  under the
                  distress for rent  proceedings  provided by Florida  Statutes,
                  Section 83.11 et. seq.,  and in  furtherance  thereof,  Tenant
                  hereby  expressly  waives any right to personal service of the
                  writ of distress  and consents and agrees that such writ shall
                  be binding  and legally  enforceable  on Tenant if the same is
                  served upon Tenant by posting the writ of distress on the main
                  door  of the  Leased  Premises  or if the  writ is  served  as
                  provided for in the manner of delivery of other  notices under
                  Section  11.14,  hereafter.  The rights of Landlord under this
                  Subsection (b) of Section 10.2,  including the right of rental
                  acceleration,  and any other rights or remedies provided under
                  the law.

         Section  10.3  NON-WAIVER  OF  PROVISIONS.  The  failure of Landlord to
insist upon strict  performance  of any of the terms,  conditions  and covenants
herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any right or remedies that Landlord
may have and shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in
the terms and covenants  herein  contained  except as may be expressly waived in
writing.

         The  maintenance  of any action or proceeding to recover  possession of
the Leased  Premises,  or any  installment  or  installments  of  minimum  Rent,
Percentage Rent or any other moneys that may be due or become due from Tenant to
Landlord,   shall  not  preclude   Landlord  from  thereafter   instituting  and
maintaining  subsequent actions or proceedings for the recovery of possession of
the Leased  Premises  or of any other  moneys that may be due or become due from
Tenant  Any entry or  reentry  by  Landlord  shall not be deemed to  absolve  or
discharge Tenant from liability hereunder.

         Section 10.4 ABANDONMENT OF PREMISES.  "Abandonment" hereunder shall be
deemed to include  but shall not be  limited  to either  (a) any  vacancy of the
Leased  Premises  by Tenant for ten (10)  consecutive  days  without  Landlord's
proper written consent,  or (b)  non-operation  of the Tenant's  business in the
Leased  Premises for a period  often (10)  consecutive  days without  Landlord's
prior written consent.

         In the event of Tenant's  abandonment of the premises,  as herein above
defined,  Landlord  shall  provide  Tenant with ten (10) days written  notice of
Landlord's intention to reenter and repossess the premises,  said notice to also
be  conspicuously  posted on the  premises,  without  recourse to further  legal
proceedings,  unless  Tenant  objects  within said ten (10) day  period.  Should
Tenant not object within the said ten (10) day period,  Landlord  shall have the
absolute  right to reenter the Leased  Premises  without legal  proceedings  and


                                       16

<PAGE>



without  being  liable  for  any  prosecution   therefore  or  damage  resulting
therefrom,  and  repossess  and enjoy the  Leased  Premises,  together  will all
additions,  alterations and improvements,  to which remedies and acts the Tenant
specifically consents. Thereafter, Landlord shall he entitled to the same rights
and remedies as if said reentry and repossession had occurred  pursuant to legal
action and as more specifically consents. Thereafter, Landlord shall be entitled
to the same rights and remedies as if said reentry and repossession had occurred
pursuant to legal action and as more specifically defined in Section 10.2(a).

         Section 10.5 ABANDON OF PERSONAL PROPERTY. Should Tenant fail to remove
its personal property upon abandonment,  expiration,  termination or recovery of
possession by the Landlord, then upon such abandonment,  expiration, termination
or recovery of  possession  and after ten (10) days written  notice to Tenant to
remove  its  property,  said  notice  to also  be  conspicuously  posted  on the
premises,  all  personal  property of any nature then  remaining on the premises
shall be deemed  abandoned  and title  thereto  shall  best  exclusively  in the
Landlord.  Landlord  may  thereafter  remove and  dispose of or  liquidate  said
personal  property  as  Landlord  may  deem  proper  in its  sole  and  absolute
discretion,  provided,  however, the proceeds of any sale or liquidation of such
property  shall be applied  first to reduce any sums owed by Tenant to Landlord,
including  storage costs,  attorney's  fees and any other  expenses  incurred by
Landlord resulting from such abandonment and any sums remaining shall be resumed
to Tenant.  Tenant hereby  waives and agrees to and hold Landlord  harmless from
any claim loss or damage arising from Landlord's  dealing with Tenant's property
pursuant to the terms of this paragraph.

         Section 10.6  INABILITY  TO PERFORM.  Landlord  and/or  Tenant shall be
excused  for the  period of any delay  and shall not be deemed in  default  with
respect to the performance of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease when  prevented  from so doing by cause or causes  beyond  the  Landlord's
and/or Tenant's  control,  which shall include,  without  limitation,  all labor
disputes,   governmental  regulations  or  controls,  fire  or  other  casually,
inability to obtain material or services,  acts of God, or any other cause,  not
within the reasonable control of the Landlord and/or Tenant.

         Section  10.7  DEFAULT BY  LANDLORD.  Landlord  shall in no event be in
default in the  performance  of any of its  obligations  contained in this Lease
unless and until  Landlord shall have failed to perform such  obligation  within
thirty (30) days, or such additional  time as is reasonably  required to correct
any such default, after notice by Tenant to Landlord properly specifying wherein
Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation.  Notwithstanding any default
by Landlord,  Tenant shall not be excused from the  obligation  to pay all rents
and charges required under this Lease as the same become due.

         Section 10.8 ATTORNEY'S  FEES. If either party  heretofore shall at any
time be in  default  hereunder,  and if the other  party  hereto  shall  deem it
necessary to engage  attorneys to enforce such other party's  rights  hereunder,
the  determination  of such necessity to be in the sole discretion of such other
party,  the defaulting  party will reimburse such other party for the reasonable
expenses  incurred  thereby,  including,  but not  limited  to,  court costs and
reasonable attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings.

                                   ARTICLE Xl
                                OTHER PROVISIONS

         Section 11.1 DEFINITION AND LIABILITY OF LANDLORD.  The term "Landlord"
as used in this Lease shall mean only the owner or mortgage  in  possession  for
the time being of the  building in which the Leased  Premises are located or the
owner of a leasehold interest in said building or the land thereunder so that in
the event of sale of said  building or leasehold  interest or an  assignment  of
this Lease, or a demise of said building or land Landlord shall be and in hereby
entirely  freed  and  relieved  of  all  obligations  of  Landlord  subsequently
accruing.  It is  specifically  understood  and agreed  that  there  shall be no
personal liability of Landlord in respect to any of the covenants, conditions or
provisions of this Lease; in the event of a breach or default by Landlord of any
of its obligations  under this Lease,  Tenant shall look solely to the equity of
the Landlord in the Shopping Center for the satisfaction of Tenant's remedies.

         Section 11.2 RELATIONS OF THE PARTIES.  Nothing contained in this Lease
shall be deemed or construed as creating the relationship of principal and agent
or a  partnership  or  joint  venture  between  the  parties  hereto,  it  being
understood  and agreed that neither the method of computing  rents nor any other


                                       17

<PAGE>



provision contained herein nor any acts of the parties hereto shall be deemed to
create any  relationship  between  the parties  other than that of Landlord  and
Tenant.

         Section 11.3 SECURITY  DEPOSIT.  Tenant has deposited with Landlord the
sums set forth in Paragraph 1.1 (l) as security for the performance by Tenant of
its obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall use, retain or apply all or any
part of such Security Deposit,  without  obligation for interest,  to the extent
required to cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. If Tenant complies with
all of the terms and conditions of this Lease,  the Security  Deposit or balance
thereof;  shall be resumed to Tenant at the expiration of the Term. In the event
of a sale of the Shopping  Center or assignment of this Lease by Landlord to any
person  other than a  mortgagee,  Landlord  shall have the right to transfer the
security to its vendee or assignee, subject to the provisions of this Lease, and
thereupon  Landlord  shall be released from any  liability  with respect to such
security  deposit,  such vendee or assignee to be solely  responsible  to Tenant
therefore.  Tenant  shall not assign or encumber  its  interest in the  security
deposit,  and neither  Landlord nor its successors and assigns shall be bound by
any attempted assignment or encumbrance.

         Section  11.4  INDEMNITY.  Tenant,  during the Term,  any  extension or
renewal  thereof,  and any period in which  Tenant  occupies  or uses the Leased
Premises,  shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord, its agents,  servants and
employees and Landlord's lessor, if any, from and against any and all claims and
demands  whether for injuries to persons or loss of life, or damage to property,
related to or arising in any manner  whatsoever  out of the use and occupancy of
the  Leased  Premises  by Tenant or  occasioned  wholly or in part by any act or
omission  of Tenant,  its agents,  contractors,  employees,  servants,  lessees,
concessionaires, invitees, licensees and customers. In the event Landlord shall,
without  fault on its part,  be made a party to any  litigation  commenced by or
against Tenant,  then Tenant shall protect and hold Landlord  harmless and shall
pay all costs,  expenses and attorney's  fees incurred by Landlord in connection
with such litigation.

         Section 11.5 DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR PERSONS.  Except with respect to the
gross  negligence  or the willful and wanton  acts of  Landlord,  its agents and
employees, Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of or damage to property of
Tenant or of others located in the Leased  Premises or the Shopping  Center,  by
theft or otherwise,  nor for any loss or damage whatsoever to any property which
Tenant  could  remove at the end of the Term as provided in Section 11.7 hereof,
Landlord  shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or
to the interior or the Leased Premises resulting from fire,  explosion,  failing
plaster, steam, gas, electricity,  water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of
the Leased Premises or from the pipes,  appliances or plumbing works or from the
roof;  street or  subsurface  of from any other  place or by  dampness or by any
other cause of whatever nature; Landlord shall not be liable for any such injury
or damage caused by other tenants or any person(s) either in the Leased Premises
or elsewhere in the Shopping Center, or by occupants of property adjacent to the
Shopping Center,  or by the Public,  or by operations in the construction of any
private,  public,  or  quasi-public  work;  Landlord shall not be liable for any
latent defect in construction  except for a period of one (1) year from the date
of the general  construction  of the Leased Premises (the parties agree that any
liability  of Landlord  under the  preceding  clause shall be limited to cost of
repair only; Landlord shall not be responsible for damage or loss of property of
Tenant kept or stored on the Leased Premises.

         Section 11.6 ASSIGN OR  SUBLETTING . Tenant shall not assign this Lease
or sublet  all or any part of the  Leased  Premises  without  the prior  written
consent of Landlord and upon such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed
upon by the parties.  Any assignment or sublease by Tenant shall be only for the
purposes  specified  in Section 1.1 hereof and for no other  purpose,  and in no
event shall any assignment or sublease of the Leased Premises release or relieve
Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.  Consent of Landlord to any
assignment or subletting shall be in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion.

         In the event  Tenant  shall assign its interest in this Lease or sublet
the Leased  Premises for rentals in excess of those rentals  served  thereunder,
Tenant shall pay all of such excess rent to Landlord as additional rent.

         Any proposed  assignee or  subtenant  of tenant  shall assume  Tenant's
obligations  hereunder and deliver to Landlord an  assumption  agreement in form
satisfactory  to Landlord  within ten (10) days after the effective  date of the
assignment.


                                       18

<PAGE>



         Section 11.7 SURRENDER OF PREMISES. At the expiration or termination of
the tenancy hereby  created,  Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises in good
condition  and  repair,  reasonable  wear and tear  excepted,  and Tenant  shall
surrender  all keys for the Leased  Premises to Landlord at the place then fixed
for the payment of rent and shall inform Landlord of all combinations, on locks,
safes and  vaults,  if any,  in the Leased  Premises.  Tenant's  obligations  to
observe  or  perform  this  covenant  shall  survive  the  expiration  or  other
termination of this Lease.

         Prior to the  expiration or sooner  termination  of this Lease,  Tenant
shall remove any and all trade fixtures,  equipment and other  unattached  items
which Tenant may have  installed,  in the Leased  Premises,  including,  but not
limited to,  counters,  shelving,  show  cases,  chairs and  unattached  movable
machinery  purchased  or provided by Tenant and which are  susceptible  of being
moved  without  damage to the building of which the Leased  Premises are a part.
Tenant shall repair any,  damage to the Leased Premises caused by its removal of
such  fixtures  and  movable.  In the event  Tenant does not make such  repairs,
Tenant  shall be liable for and agrees to pay  Landlord's  cost and  expenses in
making such repairs,  together with a sum equal to twenty  percent (20%) of such
costs and  expense to cover  Landlord's  overhead  in making  such  repairs  for
Tenant.  Tenant  shall  not  remove  any  plumbing  or  electrical  fixtures  or
equipment, heating or air conditioning equipment, floor coverings (including but
not limited to wall-to-wall carpeting), walls or ceilings, all of which shall be
deemed to  constitute  a part of the  interest  and estate of Landlord nor shall
Tenant  remove any  fixtures or  machinery  that were  furnished  or paid for by
Landlord whether initially  installed or replaced.  The Leased Premises shall be
left in a  broom-clean  condition.  If Tenant  shall  fail to  remove  its trade
fixtures or other  property as provided in this Section 11.7,  such fixtures and
other property not removed by Tenant shall be deemed  abandoned by Tenant and at
the option of Landlord  shall  become the property of  Landlord's  option may be
removed by Landlord  at Tenant's  expense  plus twenty  percent  (20%) as herein
before provided,  or placed in storage at Tenant's expense, or sold or otherwise
disposed of, in which event the proceeds of such sale or other disposition shall
belong to Landlord.

         Section  11.8  HOLDOVER BY TENANT.  In the event that the Tenant  shall
hold the Leased  Premises  after the  expiration of the Term without the express
written consent of Landlord, and provided further that the Landlord has accepted
rental from the Tenant  during the holdover  period,  such holding over shall he
deemed to have created a tenancy from month to month  terminable on fifteen (15)
days written  notice by either party to the other,  upon a monthly rental basis,
and otherwise  subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease,  except as
contemplated  to the contrary in this Section 11.8. Such monthly rental shall be
computed  on the basis of  one-sixth  (1/6) of the sum of all rents  payable  to
Tenant  to  Landlord  during  the  preceding  twelve  (12)  months  of the  Term
(including,  but not limited to, Minimum Rent and Percentage Rent) and all other
additional charges provided by this Lease.  During such monthly tenancy Landlord
shall have the right at any time to enter the Leased Premises to show the Leased
Premises to prospective tenants.

         If Tenant fails to surrender the Leased Premises upon the expiration of
the Term,  in addition to other  liabilities  to  Landlord  accruing  therefrom,
Tenant  shall  indemnify  and hold  Landlord  harmless  from  loss or  liability
resulting from such failure,  including without  limitation,  any claims made by
any succeeding tenant founded on such failure.

         Section 11.9 LIEN OF LANDLORD FOR RENTS, TAXES AND OTHER SUMS. Landlord
shall have and Tenant hereby  grants,  a security  interest in any  furnishings,
equipment, fixtures, retail merchandise and other property of any kind belonging
to  Tenant,  or the  equity  of  Tenant  therein,  located  on or  derived  from
activities  conducted in or upon the Leased Premises.  The security  interest is
granted for the  purposes of securing  the payment of Minimum  Rent,  Percentage
Rent, other charges, assessments,  penalties and damages herein covenanted to be
paid by Tenant,  and for the purposes of securing the  performance  of all other
obligations  of  Tenant  hereunder.  Upon  Tenant's  default  or  breach  of any
covenants of this Lease,  Landlord shall have all remedies  available  under the
law of the State of Florida, including, but not limited to, the right to enforce
this lien pursuant to distress  proceedings  as provided in Chapter 83,  Florida
Statutes.

         Section 11.10 LIENS.  Tenant shall discharge any lien filed against the
Shopping  Center or any part  thereof for work done or  materials  furnished  at
Tenant's  request with respect to the Leased Premises within ten (10) days after
such lien is filed.  If Tenant fails to keep this  covenant,  in addition to any
other  remedies  available to Landlord  under this Lease or Tenant agrees to pay
Landlord a sum equal to  the amount of the lien thus discharged by Landlord plus

                                       19

<PAGE>



all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorney's fees and court
costs, incurred by Landlord in discharging such lien.

         Tenant shall never, under any circumstances,  have the power to subject
the interest of the Landlord in the Premises to any construction,  mechanics' or
materialmen's  lien or liens of any kind,  nor shall any provision in this Lease
ever by construed as empowering  the Tenant to encumber or cause the Landlord to
encumber the title or interest of Landlord in the  Premises.  In order to comply
with the  provisions of Section  713.10,  Florida  Statues,  it is  specifically
provided  that neither the Tenant nor anyone  claiming by,  through or under the
Tenant, including but not limited to, contractors, subcontractors,  materialmen,
mechanics and laborers,  shall have any right to file or place any construction,
mechanics' or  materialmen's  liens of any kind whatsoever upon the Premises nor
upon any building or improvement  thereon, nor upon the interest of the Landlord
in the Premises or any building or improvement  thereon,  and any such liens are
specifically  prohibited.  All parties  with whom the Tenant may deal are put on
notice  that the Tenant has no power to subject the  Landlord's  interest to any
claim or lien or any kind of  character,  and all such  persons  who are dealing
with the Tenant  may look  solely to the  credit of the  Tenant,  and not to the
Landlord's interest or assets.

         Section  11.11 LATE CHARGE.  Tenant  acknowledges  that late payment by
Tenant to Landlord or rent or other sums due  hereunder  will cause  Landlord to
incur costs not  contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact  amount  which would be
extremely  difficult and impractical to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are
not limited to, processing and accounting charges. Therefor, in the event Tenant
shall fail to pay any  installment of rent or any sums due hereunder  after such
amount is due Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  as  additional  rent a late charge
equal  to 5% of all  sums  past due and  said  charge  shall be due and  payable
immediately  as additional  rent.  In addition,  any amounts due pursuant to the
terms of this Lease and any late charges not paid within thirty (30) days of the
due date shall incur interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum.

         Section 11.12  CONSENTS.  With respect to any  provisions of this Lease
which either provides or is held to provide that Landlord shall not unreasonably
withhold  or  unreasonably  delay any consent or  approval  Tenant  shall not be
entitled to make any claim for, and Tenant hereby expressly waives any claim for
damages incurred by Tenant by reason of Landlord's  failure to comply therewith,
it being  understood  and agreed that Tenant's sold remedy  therefor shall be an
action for specific performance.

         Section 11.13 WAIVER OF RIGHT OF  REDEMPTION.  Tenant hereby  expressly
waives any and all rights of redemption conferred by statute or otherwise.

         Section 11.14 NOTICES.  Unless  specified to the contrary  elsewhere in
the Lease,  whenever notice or any other  communication shall or may he given or
served to either of the parties by the other,  each such notice or communication
shall be sent by registered or certified mail with return  receipt  requested to
the  respective  addresses of the parties as  contained  herein or to such other
address as either party may from time to designate in writing to the other.  Any
notice or  communication  under this Lease shall be deemed to have been given or
served at the time it is placed in the mails with sufficient postage prepaid and
shall he valid and  binding,  regardless  of  whether  such  notice  is  resumed
undeliverable or the receipt of such notice is otherwise unacknowledged.

         Section  11.15  RECORDING  AND SHORT FORM LEASE.  Tenant  agrees not to
record this Lease  without the express  prior  written  consent of Landlord  and
further agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver at any time after the date of
this Lease,  at the request of landlord,  "Short Form Lease" for recording.  All
recording costs, fees or charges due and payable upon the recording of such Form
Lease (including,  without limitation, any and all taxes due or collectible upon
such recording) shall be payable in full by the party recording same.

         Section 11.16 ENTIRE AND BINDING AGREEMENT:  APPLICABLE LAW. This Lease
contains all of the  agreements  between the parties  hereto,  and it may not be
modified in any manner  other than by  agreement  in writing,  signed by all the
parties  hereto  or their  successors  in  interest  The  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  contained  herein  shall inure to the benefit of an be binding  upon
Landlord and Tenant and their respective  successors and assigns,  except as may
be  otherwise  expressly  provided in this Lease.  This Lease and the rights and
duties of the parties hereunder,  shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Florida.

                                       20

<PAGE>



         Section  11.17  PROVISIONS  SEVERAL.  If any term or provisions of this
Lease or the  application  thereof to any person or  circumstance  shall, to any
extent,  be  held  to be  invalid  or  unenforceable  by a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  the remainder of this Lease,  or the  application of such term or
provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid
or  unenforceable  shall not be affected  thereby and each term and provision of
this Lease shall be valid and  enforceable  to the fullest  extent  permitted by
law.

         Section  11.18.   CAPTIONS.  The  captions  contained  herein  are  for
convenience  and reference  only and shall not be deemed a part of this Lease or
construed as in any manner limiting or exemplifying  the terms and provisions of
this Lease to which they relate.

         Section 11.19 RADON GAS.  Florida  Statute  404.056(8).  Radon gas is a
naturally occurring radioactive gas that when it is accumulated in a building in
sufficient  quantities may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it
over time.  Levels of Radon that exceed federal and state  guidelines  have been
found in building in Florida.  Additional  information regarding radon and radon
testing may be obtained from your county health unit.

         Section 11.20 NO OPTION.  The  submission by Landlord to Tenant of this
Lease shall be deemed solely for Tenant's  consideration and not for acceptance.
Such submission shall have no binding force or effect,  shall not constitute any
rights or impose any obligations  upon either party. The execution and return of
this Lease by Tenant to  Landlord  shall be deemed  Tenant's  offer to lease the
Leased  Premises.  This Lease shall have no binding  force and effect unless and
until  Tenant and Landlord  have  executed  this Lease and a duplicate  executed
original hereof shall have been returned by Landlord to Tenant.

         Section 11.21 BROKERS COMMISSION. The Tenant represents and warrants to
Landlord that there are not claims for brokerage  commissions or finders fees in
connection with the execution of this Lease,  except as listed below, and agrees
to indemnify, defend and save the Landlord harmless from all liabilities arising
from any such claim (including,  without limitation, the cost of counsel fees in
connection therewith) except as set forth in Section 1.1(q).

                                       21

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease
as of the day and year first above written,  each  acknowledging  receipt of any
executed counterpart hereof.

Signed, Sealed and Delivered in the Presence Of: 
                                             LANDLORD:  Sterling Tequesta/Trails
                                                        Limited Partnership

                                             Sterling I Florida, L.C.,
                                             Its General Partner

 /s/ Michael Fimiani                         By:    /s/Duane J. Stiller
- --------------------                            --------------------------------

                                             ITS:  Member

                                             DATE:     10/18/96
                                                  ------------------------------

                                             TENANT:The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.

 /s/ Michael Fimiani                         By:    Gary G. Campbell
- --------------------                            --------------------------------

 /s/ Harvey Buckmaster                       ITS:  President

                                             DATE:     10/18/96
                                                  ------------------------------

                                       22

<PAGE>



                                   LEASE RIDER


LANDLORD: Sterling Tequesta/Trails, Limited Partnership

TENANT: The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.

DATE OF LEASE:  October 18, 1986


The provisions of this Rider shall take precedence over any conflict between the
provisions of this Rider and the provisions of the Lease attached hereto:

SECTION 1. OPTION TO RENEW:  Provided  Tenant is not in default under any of the
terms and conditions of this Lease  agreement or Rider section,  Landlord grants
to Tenant One ( I ) option to extend the term of this Lease  agreement  for Five
(5) years,  which options shall be exercised by Tenant giving  written notice to
Landlord at least one hundred  eighty ( 180) days prior to the expiration of the
original  Lease Term,  and if  applicable,  any  extended  term.  Time is of the
essence  with respect to Tenant's  delivery of said written  notice to Landlord.
The terms during the option  period shall be the same as the terms of the Lease,
except  that the  Minimum  Rent will  equal  the then  adjusted  annual  rent as
provided for in this Lease and there will be no Rental Credit.


SECTION 2. TERMINATION OF EXISTING LEASE: If Landlord is unable to terminate the
Lease with the  existing  Tenant,  First State  Bank,  by November I, l 996 this
Lease shall become null and void.

SECTION  3.  TENANT'S  RIGHT  TO  TERMINATE:  Notwithstanding  the  date  herein
definitely  fixed for the end and  expiration of the term of this Lease,  at the
end of the third (3rd)  anniversary of the Rent  Commencement  Date, Tenant will
have the absolute  and  unconditional  right to terminate  the Lease as modified
hereby,  and end the term hereof,  provided  Tenant give Landlord not fewer than
one hundred and twenty ( 120) days' prior  written  notice of said  termination,
which  notice  will set forth the  termination  date;  on such date the Lease as
modified hereby, and the term hereof will end and expire as fully and completely
as if such date were the day herein  definitely fixed for the end and expiration
of the Lease as modified  hereby,  and Tenant will then vacate and surrender the
Premises to Landlord in the condition  required by the Lease as modified hereby.
If the date of  termination  is not the last day of a  calendar  month,  Minimum
Annual Rent and additional  rent for the month in which such date occurs will be
appropriately apportioned.  Tenant acknowledges that if it does exercise its one
time right to  terminate as set forth above on the  termination  of the Lease as
modified  hereby,  Landlord will be paid within  thirty days of the  Termination
Date an amount  which  will be equal to one year's  payment  of Minimum  Rent as
described in Section l .1 (f) and all operating expenses as described in Section
2.6 for one year being the fourth (4th) year of the primary  term.  Accordingly,
if Tenant  holds over after the  termination  of the Lease as  modified  hereby,
Tenant will pay to Landlord,  in addition to the  aforementioned  sum commencing
the day after the  termination a charge for use and occupancy of the Premises as
outlined in the Lease.  Tenant's  payment for such use and  occupancy  is not be
construed  as giving  Tenant the right to occupy all or any part of the Premises
after the termination of the Lease as modified hereby.

SECTION 4. REGULATORY AUTHORITY APPROVAL AND TAKEOVER: Notwithstanding any other
provisions  contained in this lease,  in the event the Lessee is closed or taken
over by the  banking  authority  of the  State  of  Florida,  or  other  bank or
association supervisory authority,  the Lessor may terminate the lease only with
the concurrence of such banking  authority or other bank  supervisory  authority
and any such authority  shall in any event have the election  either to continue
or to terminate the lease: Provided, that in the event this lease is terminated,
the maximum claim of Lessor for damages or indemnity for injury  resulting  from
the  rejection or  abandonment  of the  unexpired  term of the lease shall in no
event  be in an  amount  exceeding  the  rent  reserved  by the  lease,  without
acceleration,  for the year next  succeeding  the date of reentry of the Lessor,
whichever  first  occurs  whether  before  or after the  closing  of the bank or
association,   plus  an  amount  equal  to  the  unpaid  rent  accrued,  without
acceleration up to such date.

                                       23

<PAGE>




Signed this 18th day of October , 1996.

WITNESS:                                   LANDLORD:  STERLING TEQUESTA/
                                                      TRAILS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                           Sterling I Florida, L.C.
        /s/ Michael Fimiani                General Partner
- ------------------------------

                                           BY:      /s/  Duane J. Stiller
- ------------------------------                ----------------------------------
                                                    Duane J. Stiller

                                           ITS:  Member

                                           Date:       10/18/96
                                                --------------------------------

WITNESS:                                   TENANT:  THE COMMERCIAL
                                                    BANCORP, INC.

     /s/ Michael Fimiani                   BY:      /s/  Gary G. Campbell
- ------------------------------                ----------------------------------
                                                    Gary G. Campbell

                                           ITS:  President

      /s/ Harvey Buckmaster                DATE:        10/18/96
- ------------------------------                ----------------------------------


                                       24

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                                LEGAL DESCRIPTION

                           THE TRAILS SHOPPING CENTER

                                    PARCEL 1

Part of Government Lots 2 and 3, Section 16,  Township 14 South,  Range 32 East;
part of the Henry Yonge Grant, Section 41, T14S, I 32E and part of Lots 3 and 4,
THE TRAILS SUBDIVISION,  UNIT 3, as shown on map in Map Book 33, Page 156 of the
Public Records of Volusia County, Florida, and being more particularly described
as follows: Beginning at the Southeast corner of Lot 4, said TRAILS SUBDIVISION,
UNIT 3,  said  point  of  beginning  being  also  the  Southwesterly  corner  of
Government  Lot 3,  Section 16,  T14S,  R32E;  thence N. 89 14'52" E 172.33 feet
along the said Government Lot 3 Southerly line to the Westerly Right-of Way line
of NOVA ROAD, a 100-foot R/W road;  thence NO 40'50" E 50.10 feet along the said
NOVA  ROAD  Westerly  R/W  line;  thence S 89  14'52" W 174.75  feet to the said
Government  Lot 3  Westerly  line;  thence N 0 04'53" W 100 feet  along the said
Government Lot 3 Westerly line; thence N 89 14'52" E 179.58 feet to the Westerly
R/W line of said NOVA  ROAD:  thence NO 40'50" E 67.70  feet along the said NOVA
ROAD  Westerly  R/W  line to a S.D.  concrete  monument  marking  the  point  of
curvature of a curve concave to the West with a central angle of 28 22'14" and a
radius of  1860.08  feet  thence  Northerly  along the said  curve and NOVA ROAD
Westerly R/W line for an arc distance of 921.04 feet to a SRD concrete  monument
marking the point of tangency thereof; thence N25 39'57" W 223.56 feet along the
said NOVA ROAD Westerly R/W line to its intersection with the Southerly Right-of
Way line of THE TRAIL, as shown on map of THE TRAILS SUBDIVISION, UNIT 3 PARTIAL
REPLAT,  recorded  in Map Book 33,  page 189 of the  Public  Records  of Volusia
County,  Florida;  thence N74 06'28" W119.53 feet along the said TRAIL Southerly
R/W line;  thence N89 33'17" W 253.75  feet along the said TRAIL  Southerly  R/W
line to the point of  curvature  of a curve  concave to the South with a central
angle of 16 18'37" and a radius of 614.81 feet;  thence  Westerly along the said
curve and TRAIL  Southerly  R/W line for an arc  distance  of 175.02 feet to the
point of compound  curvature of a curve concave to the Southeast  with a central
angle of 76 07'55" and a radius of 15 feel,  the said point also being the point
of intersection of the Easterly Right of Way line of STONEHAVEN  TRAIL, as shown
on map of THE TRAILS  SUBDIVISION,  UNIT 7,  recorded in map Book 34, Page 90 of
the Public Records of Volusia County,  Florida;  thence Southerly along the said
curve and  STONEHAVEN  TRAIL Easterly R/W line for an arc distance of 19.93 feet
to the point of compound curvature of a curve concave to the East with a central
angle of 25 29'49" and a radius of 409.23 feet;  thence Southerly along the said
curve and STONEHAVEN  TRAIL Easterly R/W line for an arc distance of 182.11 feet
to the point of  tangency  thereof;  thence S 27 29'38" E 474.31  feet along the
said  STONEHAVEN  TRAIL  Easterly  R/W line to the point of curvature of a curve
concave to the  Southwest  with a central angle of 5 24' 29" and a radius of 275
feet;  thence  Southerly along the said curve and STONEHAVEN  TRAIL Easterly R/W
line for an arc distance of 25.96 feet;  thence N 62 30' 22" E 31 feet; thence S
27 29'38" E 30 feet; thence S 62 30'22" W 35.52 feet to a point on a non tangent
curve  concave to the West with a central  angle of 1 59'56" and a radius of 275
feet,  said point also being on the said  STONEHAVEN  TRAIL  Easterly  R/W line;
thence Southerly along the said curve and STONEHAVEN TRAIL Easterly R/W line for
an arc  distance of 9.59 feet to a point on a non tangent  curve  concave to the
West with a central  angle of 17 28'07"  and a radius of  1360.08  feet;  thence
Southerly along the said curve for a arc distance of 414.67 feet to the point of
tangency thereof;  thence S 2 40'50" W 250.79 feet to the Southerly line of said
Lot 4, THE  TRAILS,  UNIT 3;  thence N 88 45' 46" E 328.45 feet along said Lot 4
Southerly  line to the point of  beginning.  Less and  except  that  parcel  for
Security  First Federal  described  below.  Exception for Security First Federal
Savings and Loan.  Being a part of Section 41, Township 14 South,  Range 32 East
(Henry Yonge Grant),  U.S. Gov't. Lot 3, Section 16, Township 14 South, Range 32
East and U.S.  Gov't Lot 2,  Section 17,  Township  14 South,  Range 32 East and
being more  particularly  described as follows;  Commence at the Intersection of
the Westerly right of way of Nova Road (SR415) a 100 foot  right-of-way  and the
Southerly  line of U.S.  Govt.  Lot 3, Section 16.  Township 14 South,  Range 32
East;  thence along the Westerly right of way of Nova Road N 02 40'50" E, 218.00
feet to a point of  curvature,  thence  continue on said right of way by a curve
concave to the  Southwest  having a radius of 1860.08 feet a central angle of 14
27'06",  an arc  length of 469.16  feet,  said arc  being  subtended  by a chord
bearing of North 04 32'43" West 467.92 feet for the point of  beginning,  thence
South 78 13'44"  West,  40.65 feet,  thence  North  59'15'58"  West 138.22 feet;
thence North 19 30'12" East, 61.36 feet; thence North 68 30'12" East 105.00 feet
to a point in the Westerly right of way of Nova Road; thence along said Westerly
right of way  being a curve  concaye  to the  Southwest  having a radius of 1860


                                       25

<PAGE>



feet,  a central  angle of 5'02'42",  for a arc length of 163.78 feet,  said arc
being  subtended by a chord bearing of South 14 17'37" East,  163.73 feet to the
point of beginning.

                                    PARCEL 2

LAKE AREA
- ---------

Lying in U.S.  Government Lot 2, Section 17,  Township 14 South;  Range 32 East,
and being a part of Lot 3, The  Trails  Subdivision,  Unit 3, as shown on map in
Map Book 33, Page 156 of the Public Records of Volusia  County,  Florida.  Lying
Westerly of  Stonehaven  Trail and  Easterly of Woodridge as shown on map in Map
Book 35,  Pages 159 and 160 of the Public  Records of  Volusia  County  Florida.
Begin at the Southeast  corner of Woodridge as previously  described  said point
being on the Northerly  right-of' way of Stonehaven Trail a 50 foot right-of way
as per plat The Trails Subdivision, Unit 7, as shown on map in Map Book 34, Page
90 of the Public  Records of Volusia  County,  Florida:  thence along said right
of-way of Stonehaven  Trail for the (3)  following  courses and  distances:  (1)
Thence N 80 44'11" E 58.33 feet to a point of curvature of a curve being concave
to the Northwest;  (2) Thence along said curve having a radius of 225.00 feet, a
central  angle of 108  13'49"  for an arc  length of 425.02  feet said arc being
subtended by a chord  bearing of N 26 37'] 6" E a distance of 364.59 feet to the
point of tangency of said curve;  (3) Thence along the tangent of the previously
described curve N 27 29'38" W - 332.91 feet;  Thence along the easterly boundary
of  Woodridge  for the (10)  following  courses and  distances;  (4) Thence S 62
30'22" W 121 feet; (5) Thence S 18 30'22" W - 80.00 feet; (6) Thence S 30 29'38"
E 77.37 feet;  (7) Thence S 04 29'37" W - 63.97 feet;  (8) Thence S 00 45 '49" E
45.00  feet;  (9) Thence S 10 45'49" E 113.00  feet;  (10)  Thence S 18 14'11" W
36.00 feet;  (11) Thence S 01 45'49: E 105.00 feet;  (12) Thence S 42 15'49" E -
27 feet; (13) Thence S 09 15'49" E - 22.00 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.

                                    PARCEL 3

LEGAL FOR SHOPPING CENTER ACCESS INGRESS AND EGRESS FOR VEHICLE STORAGE AREA .

A part of The Trails  Subdivision,  Unit No. 3, per Map Book 33, Page 156 of the
Public  Records of Volusia  County,  Florida.  A part of U.S.  Government Lot 2,
Section  17,  Township  14  South.  Range 32 East and  being  more  particularly
described as follows:Commence at the Southeast corner of Section 17, Township 14
South,  Range 32 East; Thence S 88 45'46" W along the southline of Section 17, a
distance  of  328.45  feet;  Thence N 02  40'50" E 250.79  feet for the point of
beginning;  Thence N 80 42'39" W 25.79 feet;  Thence N 67 51'18" W 108.52  feet;
Thence N 02  44'03" W 92.94  feet to a point  in the  Southerly  right of way of
Stonehaven  Trail a 50 foot  right-of-way;  Thence  along said right of way by a
non-tangent  curve being concave to the Northwest  having a radius of 275 feet a
central  angle of 62 43'~ 3", for an arc length of 301.04  feet,  said arc being
subtended by a chord  bearing of N 17 35'52" a distance of 286.24  fee';  Thence
leaving said last described  line by a non radial curve,  said arc being concave
to the West having a radius of 1360.08 feet a central  angle of 17 28'07" for an
arc length of 414.67 feet,  said arc being  subtended by a chord bearing of S 06
05'40 E a distance of 413.08 feet.

                                       26

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "C"

                         CONSTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES


SECTION "A":   INITIAL CONDITION OF THE PREMISES
- ------------------------------------------------

Tenant has  inspected  the leased  Premises and by  executing  this Lease Tenant
shall be deemed to have accepted the Leased  Premises,  in an "as is" condition,
and Landlord shall have no other obligations hereunder.

SECTION "B": WORK BY TENANT IN PREMISES AT TENANT'S EXPENSE
- -----------------------------------------------------------

All work by Tenant in the Premises shall be performed by Contractors approved in
advance  by  Landlord  per the plans  submitted  by Tenant and  approved  by the
Landlord.

  1.  Utilities:  Tenant shall  directly  arrange for  utilities at the Tenant's
expense shall include, but are not limited to the following:

         (a)      All building,  plumbing, occupancy and other required permits,
                  and furnish copies to the Landlord.
         (b)      Telephone outlet hook-up throughout bay.
         (c)      All required utility meters and fees.


  2.   Non-Combustible   Construction:   All   Tenant   construction   shall  be
non-combustible.

  3. Discipline: Tenant shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the
employees of Tenant's contractors and subcontractors.

  4. Tenant's  Work:  Tenant shall  commence  Tenant's Work and  diligently  and
continually  proceed to complete  the Premises in  accordance  with the approved
Final Plans and permits.

  5. Permits:  Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits from the jurisdictional
authority  and forward a copy of the permits to the Landlord  prior to the start
of any work in the Premises.

  6. Certificate of Occupancy:  Tenant shall secure an occupancy permit from the
jurisdictional authorities, and provide a copy to Landlord upon receipt.

  7.  Sub-Contractors:  Tenant  shall  provide  Landlord  with  a  list  of  all
contractors,   suppliers   and   sub-contractors,   prior  to   commencing   any
improvements.

  8.  Insurance:  Tenant shall provide  Landlord with copies of  Certificate  of
insurance and Competency from all contractors and sub-contractors.

  9. Release of Liens:  Tenant shall provide Landlord with releases of lien in a
form acceptable to Landlord naming Landlord and others as designated by Landlord
as progress payments are made.

  Upon  completion  of the work Tenant shall obtain Final  Release of Liens from
all  sub-contractors  and contractors within ten (10) working days of completion
of work prior to final acceptance by Landlord.

SECTION "C": WORK BY LANDLORD IN PREMISES AT TENANT'S EXPENSE:
- --------------------------------------------------------------

  1. Roof Openings Any roof opening  required,  will be performed by l Landlords
roofing contractor,  at Tenant's expense.  Such openings will include supporting


                                       27

<PAGE>



structures,  angles, curies,  flashing,  ducts, vents and grills. I Landlord may
refuse to  approve  any  openings  which,  in  Landlord's  judgment  exceed  the
capability of the structural system.

SECTION "D": PROCEDURE
- ----------------------

  1. Tenant Coordinator:  Landlord's Tenant Coordinator shall be responsible for
the review of each  Tenant's  Design  Drawings  and Final Plans.  All  questions
pertaining  to the design and  construction  of Tenant's  Premises and all plans
submittals shall be directed to the Tenant Coordinator at the following address:

                                Duane J. Stiller
                             THE STERLING COMPANIES
                            303 Royal Poinciana Plaza
                            Palm Beach, Florida 33480
                                 (407) 835-1810

  2.  Plans:  Tenant  shall  supply  Landlord  with two (2)  sets of  plans  and
specifications  for Landlord's  approval.  These plans should include  reflected
ceiling plan, interior layout and finishes, plumbing,  mechanical and electrical
plans.  If Landlord does not approve the plans Landlord shall note their reasons
for such  disapproval  and Tenant  shall,  within ten (10) days after receipt of
such  "disapproval"  Plans,  correct  any  deficiencies  noted by  Landlord  and
re-submit the revised Plans to Landlord, for Landlord's approval.  Tenant's work
shall be performed only in accordance with the approved plans.

  3. Cleaning of Premises:  Tenant shall  maintain the Premises and  surrounding
areas in a clean and orderly  condition during  construction and  merchandising.
Tenant  shall  promptly  remove all unused  construction  materials,  equipment,
shipping  containers,  packaging,  debris,  and flammable waste,  resulting from
Tenant's construction at Tenant's Expense.

  4. Violations: In the event the Tenant is notified of any violations of codes,
ordinance  regulations,  requirements  or guidelines,  either by  Jurisdictional
authorities or by the Landlord, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord and, at
its expense,  correct such  violations  within ten (10) calendar days after such
notification or within a reasonable period of time.


                                       28

<PAGE>



                             TRAILS SHOPPING CENTER

                                   EXHIBIT "D

                                  SIGN CRITERIA


A.       SIGN CRITERIA
         -------------


  1.     All signs shall be positioned  over the storefront as directed in these
         sign criteria.

  2.     All wording of signs shall not include the product sold unless it is in
         the company name.

  3.     No  animated,  flashing,  audible  or  smoke  emitting  signs  will  be
         permitted.

  4.     No exposed lamps or tubing will be permitted.

  5.     No signs shall bear the UL label, and their  installation  shall comply
         with all local building and electrical codes.

  6.     No exposed raceways, crossovers or conduits will be permitted.

  7.     All cabinets,  conductors,  transformers  and other  equipment shall be
         concealed. Visible fasteners will not be permitted.

  8.     Electrical service to all signs shall be on Tenant's meter.

  9.     Tenant shall remove all previous signs and shall patch and paint fascia
         to match  existing  building  color prior to  installation  of Tenant's
         signage.

         B.       SIGN SIZES
                  ----------

  1.     The overall length of the sign shall not exceed 2/3 of the width of the
         storefront. Maximum height shall be 18 inches.

  2.     Major Tenant signage: Size will be at Landlord's discretion and subject
         to its  approval,  and  will be  mounted  as  directed  by  these  sign
         criteria.




         C.       SIGN TYPES
                  ----------

  1.     Tenant shall provide the following sign types at Tenant's expense prior
         to opening for business:

         (a)      One (1) Individual illuminated channel letter canopy sign with
                  bronze  metal  returns  to be placed on the  canopy  above the
                  storefront.  Color of faces to be subject to prior approval of
                  Landlord.  Color of faces must be  requested by Tenant as part
                  of Tenant's Sign Plans submission.

         (b)      One (1) under canopy  hanging sign with the Tenant's same name
                  identification  and  script as the  Tenant's  canopy  sign per
                  Landlord's design specifications.


                                       29

<PAGE>



         (c)      One (1) storefront  identification sign at the entrance to the
                  Leased Premises with the Tenant's same name identification and
                  script  as the  Tenant's  canopy  sign per  Landlord's  design
                  specifications.

  D.     CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
         -------------------------


  1.     All signs,  cabinets,  fastenings  and clips shall be of enameling iron
         with  porcelain  enamel finish,  stainless  steel,  aluminum,  brass or
         bronze, or  carbon-bearing  steel with factory painted finish. No black
         iron material or any type will be permitted.

  2.     All  letters  and/or  cabinets  shall be  fabricated  using full welded
         construction.

  3.     All   penetrations  of  the  building   structure   required  for  sign
         installation shall be neatly sealed.

  4.     No labels  will be  permitted  on the exposed  surface of signs  except
         those  required  by  local  ordinance,  which  shall be  applied  in an
         inconspicuous location.

  5.     Tenant's sign contractor  shall repair and/or replace any damage caused
         by his work.

  6.     Tenant shall be fully  responsible  for work performed by Tenant's sign
         contractor.

  7.     Corrosion resistant threaded rods or anchor bolts with sleeves shall be
         used to mount  letters.  Angle clips  attached to sides of letters will
         not be permitted.

  E.     APPROVALS
         ---------

  1.     All  permits  for signs and their  installation  shall be  obtained  by
         Tenant or its representative, if required.

  2.     Tenant shall submit to Landlord for approval,  before fabrication,  one
         (1)  sepia  and four (4)  prints  of  detail  drawings  indicating  the
         location,  size,  layout,  design  and  color  of  the  proposed  sign,
         including all lettering.

  3.     Tenant shall be responsible for the fulfillment of all  requirements of
         these sign  criteria,  and shall  submit  samples of sign  materials if
         requested by Landlord.


                                       30

<PAGE>



                                  Exhibit 23.1
                       Consent of Igler & Dougherty, P.A.,
                        (Included in the Opinion Letter)

                                       31



<PAGE>



                                  Exhibit 23.2
                    Consent of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb

                                       32

<PAGE>
                              Accountant's Consent


The Commercial Bancorp, Inc.
Ormond Beach, Florida:

We consent to the use of our report dated December 12, 1996 on the balance sheet
of The  Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.  as of  November  30,  1996  and the  related
statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the period
from August 15, 1996 to November 30, 1996,  included in the Prospectus  included
in the Registration  Statement of The Commercial Bancorp,  Inc. on Form SB-2 and
to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus.


HACKER, JOHNSON, COHEN & GRIEB
Tampa, Florida
January 2, 1997


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission